E F Johnson 2422001-1 Repeater User Manual
E. F. Johnson Company Repeater
manual
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg1.png)
1-1 October 1995
Part No. 001-2008-202
VIKING® VX
VHF LTR
25W-110W Repeater
Part No. 242-20X1-213
First Printing
August 2000
PRELIMINARY
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg2.png)
1-2
October 1995
Part No. 001-2008-202
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg3.png)
1-3 October 1995
Part No. 001-2008-202
VIKING® VX
VHF LTR REPEATER
PART NO. 242-20X1-213
Copyright 2000 by the E.F. Johnson Company
The E.F. Johnson Company designs and manufactures two-way radio equipment to serve a wide variety of communications
needs. Johnson produces equipment for the mobile telephone and land mobile radio services which include business, indus-
trial, government, public safety, and personal users.
LAND MOBILE PRODUCT WARRANTY
The manufacturer’s warranty statement for this product is available from your product supplier or from the E.F. Johnson Com-
pany, 299 Johnson Avenue, Box 1249, Waseca, MN 56093-0514. Phone (507) 835-6222.
WARNING
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this device does not cause harm-
ful interference. In addition, changes or modification to this equipment not expressly approved by E. F. Johnson could void
the user’s authority to operate this equipment (FCC rules, 47CFR Part 15.19).
DO NOT allow the antenna to touch or come in very close proximity with the eyes, face, or any exposed body parts while the
radio is transmitting.
To comply with FCC RF exposure limits, DO NOT operate the transmitter of a stationary radio (base station or marine radio)
when a person is within four (4) meters of the antenna.
DO NOT operate the radio in explosive or flammable atmospheres. The transmitted radio energy could trigger blasting caps or
cause an explosion.
DO NOT operate the radio without the proper antenna installed.
DO NOT allow children to operate transmitter equipped radio equipment.
NOTE: The above warning list is not intended to include all hazards that may be encountered when using this radio.
SAFETY INFORMATION
The FCC has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to RF energy. Proper operation of this radio under normal
conditions results in user exposure to RF energy below the Occupational Safety and Health Act and Federal Communication
Commission limits.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.
E.F. Johnson Company will not be liable for any misunderstanding due to misinformation or errors found in this
document.
LTR, LTR-Net, Multi-Net, Viking Head/EFJohnson Logo, Call Guard and SUMMIT are registered trademarks of E.F. Johnson
Company All other company and/or product names used in this manual are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their
respective manufacturer.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg4.png)
1-4
October 1995
Part No. 001-2008-202
FCC EXPOSURE LIMITS
This fixed station radio transceiver was tested by the manufacturer with an appropriate antenna in order to verify compliance
with Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) limits set under Section 2.1091 of the FCC Rules and Regulations. The guide-
lines used in the evaluation are derived from Table 1 (B) titled “Limits For General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure” which
is from FCC report OET bulletin #65.
Table 2 lists the antennas recommended for use in the VHF frequency range. Each model of this radio was tested with the
appropriate antenna listed. The antenna shall be mounted to a tower and be a minimum of 10 meters above the ground at the
lowest point on the antenna. The radio manufacturer has determined that the user and service personnel should remain four (4)
meters in distance away from the antenna when transmitting. By maintaining this distance, these individuals are not exposed to
radio frequency energy or magnetic fields in excess of the guidelines set forth in Table 1 (B).
NOTE: Other antennas or installation configurations that have not been tested may not comply with FCC RF exposure limits
and therefore are not recommended.
Table 1 (B)
FCC Limits for Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE)
(B) Limits For General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure
Frequency Range (MHz) Electric Field Strength
(E) (V/m) Magnetic Field Strength
(H) (A/m) Power Density
(S) (mW/cm2)
0.3 - 1.34 614 1.63 (100)*
1.34 - 30 824/f 2.19/f (180/f2)*
30 - 300 27.5 0.073 0.2
300 - 1500 -- -- f/1500
1500 - 100,000 -- -- 1.0
f = Frequency in MHz *Plane-wave equivalent power density.
Table 2
Recommended Antennas
(Antenna Manufacturer - Decibel Products)
Frequency Antenna Model No.
132-144 MHz DB205E
144-178 MHz DB205F
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg5.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
1 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.2 REPEATER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.3 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.4 MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.5 ACCESSORIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.8 FACTORY RETURNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1.10 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1.11 REPEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1.12 REPEATER INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
HOME REPEATERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
INTER-REPEATER DATA COMMUNICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1.13 REPEATER DATA BUS SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
MOBILE DATA MESSAGE ORDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
ID VALIDATOR OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
2 INSTALLATION
2.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 ENVIRONMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
2.3 VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
2.4 AC POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.5 BATTERY BACKUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.6 800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.7 GROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
PROTECTION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.8 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
2.9 REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT ANTENNAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
3 SOFTWARE
3.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
GETTING STARTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
COMPUTER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
EEPROM DATA STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
COMMAND LINE OPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
COLOR OR MONOCHROME OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg6.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
2
3.2 REPEATER PROGRAM SOFTWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.3 REPEATER PROGRAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
PROGRAM FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.4 ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.5 HELP F1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
4 PULL DOWN MENUS
4.1 MENU DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2 FILE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
SAVE AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
NEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
PRINT REPEATER CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
DOS SHELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
QUIT (ALT X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.3 EDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
SELECT REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
ALARM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
REPEATER TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
TELEPHONE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4.4 TRANSFER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
READ SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4.5 HARDWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
RF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
MODE SELECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4.6 TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
RECEIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
FULL REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4.7 UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
COM PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
DISPLAY MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
USER LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
5 REPEATER PROGRAMMING
5.1 CREATING A NEW FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
SELECT REPEATER TO EDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.2 ADDING A REPEATER TO A FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg7.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
3
6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1 RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
HELICAL FILTERS, RF AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
12.5 kHz IF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
25 kHz IF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
ACTIVE FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
BUFFER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
LOCK DETECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
FIRST AND SECOND INJECTION AMPLIFIERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6.2 EXCITER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
VCO (A007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
VCO BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
VCO/TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
LOCK DETECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
RF AMPLIFIERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11
AMPLIFIER/PREDRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
FINAL AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
POWER DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
THERMAL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
6.4 RF INTERFACE BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
POWER CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
FAN CONNECTOR (J104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
6.5 800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20
FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
+15V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
+5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
-5V CONVERTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg8.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
4
6.6 BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
CHARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
ENGAGING THE RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
BBM FAN CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
6.7 CARD RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
6.9 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
6.10 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR (U13). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
CHIP SELECT DECODERS (U15/U4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
J2 MEMORY SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
J3 BAUD RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
J5 HSDB SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
J6 WATCHDOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
6.11 MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
RECEIVE AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
VOTER AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
COMPANDOR OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
TRANSMIT AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J103 GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J105 WATCH DOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J106 TX DATA PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
6.12 INTERFACE ALARM CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
RELAY OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
ISOLATED INPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
ALARM INDICATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
ALARM FUNCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
J501 GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
J502 +15V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
POWER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg9.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
5
7 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
RECEIVER FREQUENCY ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
AUDIO DISTORTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
DRIVER TUNING AND LIMIT ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
POWER AMPLIFIER TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.4 FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
REPEATER SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
VOTER AUDIO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
REPEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
8 SERVICING
8.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1
PERIODIC CHECKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.2 SYNTHESIZER SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
TCXO MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
INTERNAL PRESCALER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER DIVIDE NUMBERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.3 RECEIVER SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3
8.4 TRANSMITTER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3
8.5 POWER SUPPLY SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3
VOLTAGE CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
8.6 CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
CERAMIC CHIP CAPACITORS (510-36xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS (510-26xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-xxx). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP RESISTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8.7 GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
6
9 PARTS LIST
VIKING VX VHF LTR REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
110W VHF LTR REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
RF INTERFACE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
REPEATER RX./EX MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
RECEIVER VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
12.5/25 kHz RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
TRANSMIT VCO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
110W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
AC FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
BATTERY BACK-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
THERMAL SENSOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
INTERFACE ALARM CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
10-1 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10-3 REPEATER CABINET EXPLODED VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10-4 REPEATER REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10-5 REPEATER FRONT VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10-6 INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
10-7 RF INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
10-8 BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
10-9 RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
10-10 RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
10-11 RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
10-12 RECEIVER VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
10-13 RECEIVE VCO SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
10-14 RECEIVER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
10-15 EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
10-16 TRANSMIT VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
10-17 TRANSMIT VCO SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
10-18 EXCITER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
10-19 110W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
10-20 110W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
10-21 FORWARD POWER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
10-22 REVERSE POWER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
10-23 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
10-24 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
10-25 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
7
10-26 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
10-27 MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
10-28 MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
10-29 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
10-30 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
10-31 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
10-32 INTERFACE ALARM CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
10-33 INTERFACE ALARM CARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
10-34 BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
10-35 BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE CARD SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
10-36 BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
10-37 POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
10-38 POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
10-39 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
LIST OF FIGURES
1-1 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-3 REPEATER CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
2-1 BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-3 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2-4 RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-5 5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2-6 RJ-11 TO BNC MPC JUMPERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-7 RJ-11 TO RJ-11 MPC JUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-8 ANTENNA CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-9 RJ-11 TO BNC ADAPTER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-10 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2-11 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2-12 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2-13 MIXED VIKING VX AND CR1100 REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
3-1 REPEATER TEST MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-2 PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
4-1 FILE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-2 LOAD FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-3 SAVE FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4-5 EDIT MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-6 REPEATER LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-7 ALARM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-8 INPUT ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-9 OUTPUT ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4-10 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4-11 REPEATER TYPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4-12 DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4-13 TRANSFER MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4-14 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4-15 PROGRAM WRITE SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4-16 READ SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4-17 READING SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4-18 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgc.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
8
4-19 HARDWARE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4-20 HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4-21 MOBILE TRAFFIC MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4-22 RF LINE MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4-23 REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4-24 REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4-25 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4-26 TEST MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4-27 UTILITIES MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4-28 COM PORT SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4-29 LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4-30 COLOR MODE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
5-1 SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
6-1 12.5 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-2 U201/U203 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-3 25 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6-4 SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6-5 EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
6-6 110W POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
6-7 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
6-8 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
6-9 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
6-10 BACKPLANE CONNECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
6-11 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
6-12 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
6-13 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
6-14 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
6-15 S500-S503. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
6-16 ALARM EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
6-17 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
6-18 MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
6-19 MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
6-20 INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
7-1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7-3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
7-4 RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
7-5 POWER EXTENDER CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
7-6 RECEIVER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
7-7 EXCITER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
7-8 110W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
7-9 S100 SETTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
7-10 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
7-11 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
7-12 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
7-13 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7-14 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
8-1 LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-2 MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-3 POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8-4 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8-5 3-DIGIT RESISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgd.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
9
LIST OF TABLES
1-1 REPEATER ACCESSORIES 1-2
1-2 ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS 1-5
2-1 OUTPUT VOLTAGES 2-3
2-2 OVER VOLTAGE 2-3
5-1 REPEATER SETUP PARAMETERS 5-2
8-1 CERAMIC CHIP CAP IDENTIFICATION 8-6
8-2 CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION 8-7
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bge.png)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
10
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgf.png)
1-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL
This service manual provides installation, opera-
tion, programming, service, and alignment informa-
tion for the VIKING VX LTR Repeater, Part No.
242-20X1-213.
1.2 REPEATER DESCRIPTION
The VIKING VX repeater is designed for opera-
tion in a Johnson LTR system. It operates on the VHF
channels from 132-178 MHz. Channel spacing is
12.5/25 kHz and RF power output is adjustable from
25 to 125 watts.
This repeater is modular in design for ease of ser-
vice. There are separate assemblies for the logic
cards, receiver, exciter, power amplifier and power
supply sections.
This repeater is programmed with a laptop or per-
sonal computer using the 2000 Series Programmer
software, Part No. 023-9998-390.
The VIKING VX repeater interfaces with a MPC
(Main Processor Card) and MAC (Main Audio Card)
to provide LTR operation. All signal ports used to
interface to the Repeater are on J2 located at the back
of the cabinet.
1.3 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION
The repeater identification number is printed on a
label that is affixed to the inside of the repeater cabi-
net. The following information is contained in that
number:
Figure 1-1 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION
20X4X
Week Year A= Waseca
Number
WarrantyPlant
Date
Manufacture
Letter
Revision
12345A324A
Repeater
ID
1.4 MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN
The following breakdown shows the part num-
ber scheme used for the Viking VX.
Figure 1-2 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN
1.5 ACCESSORIES
The accessories available for the Viking VX LTR
repeater are listed in Table 1-1. A brief description of
some of these accessories follows.
2-Wire Telephone Interconnect Card (TIC) - This
card provides an interface between the Repeater and a
phone line to permit telephone calls to be placed to
and from mobile transceivers.
LTR System ID Validator - If an invalid ID is
detected on the repeater data bus, the audio of the
mobile receiving the call is disabled.
2000 Series Service Kit - This kit contains an alarm
wire harness, extender power cable, programming kit,
extender card, extender harness, and a TIC bias cable.
These items are used when tuning the repeater and
while troubleshooting.
Battery Backup and Cable Option - This option can
be factory or field installed (refer to installation
instructions 004-2000-830). It includes the battery
backup module that resides in the power supply and
the necessary interconnect cabling to connect the
repeater to the batteries (see Section 2.5).
RJ-11 to 6-BNC Adapter - This adapter box pro-
vides connections for the high speed data bus at the
rear of the repeater and the data bus from the logic
drawers in existing repeater systems.
3242- 2 0 X 1 -
VHF
1
12.5/25 kHz
2
25-110W
3 = 150-174 MHz
1 = 132-150 MHz
LTR
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg10.png)
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1-2
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
PC Programmer PGMR Software - 3.5" program-
ming disk used to program the repeater.
Programming Cable Kit - This kit connects the MPC
and a computer during programming and for monitor-
ing repeater activity at the site.
Extender Card - Used to extend the cards plugged into
the backplane beyond the card rack enclosure when
tuning the repeater and while troubleshooting.
Extender Cable Kit - These are seven foot extension
cables for the RF Transceiver power and data, when the
transceiver is removed from the cabinet.
1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTY
The warranty statement is available from your
product supplier or from the Warranty Department,
E.F. Johnson Company, 299 Johnson Avenue, Box
1249, Waseca, MN 56093- 0514. This information
may also be requested by phone from the Warranty
Department. The Warranty Department may also be
contacted for Warranty Service Reports, claim forms,
or any questions with warranties or warranty service
by dialing (507) 835-6970.
1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE
The Customer Service Department of the E.F.
Johnson Company provides customer assistance on
technical problems and the availability of local and
factory repair facilities. Customer Service hours are
7:30 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. Central Time, Monday - Fri-
day. There is also a 24-hour emergency technical sup-
port telephone number. From within the continental
United States, the Customer Service Department can
be reached toll-free at:
1-800-328-3911
When your call is answered at the E.F. Johnson
Company, you will hear a brief message informing
you of numbers that can be entered to reach various
departments. This number may be entered during or
after the message using a tone-type telephone. If you
have a pulse-type telephone, wait until the message is
finished and an operator will come on the line to assist
you. When you enter a first number of "1" or "2",
another number is requested to further categorize the
type of information. You may also enter the 4-digit
extension number of the person that you want to reach.
FAX Machine - Sales (507) 835-6485
FAX Machine - Cust Serv (507) 835-6969
If you are calling from outside the continental
United States, the Customer Service telephone num-
bers are as follows:
Customer Service Department - (507) 835-6911
Customer Service FAX Machine - (507) 835-6969
You may also contact the Customer Service
Department by mail. Please include all information
that may be helpful in solving your problem. The
mailing address is as follows:
E.F. Johnson Company
Customer Service Department
299 Johnson Avenue
P.O. Box 1249
Waseca, MN 56093-0514
1.8 FACTORY RETURNS
Repair service is normally available through local
authorized E.F. Johnson Land Mobile Radio Service
Centers. If local service is not available, the equipment
Table 1-1 REPEATER ACCESSORIES
Accessory Part No.
2-Wire Telephone Interconnect Card 023-2000-370
LTR System ID Validator 023-4408-500
2000 Series Service Kit1250-2000-230
Battery Backup option and cable 023-2000-835
RJ-11 to 6-BNC Adapter2023-2000-194
3’ RG-58 coax w/male BNC for HSDB 023-4406-505
6’ RG-58 coax w/male BNC for HSDB 597-3001-214
Custom Frequency Programming & Setup 023-2000-100
PC programmer PGMR 2000 software 023-9998-390
Service Microphonee 589-0015-011
50 ohm Termination HSDB 023-4406-504
Programming cable kit3023-2000-195
Extender Card 023-2000-230
Extender cable kit, 7 ft. 250-2000-010
1 Includes: extender card, extender cables, TIC bias cable
and programming cable kit (PN 023-2000-195).
2 Required when using Viking Networking products, one
per station.
3 Included in 2000 Series Service Kit (PN250-2000-230).
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg11.png)
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1-3 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
can be returned to the factory for repair. However, it is
recommended that you contact the Field Service
Department before returning equipment. A service
representative may be able to suggest a solution to the
problem so that return of the equipment would not be
necessary.
Be sure to fill out a Factory Repair Request Form
#271 for each unit to be repaired, whether it is in or
out of warranty. These forms are available free of
charge by calling the repair lab (see Section 1.7) or by
requesting them when you send a unit in for repair.
Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in the
space provided and also note any prior physical dam-
age to the equipment. Then include a form in the ship-
ping container with each unit. Your phone number and
contact name are very important because there are
times when the technicians have specific questions
that need to be answered in order to completely iden-
tify and repair a problem.
When returning equipment for repair, it is also a
good idea to use a PO number or some other reference
number on your paperwork in case you need to call
the repair lab about your unit. These numbers are ref-
erenced on the repair order and it makes it easier and
faster to locate your unit.
Return Authorization (RA) numbers are not nec-
essary unless you have been given one by the Field
Service Department. They require RA numbers for
exchange units or if they want to be aware of a spe-
cific problem. If you have been given an RA number,
reference this number on the Factory Repair Request
Form sent with the unit. The repair lab will then con-
tact the Field Service Department when the unit
arrives.
1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS
E.F. Johnson replacement parts can be ordered
directly from the Service Parts Department. To order
parts by phone, dial the toll-free number and then
enter "1" as described in Section 1.7. When ordering,
please supply the part number and quantity of each
part ordered. E.F. Johnson dealers also need to give
their account number.
If there is uncertainty about the part number,
include the designator (C112, for example) and the
model number of the equipment the part is from (refer
to Section 1.4).
You may also send your order by mail or FAX.
The mailing address is as follows and the FAX num-
ber is shown in Section 1.7.
E.F. Johnson Company
Service Parts Department
299 Johnson Avenue
P.O. Box 1249
Waseca, MN 56093-0514
1.10 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS
All inquiries concerning updated software, its
installation and revisions should be directed to the
Customer Service Department (see Section 1.7).
1.11 REPEATER OPERATION
1.11.1 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC)
Refer to Figure 1-3.
Programming Jack
J1 provides input connection from the computer
and the "flash memory" in the MPC. The program-
ming information in an IBM PC programs the MPC
directly from the serial card through an interconnect
cable to the COM1 or COM2 port.
Reset
S1 provides a manual reset of the Main Processor
Card (MPC). A manual reset causes a complete
power-up restart.
Display and LEDs
Each combination of DS1 display read-out and
CR4/CR5 indication refers to an active alarm. See
Table 1-2 for alarms and definitions. LED indica-
tions: CR1 is blinking; MPC is operational, CR2 on;
380-470 MHz, off is 475-520 MHz and CR5 on; indi-
cates an LTR Repeater.
NOTE: Safety measures are disabled
RF Thermal Sense Alarm Condition Exists
Ok
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg12.png)
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1-4
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Alarms
When the Repeater is in Test mode the safety
measures are disabled. Therefore, if the Repeater is
keyed for an extended period and the power amplifier
temperature increase, thermal shutdown will not occur.
There are pop-up windows that appear in the Test
mode screens to alert the user that there is an alarm
and action should be taken. Refer to Figure 1-3 for an
example of this type of alarm.
Figure 1-3 REPEATER CARDS
IACMACMPC
J502
J501
J500
GRN
YEL
YEL
RED
RED
PROG
JACK
RESET
ON/OFF/VOL
LOCAL
MIC
SPKR
EXT SPKR
XMIT
MOBILE
SWITCH
HANG
CWID
+15V
GND
TP
J103
J100
GND
A D
LEVEL
R236
J102
J101
J104
J1
S1
CR1
CR2
CR4
DS1
S508
RF INTERFACE
BOARD
EXCITER/RECEIVER
PA
CR3
CR5
+5V
-5V
+15V
+15V ACC
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg13.png)
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1-5 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Table 1-2 ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS
Alarm No. DS1 CR3 CR4 Definition
0
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
0
1
2
3
4
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
Test Mode
IAC input 1 Active
IAC input 2 Active
IAC input 3 Active
IAC input 4 Active
MAC Processor Alarm
HSDB Processor/Cable Alarm
IRDB Cable Alarm
Switch (RNT)/CIM Channel Problem Alarm
TIC Processor Alarm
MMC Processor Alarm
VNC Alarm
AC Power Failure
Battery Power Failure
Power supply thermal sense
Fan 1 current out of specification
Fan 2 current out of specification
IAC mismatch
RF shutdown
RF Half Power Mode
Thermal sense in RF portion
RF Finals 1-2 power out failure
RF Finals 3-4 power out failure
RF VSWR Failure
Normal Synthesizer Tx Lock failure
Normal Synthesizer Rx Lock failure
HS Synthesizer Tx Lock failure
HS Synthesizer Rx Lock failure
RF Quarter Power Alarm
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg14.png)
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1-6
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
1.11.2 MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC)
Refer to Figure 1-3.
External Speaker Jack
J104 provides repeater audio output to an external
speaker. The local volume control adjusts the volume
level of this speaker.
Speaker/Microphone Jacks
J102 provides audio input from a microphone.
J101 provides the receive audio to the microphone.
Local On/Off/Volume Control
R236 provides control of the receive audio output
to J101 and J104. Turning this control clockwise past
the detent applies voltage to the local audio amplifier.
A D Level Test Point
J100 provides audio/data level output for test
level checks.
Ground
J103 is connected to ground for test equipment
when monitoring test point J100.
1.11.3 INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC)
Refer to Figure 1-3.
Voltage Test Output
J502 provides a +15V test point on the IAC.
Ground
J501 is connected to ground for test equipment
when monitoring voltage test point J502.
A D Level Test Point
J500 provides a test point to monitor audio and
data levels, AC fail and thermal sensor.
Power Supply On/Off Switch
S508 turns the power supply DC voltages on and
off from the IAC in the front of the repeater.
Power Indicator
CR501 indicates the +5V supply is at normal
level and applied to the IAC. CR524 indicates -5V
supply is at normal level and applied to the IAC.
CR523 indicates the +15V accessory supply is at nor-
mal level. CR525 indicates that the +15V supply is at
normal level and applied to the IAC.
CWID Indicator
Indicates that the CW Identification is being
transmitted on the lowest-frequency repeater. The
CWID is a continuous-wave (CW) transmission of the
station call letters in Morse Code to satisfy the station
identification requirement. The CWID is programmed
into the repeater memory. This indicator also is used
when an alarm is transmitted with Morse code.
Hang Indicator
Indicates that the hang word is being transmitted
by the repeater. This word is transmitted on calls in
which the channel is held for the duration of the call
and not just for the duration of the transmission. The
hang word tells the mobiles to stay on the same chan-
nel and not re-access the system when responding to a
call.
Switch Call Indicator
Not used in the LTR repeater.
Mobile Call Indicator
Mobile-to-repeater transmission in progress is
indicated by the Mobile Call Indicator.
Xmit Indicator
This indicates that the repeater transmitter is
keyed by the logic.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg15.png)
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1-7 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
1.11.4 POWER SUPPLY
The power supply is sealed and the line and sup-
ply fuses are inside. If a supply fuse opens, the power
supply must be removed and opened for repair (see
Section 2.4 and 8.5). Refer to the power supply ser-
vice manual 004-2000-810.
Standby Battery Jack
This provides a connection point for a +24V DC
standby battery. Current is drawn from the battery
only when the power supply output voltage is lower
than the battery voltage. A trickle charge switch on
the supply ensures that the battery is fully charged.
Disable this switch when a separate battery charger is
used (see Section 2.5).
1.12 REPEATER INFORMATION
1.12.1 INTRODUCTION
NOTE: The VIKING VX does not require a separate
LTR logic drawer.
The repeater model used in an LTR system is
determined by frequency range. 800 MHz systems use
the VIKING VX (2008-232/-234) or LTR 8000s, UHF
use 20x4-232/-234 or 1010s, and VHF use 2011/2031-
213 or 1100s. Repeaters operate on a single frequency
(one repeater is required for each channel). The MPC
in each repeater performs all control and signaling
functions on that channel. Information is exchanged
between repeaters via a high-speed data bus (modular
cable). No system controller is required.
Optional accessories, such as the Telephone Inter-
connect Card (TIC) can be installed in the repeater and
the ID Validator drawer can be installed in the repeater
rack. Refer to Johnson LTR ID Validator Manual, Part
No. 001-4408-501 and Johnson Telephone Intercon-
nect Card Manual, Part No. 004-2000-370 for detailed
information.
1.12.2 HOME REPEATERS
All mobiles have one of the site repeaters
assigned as its "Home" repeater. This is the repeater
from which it receives most of its control informa-
tion. When a mobile is not placing or receiving a call,
it is always monitoring its Home repeater to deter-
mine which channel is free and if it is being called by
another mobile.
The Home repeater is always used to make a call
unless it is busy. When the Home repeater is busy, any
other repeater in the site may then be used. Up to 250
ID codes are assigned to each repeater. An ID code
and Home repeater number are the "address" of the
mobiles in the system. Therefore, up to 1250 separate
addresses can be assigned in a 5-repeater system and
up to 5000 can be assigned in a 20-repeater system.
An ID code may be assigned to an individual mobile
or a group of mobiles as required.
1.12.3 INTER-REPEATER DATA COMMUNICA-
TION
Data communication between VIKING VX and
LTR repeaters at a site is via a high-speed data bus.
This bus cable is installed in a daisy-chain manner
between repeaters. If both VIKING VX and LTR
repeaters are located at a site, 20 repeaters can be
interconnected. Refer to Section 2.8 for information
on connecting the data bus.
1.12.4 MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS
The mobile and handheld transceivers used in an
LTR system must be compatible with the type of sig-
naling in use and also the frequency range.
1.13 REPEATER DATA BUS SIGNALING
1.13.1 GENERAL
A single-line serial data bus interconnects the
logic units of all the LTR repeaters at the site. The
first repeater powered on generates the synchroniza-
tion pulse that is used by all other repeaters to deter-
mine their time slot on the data bus. If all repeaters are
powered on at the same time, the lowest numbered
repeater generates the synchronization pulse. There
are 21 slots with 1-20 used for repeater reporting and
21 used by the ID Validator (see Section 1.13.3). The
time slot used by a repeater is determined by the num-
ber assigned to that repeater by the programming in
the MPC. Repeater 1 uses time slot 1, repeater 5 uses
time slot 5, and so on. The data rate on the repeater
data bus is 18,750 bits per second.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg16.png)
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1-8
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
In its time slot, each repeater places information
on the data bus indicating its status. If a repeater is not
busy, only start bits appear in its slot. If a repeater is
busy, it places in its slot the Home repeater and ID
code of the mobile receiving the call on that repeater.
If a repeater number is unassigned, nothing appears in
that time slot.
1.13.2 MOBILE DATA MESSAGE ORDER
Each repeater monitors all the time slots on the
repeater data bus. If it detects its number in another
time slot, it begins transmitting an additional data mes-
sage to its mobiles. This message tells mobiles pro-
grammed to detect that ID code to go to that repeater
to receive a call. This additional message continues
for as long as the mobile is transmitting on the other
repeater.
The sequence of data messages transmitted on a
home repeater is as follows: Every third message is to
the mobile currently receiving a call on that repeater.
Then alternating between these messages are messages
to its mobiles that have been trunked to other repeat-
ers. For example, assume that fivedifferent mobiles on
a five-repeater system are making calls. If all have
Repeater 1 as their home channel (not very likely in
actual practice), the data message order on Repeater 1
is as follows: 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 and so on.
1.13.3 ID VALIDATOR OPERATION
If the ID Validator is used, it is programmed with
the status of up to all 5000 home repeater/ID code
combinations possible with a 20-channel system.
Each combination is programmed as either valid or
invalid. Information in the twenty time slots on the
repeater data bus is monitored. If an invalid home
repeater/ID code combination is detected, the ID Vali-
dator places in time slot 21 the number of the repeater
being used by the invalid mobile and also the ID code.
When a repeater detects its number in slot 21, it trans-
mits the turn-off code (31) to the mobile receiving the
call. That mobile then squelches and resumes moni-
toring its home channel. This effectively disables the
invalid mobile because it cannot talk to anyone. When
the turn-off code is sent, the repeater places "21" in the
repeater position of its time slot to indicate to the ID
validator that turn-off has occurred.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg17.png)
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1-9 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL (Per TIA 603)1
Frequency Ranges 132-178 MHz Transmit/Receive (132-150 MHz and 150-178 MHz)
Dimensions 9.125" H x 17" W x 20.9" D
AC Voltage/Frequency 100-240V AC/50-60 Hz
AC Current 0.38A (Standby), 1.4A (25W), 5A (110W)
AC Input Power 45W (Standby), 170W (25W), 560W (110W)
DC Current at 26.5V DC (Low Power) 6.3A (25W), 16.5A (110W)
Number of Channels 1 (Synthesized, programmable)
Channel Spacing 12.5 /15 /25 /30 kHz selectable
Channel Resolution 5 / 6.25 kHz
Temperature Range -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
Duty Cycle Continuous
FCC Type Acceptance ATH2422001
FCC Compliance Parts 15, 90
RECEIVER (Per TIA 603)
12 dB SINAD 0.35 µV
20 dB Quieting 0.50 µV
Signal Displacement Bandwidth ±1 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±2.0 kHz (25/30 kHz)
Adjacent Channel Rejection -85 dB (12.5/15 kHz), -90 dB (25/30 kHz)
Intermodulation Rejection -85 dB
Spurious & Image Rejection -100 dB
Audio Squelch Sensitivity 12 dB SINAD
Audio Response +1/-3 dB TIA
Audio Distortion Less than 3% at 0.5W/16 ohms
Local Audio Power 0.5W/16 ohms
Audio Sensitivity ±0.75 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±1.5 kHz (25/30 kHz)
Hum & Noise Ratio -50 dB
Frequency Spread 2 MHz
Frequency Stability ±2.5 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
Modulation Acceptance Bandwidth ±3.5 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±7.0 kHz (25/30 kHz)
TRANSMITTER (Per TIA 603)
RF Power Out 132-178 MHz 110W (Default setting), 25-110W (Variable Set Point)
Spurious Emissions -90 dBc
Harmonic Emissions -90 dBc
Audio Deviation ±1.6 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±3.5 kHz (25/30 kHz)
LTR Data Deviation ±0.8 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±1 kHz (25/30 kHz)
CWID Deviation ±1 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±2 kHz (25/30 kHz)
Repeat Deviation ±0.8 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±1.5 kHz (25/30 kHz)
Audio Response +1/-3 dB TIA
Audio Distortion Less than 2%
Hum & Noise (TIA) -50 dB (12.5/15 kHz), -55 dB (25/30 kHz)
Frequency Spread 6 MHz
Frequency Stability ±2.5 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
Emission Designators 11K0F3E, 16K0F3E
These general specifications are intended for reference and are subject to change without notice.
Contact the Systems Applications consultants for guaranteed or additional specifications.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg18.png)
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1-10 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg19.png)
2-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
INSTALLATION
SECTION 2 INSTALLATION
2.1 INTRODUCTION
Information in this section tells how to set up the
repeater for operation in an LTR system. It is assumed
that the repeater has been previously aligned at the
factory or as described in the alignment procedure in
Section 7.
Even though each repeater is thoroughly aligned
and tested at the factory, it is good practice to check
performance before it is placed in service. This
ensures that no damage occurred during shipment and
that the repeater is otherwise operating properly. Per-
formance testing is described in Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.3
and 7.4.
2.1.1 SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA IN-
STALLATION
Site preparation and antenna installation are not
within the scope of this manual. Basic installation
requirements are discussed in the "Dealer Guide To
Site Preparation", Part No. 004-8000-100. Factory
installation is also available. Contact your Johnson
representative for more information.
2.2 ENVIRONMENT
The following conditions should be considered
when selecting a site for the Repeater.
Operating Temperature.
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F).
Humidity.
Less than 95% non-condensing relative humidity
at 50°C.
Air Quality.
For equipment operating in a controlled environ-
ment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the airborne
particles must not exceed 30 µg/m3.
For equipment operating in an uncontrolled envi-
ronment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the air-
borne particles must not exceed 100 µg/m3.
NOTE: If the Repeater is installed in an area that
exceeds these environmental conditions, the site
should be equipped with air filters to remove dust and
dirt that could cause the equipment to overheat.
When the repeaters are installed in an environ-
ment that contains small airborne particles, e.g. grain
dust or salt fog, the repeater cabinets need to be
sealed. A heat exchanger, i.e. air conditioner, is then
required to cool the cabinets. The air conditioners
must be suited for the environment. Each repeater
(110W) requires >2400 BTU/hr dissipation to main-
tain exterior cabinet temperature.
2.3 VENTILATION
The RF modules and the power supply are
equipped with fans, controlled by thermostats, that
force air through the equipment for cooling. The air
flow is from the front to the back of the equipment.
This permits the Repeaters to be stacked or rack
mounted (see Figure 2-4). There are a few consider-
ations when installing Repeaters to provide adequate
air circulation.
1. The Repeaters should be mounted with a minimum
of 6 inches clearance between the front or back of
the cabinet for air flow. The power supply requires
a minimum of 18 inches at the back of the Repeater
for removal.
NOTE: Repeaters should not touch. Leave a mini-
mum of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2")
between repeaters vertically especially for bottom
ventilation slots in high power repeaters.
2. Cabinet enclosures must provide air vents for ade-
quate air circulation.
3. Temperature and humidity must be considered
when several Repeaters are installed at a site. This
might require air conditioning the site.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg1a.png)
INSTALLATION
2-2
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
2.4 AC POWER
The AC power source to the Johnson VIKING
VX Repeater can be 120V AC or 240V AC. Nothing
need be done to the power supply for 240V AC opera-
tion. However, a 240V AC outlet requires that the
120V AC power plug be replaced. A locking AC
power cord is provided for the supply.
The 120V AC cord is a standard 3-wire grounded
cord used with a standard AC wall outlet. The outlet
must be capable of supplying a minimum of 560W.
With the nominal 120V AC input, the source must
supply 5A for each 110W repeater and should be pro-
tected by a circuit breaker. It is recommended that all
of the repeaters in a rack should not be on the same
breaker in order to provide one operational repeater in
the event a breaker trips. An AC surge protector is
recommended for all equipment.
Each Repeater requires an outlet, so for a 5-chan-
nel system, a minimum of 5 outlets is required. An
additional three outlets should be added for test equip-
ment. The outlets must be within 3 feet of each
Repeater cabinet. Future system expansion should be
considered when electrical work is being planned for
the initial system.
The VIKING VX Repeater power supply can be
equipped with an optional 24V DC back-up in the
event of AC power failure. Since the transmitter will
remain on full power, if desired, the DC power source
must have a current capability of about 20A per 110W
repeater or 100A for 5 - 110W repeaters. The multi-
coupler requires another 0.5A for a total system
requirement at 24V DC of 100.5A for 110W repeaters.
2.5 BATTERY BACKUP
If the power supply is equipped with battery
backup, screw lugs are provided on the front of the
power supply for battery connections (see Figure 2-1).
A switch is provided for charging the battery or can be
off if a separate battery charger is used. A battery
temperature sensor connection is also provided. The
temperature sensor cable is shown in Figure 2-2. LED
indicators are provided to show Reverse Battery con-
nection, Charger On/Off and Battery Fault.
Figure 2-1 BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR
The temperature sensor is required to adjust the
charging voltage over temperature.
Figure 2-2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE
2.6 800W POWER SUPPLY
The power supply has four voltage output levels
(see Table 2-1). Each voltage is set to ±1% at +25°C
(+77°F). The output of this supply is capable or run-
ning any 2000 series repeater.
Each output is overload protected such that the
power supply current limits and automatically resets
when the overload is removed (see Table 2-1).
Each output is over voltage protected such that
the power supply shuts down when an over voltage
condition exists, usually when a component in the
supply has failed (see Table 2-2). The power supply
must be manually reset by toggling the Enable Line or
removing AC power for more than 10 seconds.
B- B+ TEMP ACTIVE
CHARGER
ON
CHARGER
FAULT
BATTERY
BATTERY
REVERSE
GROUND
EARTH
NEUTRAL
LINE
SWITCH
BATTERY
TEMP
TERMINAL
NEGATIVE
GND
BLK
WHT
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg1b.png)
INSTALLATION
2-3 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
2.6.1 AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS
AC Input Voltage: 100-240V AC
Line Frequency: 50-60 Hz
AC In-rush: 60A maximum
Overall Efficiency: >70% at 100V AC
>80% at 240V AC
Lightning protection: 6kV for < 1ms
Power Factor: >0.97 at full load
Brown Out Voltage: 80V AC
Temperature -30°C - +60°C (full power)
Power factor correction per IEC555. The Power
supply has the following safety agency approvals
pending: UL1950, CSA22.2-950, TUV EN60950
(IEC950)
When the AC input voltage is below 90V AC, the
maximum output power is decreased to keep the input
current constant. If a battery back-up is installed, the
batteries take over when the AC input voltage falls
below 80V AC (dependant on power output).
The AC input connector is an IEC connector
equipped with a locking mechanism.
Table 2-1 OUTPUT VOLTAGES
Voltage Current Wattage
+26.5V 22A 583W
+15V 5A 75W
+5.2V 5A 26W
-5V 1A 5W
Table 2-2 OVER VOLTAGE
Voltage Range
+26.5V +32V to +33V
+15V +16V to +18V
+5.2V +6V to +7V
-5V -6V to -7V
Figure 2-3 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC
9
7
12
11
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
A
B
C
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
REPEATER
BACKPLANE
AC FAIL IN
POWER SWITCH
THERMAL SENSOR
+15V
N/C
N/C
-5V
TO
POWER HARNESS
GROUND
+15V
+5V
TO
RFIB
+26.5V
A
B
C
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
36 9
8
52
147
J2
BACKPLANE
N/C
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg1c.png)
INSTALLATION
2-4
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
The operating temperature range is -30°C to
+60°C (-22°F to +140°F), i.e. the same as the repeater.
The fan is thermostatically controlled by the internal
temperature. When the internal heatsink temperature
reaches +45°C (113°F) the fan turns on. When the
heatsink temperature drops below +35°C (95°F) the
fan turns off. If the internal heatsink temperature
reaches +90°C (+194°F) the power supply turns off
until the heatsink temperature drops below +85°C
(+185°F). The over-temperature shutdown and restart
are automatic.
2.7 GROUNDING
CAUTION
PROPER SITE GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING
PROTECTION ARE VERY IMPORTANT TO PRE-
VENT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE REPEATER.
As in any fixed radio installation, measures
should be taken to reduce the possibility of lightning
damage to the Viking VX equipment. Proper ground-
ing eliminates shock hazard, protects against electro-
magnetic interference (EMI) and lightning.
Ground each piece of equipment separately. Do
not ground one piece of equipment by connecting it to
another grounded piece of equipment. A good DC
ground must be found or created at the site. Rooftop
site grounds can be researched through the building
management or architects. Tower site grounds must
be made with grounding rods. The many techniques
for providing adequate grounds for towers and poles
and for installing building ground bus lines are beyond
the scope of this manual. Refer to National Electrical
Code article 250 "Grounding Techniques," article 800
"Communications Systems" and follow local codes.
The ground bus should be routed to the floor area
within 5 feet of the system with a runner of 6 AWG or
larger solid copper wire or 8 AWG stranded copper
wire.
The outer conductor of each transmission line at
the point where it enters the building should be
grounded using 6 AWG or larger solid copper wire or
8 AWG stranded wire.
Secondary protection (other than grounding) pro-
vides the equipment protection against line transients
that result from lightning. There are two types of sec-
ondary protection, RF and Telephone Line. Use the
same wire sizes as specified for coaxial cables for any
ground connections required by the secondary
protectors.
RF
An RF protector keeps any lightning strike to the
antenna feed line or tower from damaging the Repeat-
ers. Install this protection in-line with the combiner
and antenna feed line.
RF protectors are selected by calculating the
maximum instantaneous voltage at the output of the
combiner. Do this by using the following equation.
VP = 1.414 (X) (√P(50))
where:
VP = Voltage at the output of the combiner.
P = repeater output in watts
X= for VSWR=
1.05 1.10 : 1
1.09 1.20 : 1
1.13 1.30 : 1
1.17 1.40 : 1
1.20 1.50 : 1
1.30 1.86 : 1
Example: Repeater power output of 60W with a
VSWR of 1.3 : 1 (for this VSWR, X = 1.13):
VP = 1.414 (1.13) (√60(50))
VP = 1.59782 (√60(50))
VP = 1.59782 (54.772256)
VP = 87.52V
Telephone Line
There are four types of protection suppressors for
telephone lines; Gas Tube, Silicon Avalanche Diode,
Metal Oxide Varistor and Hybrid.
The hybrid protector is ideal for E.F. Johnson
equipment, and is strongly recommended. A hybrid
suppressor combines several forms of protection not
available in just one type of device. For example, a
high-speed diode reacts first, clamping a voltage strike
within 10 ns, a heavy duty heat coil reacts next to
reduce the remainder of the current surge, and a high-
powered three-element gas tube fires, grounding Tip
and Ring.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg1d.png)
INSTALLATION
2-5 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
2.7.1 PROTECTION GUIDELINES
Follow these guidelines for grounding and light-
ning protection. Each Repeater installation site is dif-
ferent; all of these may not apply.
1. Ensure that ground connections make good metal-
to-metal contact (grounding rod, grounding tray,
metal conduit) using #6 gauge solid wire or braided
wire straps.
2. With surge protectors, ensure that ground wires go
directly to ground, and not through other
equipment.
3. Run the ground wire for RF coax protectors directly
to ground.
4. With coax protectors, ensure maximum instanta-
neous voltage does not exceed the rated voltage.
5. Do not run ground wires parallel to any other wiring
(e.g. a ground wire parallel to a telephone line),
except other ground wires.
6. Double check all equipment for good ground and
that all connections are clean and secure.
2.8 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION
E.F. Johnson ships the Repeater securely crated
for transportation. When the Repeater arrives, ensure
the crates remain upright, especially if storing the
crates temporarily.
When unpacking the Repeater, check for any visi-
ble damage or problems caused by shipping. If there
is obvious damage from shipping mishaps, file claims
with the carrier. If there appears to be any damage
caused before shipping, file a claim with E.F. Johnson.
Contact Customer Service for assistance (see Section
1.7).
If everything appears undamaged, remove the
Repeater equipment from the crate, using normal pre-
cautions for unpacking.
Figure 2-4 RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS
POWER STRIP
TX COMBINER
DUPLEXER
RX MULTICOUPLER
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg1e.png)
INSTALLATION
2-6
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
NOTE: Do not discard the packing materials. If you
must return an item; use the same packing materials
and methods (including static protective bags for cir-
cuit cards) to repack the equipment. You are responsi-
ble for proper repacking. E.F. Johnson cannot be
responsible for damage to equipment caused by
negligence.
NOTE: Repeaters should not touch, leave a minimum
of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2") between
repeaters vertically especially for bottom ventilation
slots in high power repeaters.
NOTE: Each repeater should be grounded separately
by connecting a ground bus from the ground lug on the
back side of the RF module to the ground bar on the
rack (see Figure 2-8).
2.9 REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION
VIKING VX repeaters with High Speed Data Bus
(HSDB) software Version 201 or earlier (reference
U14 label) installed on the MPC board must use the
optional RJ-11 to BNC Adapter Module (see Table 1-1
and Figure 2-9) to connect the HSDB. Any VIKING
VX repeater (regardless of the HSDB software ver-
sion) that connects to a HSDB that is also servicing
LTR 1010 repeaters, other VIKING VX repeaters that
use VIKING VNC cards, or an ID Validator must also
use the adapter module. The BNC Adapter Module is
installed on the back of the VIKING VX repeater cabi-
net (see Figure 2-13).
Systems constructed only with LTR VIKING VX
repeaters that have Version 202 or later HSDB soft-
ware and do not use VNC cards can be connected
directly to the HSDB from the RJ-11 jack on the back
of the repeater.
2.9.1 MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS
Switch settings on the MPC for the two types of
installations require S2 and S3 sections to be switched
as indicated in Figures 2-10 through 2-13.
2.9.2 MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS
Refer to Figure 2-6 for crystal selection and
HSDB Code selections jumper placement. The
jumper on J5, pins 2-3 selects 12 MHz crystal for LTR.
The jumper on J4, pins 3-4 connects EPROM U14, pin
27 (A14) to +5V for LTR single-ended 5V data bus.
Figure 2-5 5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM
RECEIVER 1
RECEIVER 2
RECEIVER 3
RECEIVER 4
RECEIVER 5
RECEIVER
MULTICOUPLER
PREAMPLIFIER
FILTER
DUPLEXER
TRANSMITTER
COMBINER
TRANSMITTER 1
TRANSMITTER 2
TRANSMITTER 3
TRANSMITTER 4
TRANSMITTER 5
T/R ANTENNA
BANDPASS
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg1f.png)
INSTALLATION
2-7 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 2-6 RJ-11 TO BNC MPC JUMPERS
Jumper J4 must be placed with the following
guidelines (see Figure 2-6):
J4, pins 3-4 for operation with the RJ-11 to BNC
adapter module and mixed systems (20x1 and 1100)
with any version of HSDB software.
J4, pins 3-4 for operation with the RJ-11 to BNC
adapter module with 2008 only systems with any
version of HSDB software.
J4, pins 5-6 for operation with the RJ-11 to RJ-11
cable with 2008 only systems with Version 202 or later
HSDB software.
Figure 2-7 RJ-11 TO RJ-11 MPC JUMPERS
2.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT
ANTENNAS
Receive and Transmit antenna connector loca-
tions are shown in Figure 2-8. Although each trans-
mitter and receiver could be connected to a separate
antenna, this is usually not done because of the large
number of antennas required by a multiple repeater
installation. Therefore, an antenna combining system
is usually used. An example of a combining system
for a five-channel system is shown in Figure 2-5. The
amount of power loss introduced by a combiner
depends on the type of combiner used. If it has a loss
of 3 dB, power output to the antenna is reduced by
half.
Figure 2-8 ANTENNA CONNECTIONS
Figure 2-9 RJ-11 TO BNC ADAPTER MOD-
ULE
231J5
J4 1
2
3
46
5
HSDB CODE SELECTION
CRYSTAL SELECTION
23
1
J5
J4 1
2
3
46
5
HSDB CODE SELECTION
CRYSTAL SELECTION
TX
RX
GROUND
ORN
PIN 2
TLA+
PIN 1
TLA-
GRN
BLK
HSDB-
PIN 5 HSDB+
PIN 6
YEL
BLU
PIN 1 ORN
PIN 4
PIN 3
RED
IRDB- IRDB+
PIN 2 BLK
PIN 3 RED
PIN 4 GRN
PIN 5 YEL
PIN 6 BLU
PIN 7 GRY
PIN 8 BRN
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg20.png)
INSTALLATION
2-8
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 2-10 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION
Figure 2-11 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION
MPC SWITCHES
ON21876543ON2143
S3 S2
MPC SWITCHES
MPC SWITCHES
ON
ON
S3 S2
2
187
6
5
4
3
2143
ON
ON
S3 S2
2
187
6
5
43
2143
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg21.png)
INSTALLATION
2-9 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 2-12 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION
MPC SWITCHES
MPC SWITCHES
MPC SWITCHES
ON
ON
S3 S2
2
187
6
5
4
3
2
14
3
ON
ON
S3 S2
2
18
7
6
5
4
3
2
143
ON
ON
S3 S2
2
187
6
5
43
2
14
3
END REPEATER
END REPEATER
MIDDLE REPEATERS
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg22.png)
INSTALLATION
2-10
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 2-13 MIXED VIKING VX AND CR1100 REPEATER INSTALLATION
MPC SWITCHES
MPC SWITCHES
MPC SWITCHES
ON
ON
S3 S2
2
18
7
6
5
43
2
143
ON
ON
S3 S2
2
18
7
6
5
43
2
14
3
ON
ON
S3 S2
2
18
7
6
5
4
3
2
14
3
50 OHM
TERMINATION
LOGIC
RECEIVER
EXCITER
50 OHM
TERMINATION
ID VALIDATOR
LOGIC
RECEIVER
EXCITER
OPTIONAL
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg23.png)
3-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SOFTWARE
SECTION 3 SOFTWARE
3.1 INTRODUCTION
The Johnson 2000 Repeater Program on 3.5 inch
disk, Part No. 023-9998-390, uses an IBM personal
computer to program the EEPROM Memory in the
Main Processor Card (MPC). To lessen the chance of
programming errors and simplify operation, the pro-
gram uses yes/no questions or toggles through the
available responses.
The computer is connected directly from the
serial card to the MPC. The interconnect cables used
are shown in Figure 4-29. The DB-9 to 8-pin modular
adapter is connected to the serial port of the computer
and an interconnect cable connects the adapter to the
MPC.
NOTE: These connections are for the IBM computer
and may differ from an IBM compatible. In which
case, consult the manuals for your computer for serial
card outputs and connections.
3.1.1 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual introduces the program and illus-
trates how to use the features. This manual is orga-
nized to easily find programming information with the
Table of Contents, Index and Parameter Tables for the
responses required for programming.
Graphic reproductions of the screens are shown
for reference. Adjacent to the screens are tables to
provide the parameters, available responses and a brief
description of the parameter. It is not the intent of this
manual to teach computer operation, but to allow the
user to become familiar with the available screens and
the responses without having to be at the computer.
3.1.2 GETTING STARTED
NOTE: Before starting you should already know how to
start MS-DOS, format and make backup copies of
disks, copy and delete files, and run programs. If you
are unfamiliar with any of these actions, refer to the
MS-DOS manual for your computer for more informa-
tion (see Section 5-1).
Follow the computer instructions for loading the
disk. The MS-DOS Revision 2.0 or later operating
system is needed to run the programs. The computer
needs to have RS-232C capability, for example, the
Serial Card in slot "COM1" or "COM2".
3.1.3 COMPUTER DESCRIPTION
The programming software is designed to run on
an IBM PC or compatible computer that meet the fol-
lowing minimum requirements.
1. One 3.5" high density disk drive.
2. 640K of memory
3. MS-DOS version 2.0 or higher
4. One serial port
5. Monochrome or color monitor and video card
Although the program uses color to highlight cer-
tain areas on the screen, a monochrome (black and
white) monitor or LCD laptop also provide satisfac-
tory operation. Most video formats such as EGA and
VGA are supported. A serial port is required to con-
nect the Repeater to the computer. This port is stan-
dard with most computers.
The cables from the Repeater to the computer are
not included. With most computers, the adapter-to-
computer cable is a standard DB-25 M-F cable, PN
023-5800-017, (the male connector plugs into the
adapter). If your computer requires a male connector,
a male-to-male cable is also available, PN 023-5800-
016. The cable from the adapter to the Repeater has a
modular-type 8-pin connector (see Figure 4-29).
3.1.4 EEPROM DATA STORAGE
The data programmed into the MPC is stored by
an EEPROM Memory. Since this type of device is
nonvolatile, data is stored indefinitely without the
need for a constant power supply. A repeater can be
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg24.png)
SOFTWARE
3-2
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
removed from the site or even stored indefinitely with-
out affecting programming. Since EEPROM Memory
is also reprogrammable, a new device is not needed if
programming is changed.
3.1.5 COMMAND LINE OPTIONS
HELP
To show all options available from the command
line type: /h or /?. Either ’/’ or ’-’ can be used. For
example: 2004pgmr /h
The options can be entered in any order.
For example: 2004pgmr /d /b /c
COM PORT
The Johnson programming software defaults to
serial port COM1. However, if this port is already in
use, the software can be reconfigured to use serial port
COM2. To do this, use one of the following methods:
1. When running the compiled (.EXE) version, type /
c2 on the command line after the program name.
For example: 2004pgmr /c2 or -c2
2. Select COM port from Utilities heading.
BAUD RATE
The software defaults to 9600 baud, however this
rate can be changed. To do this from the command
line, type /bxxxx (xxxx = baud rate).
For example: 2004pgmr /b or -b
NOTE: When the baud rate is changed on the com-
mand line, the baud rate jumpers on J3 in the MPC
must also be changed to the same baud rate (see Sec-
tion 6.10.8).
DEMO MODE
To view the screens for Read Setup Parms and
Write Setup Parms from the Transfer menu when a
repeater is not connected to the computer this option is
used. Normally these screens are not available with-
out a repeater connected. To do this from the com-
mand line, type: /d or -d.
For example: 2004pgmr /d
3.1.6 COLOR OR MONOCHROME OPERATION
The programming software utilizes color for a
color monitor and video card. However, with LCD-
type displays, this may make some information hard to
read because the contrast is poor. To improve contrast,
a monochrome mode can be selected in the display
mode from Utilities heading.
3.2 REPEATER PROGRAM SOFTWARE
3.2.1 INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE
When you receive the programming software,
make a backup copy and store the master in a safe
place. Copy the distribution disks using DOS DISK-
COPY command. For example, type:
DISKCOPY A: A: (single floppy drive)
or
DISKCOPY A: B: or C: (multi-drive systems).
If you have a hard disk drive, you may want to
create one or more separate directories for transceiver
programming and then transfer the program disk files
to those directories. To create a new directory, use the
MKDIR command. For example, to create directory
RADIOPRG, type:
MKDIR \RADIOPRG.
Then to make the new directory the current directory,
use the CHDIR command. For example, to change to
the \RADIOPRG directory, type
CHDIR \RADIOPRG.
To copy all files from a floppy disk in drive A: to this
directory, type:
COPY A:*.*
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg25.png)
SOFTWARE
3-3 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
If you have a single floppy drive and no hard disk
drive, you need to create programming disks. The rea-
son for this is that there is not adequate space on the
backup disk(s) for storing radio files. If your com-
puter has dual floppy disk drives, the backup disk can
be placed in one drive and then the radio files stored
on a disk in the second drive.
To make a programming disk, format a blank disk
using FORMAT B: or FORMAT B: /S (use "/S" if it
must be a bootable disk). Then copy the required pro-
gram file or files to the programming disk. To do this,
type COPY A:(filename.ext) B:(filename.ext). For
example, to copy the file 2004pgm2.exe from drive A
to drive B, type
COPY A:2004pgm2.exe B:2004pgm2.exe
This procedure works for either single or dual drive
computers. Refer to your computer reference manual
for more information on these DOS commands.
The programming software is shipped in a com-
pressed format. The name of the compressed file is
2000pgm2.exe and it extracts the following files so the
program can be used on a PC.
VHF_PGMR.EXE 488K
VHF_PGMR.HLP 46K
VHF12LMN.HLP 2K
VHF_PGMR.LNF 181K
VHF12HMN.LNF 11K
VHF12LMN.LNF 278K
VHF12LUS.LMF 59K
VHF25HMN.LNF 11K
VHF25LMN.LNF 270K
VHF25LUS.LMF 62K
The 2004PGM2.EXE file is self extracting which
means that the files extract automatically when exe-
cuted. To extract these files so the program can be
used, first make the current directory the destination
directory for these files. For example, to make it the
\RADIOPRG directory on drive C: (if not the current
directory), type C: (Return) and then CD \RADIOPRG
as just described. To make it the disk in drive B:, sim-
ply type B:. Then insert the program disk in drive A:
and type A:2004PGM2 (or B: 2004PRM2 if drive B:
is being used). The program files are automatically
extracted into the current directory or disk.
3.2.2 MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED
Approximately 560K of free conventional mem-
ory is required to run this program (use the CHKSK or
MEM command to display the amount of free mem-
ory). If you have at least 640K of memory and not
enough is available, there may be other programs that
are also being loaded into conventional memory. Con-
tact Customer Service for information on how these
programs can be moved or disabled to make more
space available.
3.3 REPEATER PROGRAMMER
When the program is loaded into the computer
and executed, the menu shows the files available from
the directory. The program is used to create, edit,
transfer and receive the repeater and channel parame-
ters described in Section 5.
IMPORTANT
The commands and displays referred to in this
manual are for the IBM PC and may differ from IBM
compatible. Refer to the computer’s operating system
manual for command explanations.
3.3.1 PROGRAM FILES
The files in the software directory are needed to
run the program.
3.4 ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE
Figure 3-1 REPEATER TEST MENU
The software for the VIKING VX repeater pro-
grams the MPC to open and close the audio/data gates
necessary for the alignment selected from the Test-Full
File Edit Transfer Hardware Test Utilities
PA
Receiver
Exciter
RNT Interface
Full Rptr/Station
Telephone Interface
VNC Interface
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg26.png)
SOFTWARE
3-4
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Repeater menu. Under the menu heading Test are the
alignment procedures for the PA (see Section 7.3),
Receiver (see Section 7.1), Exciter (see Section 7.2)
and overall Full Repeater (see Section 7.4) including
the MAC card (see Figure 3-1).
Refer to Section 7 for Alignment Procedures as
shown in the program, alignment points diagrams and
test setup diagrams.
3.5 HELP F1
Help screens are available for most parameters
and options in this program. Whenever a parameter or
options clarification is needed, press F1 and if a help
screen is available it will pop-up on the screen. Press
Escape <ESC> to exit the pop-up screen.
Figure 3-2 PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
FILE
EDIT
HARDWARE
TEST
UTILITIES
HELP - F1
TRANSFER
Revisions
Repeater Type
Write Setup Parms F6
Read Setup Parms F5
Setup Parameters F4
RF Data
Exciter
Receiver
Display Mode
COM Port
PA
Quit ALT X
DOS Shell
Save As
Delete Repeater
Alarm Configuration
Select Repeater
Alarm Display
Load
Save
Full Rptr/Station
Print Config
About...
User Level
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg27.png)
4-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
PULL DOWN MENUS
SECTION 4 PULL DOWN MENUS
4.1 MENU DISPLAYS
The menus available are listed at the top of the
screen (see Figure 3-2). Move the cursor with the
arrow keys to highlight the menu name. Press Enter to
view the menu and the arrow keys to scroll through
the menu. Call up the highlighted selection by press-
ing Enter.
4.2 FILE MENU
This menu manipulates new or existing files into
directories and saves files to be called up at another
time.
Figure 4-1 FILE MENU
Figure 4-2 LOAD FILE
4.2.1 LOAD
Load reads information from a stored file. The
program requests the filename to be loaded into the
buffer. The filename from a disk can be entered in the
highlighted area. Then move the cursor down with the
arrow key and highlight "Ok" and press Enter. To
select an existing file, use the arrow keys to move
down the menu list and press Enter when the high-
lighted filename is the file to load.
4.2.2 SAVE
This saves the edited version of an existing file
loaded in the buffer under the same filename in the
directory and deletes the old file. It loads a new file
created in the Edit menu into the directory.
4.2.3 SAVE AS
This saves the edited version of an existing file
loaded in the buffer under a new filename or gives a
new file created in the Edit menu a filename.
Figure 4-3 SAVE FILE
Dir c:\example\file\load
..\
tmp\
Load File
Ok Cancel
File *.qx
file1.qx
Dir c:\example\file\load
..\
tmp\
Ok Cancel
Save File
File *.qx
test.qx
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg28.png)
PULL DOWN MENUS
4-2 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
4.2.4 NEW
This menu selection erases all Site and Repeater
information in the programmer and loads factory
defaults. If the current data has been changed, select-
ing File -> New provides the opportunity to save the
data before loading the defaults.
4.2.5 PRINT REPEATER CONFIGURATION
Select the destination for the configurations.
Printer - Prints to printer connected to PC.
File - Writes printable test to selected filename.
Select which repeater data will be printed.
All Repeaters - Prints the data for all valid
repeaters.
Single Repeater - Prints the data for the entered
repeater number.
NOTE: A list of valid repeaters can be seen under the
Edit-Select Repeater menu selection.
4.2.6 DOS SHELL
DOS shell temporarily suspends the program and
returns to DOS. Directories and other DOS com-
mands can be performed. To return to the program
from DOS, type EXIT and press Enter.
4.2.7 QUIT (ALT X)
Quit exits the repeater program and returns to
DOS. Save all files before exiting the repeater pro-
gram.
Figure 4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
Stand Alone
CWID Time
CWID Message
Local Mic ID
Test Mode ID
Default
Repeater Number
Input Alarms
Output Alarms
Cross Reference
Input Type Selection
Output Type Selection
Select Repeater
Alarm Configuration
EDIT
Setup Parameters F4
Alarm Cross Reference Selection
Delete Repeater
Repeater Type
Power Source
RF Power Level
Multi-Net
LTR
Universal Station UHF
Channel Bandwidth
Frequency Range
12.5 kHz
25 kHz
Repeater Type
TELCO Network Type
Area
Paging
132-150 MHz
Repeater Number
Receive Frequency
Transmit Frequency
150-178 MHz
Data Modem
Frequency Step
Sync Repeater
VHF Universal Station
370-480 MHz
480-512 MHz
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg29.png)
PULL DOWN MENUS
4-3 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
4.3 EDIT
Figure 4-5 EDIT MENU
This menu is used to create new files and set or
change the repeater operating parameters. The file-
name for the repeaters in this file is shown in the
lower left corner of the screen.
4.3.1 SETUP PARAMETERS
First see Section 4.3.4 to select repeater type to
setup LTR Parameters. This menu programs the
repeater parameters and options of each repeater at a
site. Table 5-1 lists the parameters that are set by this
screen (see Figure 5-1) and gives a brief description of
each.
NOTE: The parameters are shown in the lower left of
the pop-up screen for reference.
Repeater Number
Each repeater is programmed with a repeater
number from 1-20. Make sure that this number agrees
with the Home repeater number programmed in the
mobiles assigned to this repeater.
Receive/Transmit Frequency
Each Repeater is programmed with a Transmit
and Receive frequency that it is operating on.
Frequency Step
Using the space bar, select either:
5000 Hz or 6250 Hz for allowable frequency spacing.
To eliminate the chance of incorrect synthesizer
settings arising from ambiguous frequencies, make
sure this setting is correct.
Telco Network Type
None is used for LTR system repeaters.
Area
This is the same as the area bit used when pro-
gramming the mobiles. This bit is usually "0".
Sync Repeater
None is used for LTR system repeaters.
Stand Alone
Select if the repeater is not connected to addi-
tional repeaters via the high speed data bus.
ID Validator (Not applicable at this time.)
CWID Time
The time interval between transmission of the
repeater’s CWID message.
CWID Message
FCC regulations require that the station call let-
ters be transmitted periodically on the lowest- fre-
quency repeater in the system and disabled on all the
others. Morse code is used to encode these letters/
numbers for continuous-wave (CW) transmission (15
characters/numbers UPPER CASE).
Local MIC ID
The local microphone connected to the MAC
jack is assigned a Group ID for transmitting when the
local microphone PTT is active. This allows the
Repeater to operate as a base station.
Test Mode ID
This Group ID is transmitted when the Repeater
is in Test Mode. Mobiles with the same Group ID can
communicate with the Repeater in Test Mode.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg2a.png)
PULL DOWN MENUS
4-4
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
RF Power Level
This is the default power level. Enter the power
level for transmit power.
NOTE: This is not the actual power out level. Other
factors must be considered for true power out.
Power Source
This indicates the primary power source for the
Repeater (AC/DC). If AC is selected and Battery
Backup is installed, the transmitter goes to half rated
power (max.) when AC fails. If DC is selected and
AC fails, power output is unchanged.
Data Modem
This is selected if the Data Modem option is
installed. This option is not compatible with Paging,
TIC, or VNC.
4.3.2 SELECT REPEATER
Select the repeater number to be programmed or
edited from the pop-up menu (see Figure 4-6). Move
the cursor with the arrow keys to highlight the
repeater number and press Enter.
Figure 4-6 REPEATER LIST
4.3.3 ALARM CONFIGURATION
This programs the input alarm (see Figure 4-8)
and output alarm (see Figure 4-9) configurations and
provides a cross reference screen.
Use the arrow keys to move down the list. Use
the Space bar to toggle through the parameters: Dis-
abled, Active Low, Active High, for each alarm.
Figure 4-7 ALARM CONFIGURATION
Input Alarms
There are four input alarms that can be activated
by external devices (see Section 6.12). These inputs
can be disabled, energized or de-energized. Alarms 3
and 4 can also be analog input.
If the input is disabled, the input alarm line is
inactive. When energized and current flow is
detected, the alarm is activated. When de-energized
and no current flow is detected, the alarm is acti-
vated. Analog inputs provide a detection of an analog
input out of limit condition. Select the Low and High
Limit pair to trip an Analog Input Alarm. The High
Limit must be greater in value than the Low Limit
(0.0V-5.0V in 0.1V steps).
Figure 4-8 INPUT ALARMS
Output Type Selection
Select the operation of the Output Alarm. The
available types are:
Active Open - An active alarm opens (no contact)
the output lines.
Active Closed - An active alarm closes (contact)
the output lines.
Repeater List
default
Rptr 1
-------
-------
-------
Rptr 30
Select Which Alarms To Edit
Input Alarms
Output Alarms
Cross Reference
Input Alarm Configuration
Input Type Selection Description
Spacebar
Door 1 open
Door 2 open
Alarm 1 Input Type: Energized
Alarm 2 Input Type: De-Energized
Alarm 3 Input Type: Analog
Alarm 4 Input Type: Analog
Fuel Tank 1/2
Fuel Tank 1/4
High Limit Voltage (Input3): 2.5 Volts
Low Limit Voltage (Input3): 1.6 Volts
High Limit Voltage (Input4): 1.5 Volts
Low Limit Voltage (Input4): 0 Volts
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg2b.png)
PULL DOWN MENUS
4-5 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 4-9 OUTPUT ALARMS
Alarm Description
This is a text string (up to 15 characters) to
describe the alarm. This test string is sent via Morse
code if the alarm input is programmed with a Tx ID
and an output is selected in the cross reference menu
(see Figure 4-10).
Transmit ID
Each of the 8-alarm outputs can be assigned a
Group ID from 1-225. The default setting is 0 (zero)
for disabled. This Group ID and the Repeater number
identify an alarm that is active. This ID can be pro-
grammed into a transceiver so that when the alarm is
active, the alarm description is received in Morse
code.
Alarm Transmit Rate
This sets the time interval for transmitting the
alarm message in Morse code. If more than one alarm
is active, this is the inter-alarm time.
Cross Reference
The cross reference screen selects the output
alarm that is activated by each input alarm. There are
up to 48 alarms (0-47), 8 external input alarms and 40
internal alarms (see Table 1-2). There are eight output
alarms. An alarm condition on any input can cause an
output alarm. This screen configures which input
alarm activates an output alarm.
NOTE: More than one alarm condition can have the
same output alarm (see Figure 4-10).
Description
Spacebar
Output Alarm Configuration
Output Type Selection Tx ID
Alarm 1 Output Type: Active Open
Alarm 2 Output Type: Active Open
Alarm 3 Output Type: Active Open
Alarm Tx Rate: 0
Press F2 to Accept
DOOR OPEN
FUEL 1/2
FUEL 1/4
RF HALF POWERAlarm 4 Output Type: Active Closed
15
120
120
0
Figure 4-10 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE
4.3.4 REPEATER TYPE
This screen (see Figure 4-11) selects the repeater
type (LTR signaling protocol and features):
Repeater Type VHF
Channel Bandwidth 12.5/25 kHz
Frequency Range 132-150/150-178 MHz
Figure 4-11 REPEATER TYPE
4.3.5 DELETE REPEATER
Figure 4-12 DELETE REPEATER
Select which Output Alarm is activated by each Input Alarm.
8. None 24. None 32. None 40. None
5. None
6. None
7. None
9. None
10. None
11. None
12. None
13. None
14. None
15. None
17. None
18. None
19. None
20. None
21. None
22. None
23. None
25. None
26. None
27. None
28. None
29. None
30. None
31. None
34. None
35. None
36. None
37. None
38. None
39. None
41. None
42. None
43. None
44. None
45. None
46. None
47. None
Alarm Cross Reference Selection
Press F2 to Accept
0. None
1. 1
2. 1
3. 2
4. 3
16. None 33. 4
Select Rptr To Delete
Rptr 1
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg2c.png)
PULL DOWN MENUS
4-6
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
4.3.6 TELEPHONE PARAMETERS
Refer to the Telephone Interface Card manual,
Part No. 004-2000-370, for information on the Tele-
phone Access Parameters, Telephone Interface and
TIC Calibration Data.
4.4 TRANSFER
Figure 4-13 TRANSFER MENU
4.4.1 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS
This command sends the contents of a file to the
repeater and programs the EEPROM memory in the
Main Processor Card (MPC).
Figure 4-14 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS
Figure 4-15 PROGRAM WRITE SETUP
4.4.2 READ SETUP PARAMETERS
This command reads the contents of the
EEPROM memory of a repeater and loads it into a
buffer. The contents of the buffer is then displayed to
show the programming of the repeater.
Figure 4-16 READ SETUP PARAMETERS
Figure 4-17 READING SETUP
Read Setup Parms F5
Write Setup Parms F6
Edit Option Keys
Read TIC Calibration Data
Write TIC Calibration Data
File Edit Transfer Hardware Test Utilities
Program Rptr 1
Ok Cancel
Programming Setup Parameters
Count = 1
Ok Cancel
Read Setup Parms?
Reading Setup Parameters
Attempting access to Repeater
Figure 4-18 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
Home
UID
GoTo
GID
Data Received From Radio
Data Transmitted to Radio
Home
UID
GID
Pri
Stat
Time
HSDB Monitor
RX/TX Data
HARDWARE
RF Data RF Line Monitor
Mode Select Normal
Test
Revisions
Repeater (1-20)
TTY Terminal
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg2d.png)
PULL DOWN MENUS
4-7 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
4.5 HARDWARE
Figure 4-19 HARDWARE MENU
4.5.1 HSDB MONITOR
High Speed Data Bus (HSDB) connects all
repeaters at a site and continually sends updates on the
status of each repeater. This information screen pro-
vides a list of all repeaters at the site (1 to 20). If a
repeater is not sending data, IDLE is next to the
repeater number. The data sent by the repeater is used
to determine the Home, GID and UID of destination
(mobile) users to receive the call placed by the
originator.
The Home column refers to the Home repeater
number of the originator, therefore the Repeater num-
ber and the Home number may not be the same num-
ber. The UID is the Unique ID used to identify the
originator of special calls. The GID column refers to
the Group ID of the talk group of the originator
(236=UID Call, 237 Telco call). The GoTo column
shows the repeater channel all destination users switch
to so they receive the call.
Figure 4-20 HSDB MONITOR
4.5.2 RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA
This is an information screen used at the repeater
site while the computer (laptop) is connected to the
MPC in the repeater being monitored. This informa-
tion is contained in the receive data stream exchanged
between the repeater and the destination user (mobile)
and the data content of the repeater transmit data
stream. The message contains data received from the
destination and data sent to the mobile by the repeater.
The repeater receives the destination’s: Unique
ID, Home Repeater Number, Group ID, Priority, Sta-
tus and Time Stamp. The information sent to the des-
tination in the update message from the repeater
includes: Unique ID of originator, Home Repeater
Number, Group ID, GoTo Channel Number, Free
Channel Number and Priority of the current repeater.
The time stamp is included because messages are sent
continually and this provides a reference for when a
data exchange took place.
Figure 4-21 MOBILE TRAFFIC MONITOR
4.5.3 RF DATA
The A/D Monitor Screen shows the state of the
lines (see Figure 4-22). These lines are monitored by
the A to D converter in the IAC. The normal values
for each line are defined as follows.
Synthesizer Lock Lines Yes or No
Forward Power (LP) 25-110 Watts
Reflected Power 0-6 Watts
Final Out (ratio) approx equal
Chassis Temp 27°C-55°C
Wideband Audio Output approx 200
LO Injection approx 200
RSSI 20-150
Fan Current 100-200, 0
Fan On or Off
Power Supply Temp 22°C-45°C
Battery Voltage 21V-28V
Values with no label are the actual A to D read-
ing. To calculate the voltage on the line, divide the
value by 51. Example: Value ÷ 51 = Volts. Any varia-
tion from the above values may indicate a problem in
that area. Values on this screen are relative measure-
ments only.
Rptr Home UID GoTo GID
UID Home GID Pri Stat Time
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg2e.png)
PULL DOWN MENUS
4-8
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 4-22 RF LINE MONITOR
4.5.4 REVISION/VERSION
The Revision/Version is displayed for the
repeater modules in this screen. The format is R.V
(revision.version) for all modules. The MPC informa-
tion also includes the release date of the software and
the serial number of the repeater. The HSDB version
in Figure 4-23 is for J4, pins 5/6 connected in the MPC
and Figure 4-24 is the version for J4, pins 3/4 connected in
the MPC.
4.5.5 MODE SELECT
The Mode Select screen places the repeater either
in the Normal mode or the Test mode. In the Normal
mode the repeater operates as a normal repeater.
In the Test mode the repeater transmits a test
word. This test word is the Test Mode ID setup in the
Setup Parameters (see Section 4.3.1).
C A U T I O N
While in the test mode the repeater is "busy", therefore
it is important to place the repeater in Normal mode
when the test mode is no longer required.
Figure 4-23 REVISION/VERSION
Figure 4-24 REVISION/VERSION
RF Line Monitor
Synthesizer Lock Lines
Exciter Synthesizer: Yes
Receive Synthesizer: Yes
Transmit Parameters
Forward Power: 0 Watts
Reflected Power: 0 Watts
Final Output 1/2: 0/ 0 ratio
Final Output 3/4: 0/ 0 ratio
Receive Parameters
RSSI: 0
System Parameters
Fan 1 Current: 0
Fan 2 Current: 0
Fan On: Off
Chassis Temp: 0 C
Battery Voltage: 0 Volts
Wideband Audio Output: 0
LO Injection: 0
Power Supply Temp: 0 C
(Not Calibrated)
Exciter High Stability: No
Receive High Stability: No
Repeater Version Display
Serial Number: 1234567891234567
HSDB: 2.1d MAC: 1.09 TIC: 0.00
Repeater Number: 1
MPC or TPI: 10.12 05/23/95 11
Repeater Version Display
Serial Number: 1234567891234567
Repeater Number: 1
MPC or TPI: 10.12 05/23/95 11
HSDB: 50.02 MAC: 1.09 TIC: 0.00
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg2f.png)
PULL DOWN MENUS
4-9 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 4-25 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
All Test
Frequency Adjust
PA
TEST
Select Line Type
Data Over Voice (2-Wire)
All Receive Tests
All Transmit Tests
All Audio/Data Tests
All Operational Tests
Separate Data (4-Wire)
RS-2332
New HSDB Test
Old HSDB Test
Handshake Test
Alarm Test
Spurious Check
Voice Audio From Repeater
Voice Audio To Repeater
FSK Data To Rptr (Separate Path)
FSK Data To Rptr (Over Voice Path)
FSK Data From RNT (Separate Path)
FSK Data From Rptr (Over Voice Path)
RS-232 Setup
Audio Deviation Limit
Repeat Audio Level
Data Level Adjust
Audio/Data Deviation
CWID Level Check
Local Speaker/Mic
Tx Hum & Noise Ratio
Transmit Audio Distortion
LTR Modem
Power Output Adjust
TCXO Frequency Adjust
Audio Distortion
Hum & Noise Measurement
SINAD Measurement
Squelch Adjust
Data Level Adjust
Local Speaker/Mic
Desense Check
Miscellaneous Tests
Repeater Setup
Transmitter Tests
Receiver Tests
Transmit Audio/Data
Voter Audio Adjust
Audio/Data Adjust
Repeater Operation
Adjust Links
Receiver
Exciter
Full Rptr/Station
RNT Interface
Telephone Interface
4.6 TEST
Figure 4-26 TEST MENU
4.6.1 POWER AMPLIFIER
This menu selection walks through the alignment
of the Power Amplifier and RF Interface Board on the
computer screen. Refer to Section 7.3 for the PA and
RFIB alignment in this manual and Figures 7-3 and 7-8
for alignment points diagrams.
4.6.2 RECEIVER
This menu selection walks through the alignment
of the receiver on the computer screen. Refer to Sec-
tion 7.1 for the Receiver alignment in this manual and
Figure 7-1 for an alignment points diagram and Figure
7-6 for a test setup of the Receiver.
4.6.3 EXCITER
This menu selection walks through the alignment
of the Exciter on the computer screen. Refer to Sec-
tion 7.2 for the Exciter alignment and Figure 7-2 for an
alignment points diagram and Figure 7-7 for a test
setup of the Exciter.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg30.png)
PULL DOWN MENUS
4-10
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
4.6.4 FULL REPEATER
This menu selection walks through the alignment
of the entire repeater. The Receiver and Exciter por-
tions are performance tests and adjustments. The
Audio and Data portions are level adjustments for the
Main Audio Card (MAC). Refer to Figure 7-12 for an
alignment points diagram for the MAC.
4.7 UTILITIES
Figure 4-27 UTILITIES MENU
4.7.1 COM PORT
This is the COM port used to send and receive
data from the Repeater MPC. An interface cable con-
nects the Repeater to the computer (see Figure 4-29).
This screen also selects the data baud rate.
Figure 4-28 COM PORT SELECTION
Figure 4-29 LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CA-
BLE
4.7.2 DISPLAY MODE
This screen allows the color mode to be selected
for color monitors. When using a laptop, monochrome
is recommended for better resolution.
Figure 4-30 COLOR MODE SELECTION
4.7.3 USER LEVEL
There are two levels to choose from, Novice and
Advanced. The Novice uses prompts in the Edit-
Parameters screens when Escape or F2 keys are
pressed that ask "are you sure" before the task is exe-
cuted. The Advanced selection performs the task
without asking the question.
TO MPC
TO LAPTOP
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg31.png)
5-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
REPEATER PROGRAMMING
SECTION 5 REPEATER PROGRAMMING
5.1 CREATING A NEW FILE
An example will be used to show the program-
ming for a new file created for Site 1.
NOTE: At any point in the programming sequence, if
F1 is selected, a help screen appears to explain the
menu selection highlighted at that point.
5.1.1 SELECT REPEATER TO EDIT
A repeater is selected to program. When no file
exists with programmed repeaters, the default is
selected and edited.
1. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
2. Highlight SELECT REPEATER, press Enter.
3. Default is the only repeater in this list, press Enter.
4. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
5. Highlight SETUP PARAMETERS, press Enter.
6. The Setup Parameters screen appears (see Figure 5-
1). Fill in the parameters for this repeater. A brief
description of the parameters is in Table 5-1. Full
descriptions are in Section 4.3.1.
7. Select parameters, press F2 to accept.
8. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
9. Highlight ALARM CONFIGURATION and press
Enter, if alarms are to be configured.
10.Program the Alarms to be configured (see Section
4.3.3), press F2 to accept.
11.Highlight FILES, press Enter.
12.Highlight SAVE, press Enter.
13.Type in a valid DOS filename. For this example
site1.dat is used.
14.The file consists of default and repeater one under
the filename of site1.dat.
5.2 ADDING A REPEATER TO A FILE
The example used for Site 1 will again be used to
add repeaters to the filename site1.dat.
1. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
2. Highlight SELECT REPEATER, press Enter.
3. The repeater list shown for this file includes default
and repeater one. These contain the same parame-
ters with the exception that when selected for edit
the programmed repeater can be overwritten and the
data lost.
4. Highlight DEFAULT, press Enter.
5. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
6. Highlight SETUP PARAMETERS, press Enter.
7. Change the Repeater number and other parameters
as required for this repeater, press F2.
8. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
9. Highlight ALARM CONFIGURATION and press
Enter, if alarms are to be configured.
10.Program the Alarms to be configured (see Section
4.3.3), press F2 to accept.
11.Highlight FILES, press Enter.
12.Highlight SAVE, press Enter.
13.Repeater 2 is added to the Repeater List in file
site1.dat.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg32.png)
REPEATER PROGRAMMING
5-2
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 5-1 SETUP PARAMETERS
Table 5-1 REPEATER SETUP PARAMETERS
Parameter Response Description
Repeater Number 1-20 Each repeater is assigned a Home Repeater number from 1-20.
Channel Frequency Rx:
Tx: Each repeater is programmed with the transmit and receive fre-
quency that it is operating on.
Frequency Step 5 kHz or 6.25 kHz Allowable frequency spacing.
Telco Network Type None
FSK
RS232
FSK Blank & Burst
TIC
VNC
None=LTR dispatch only.
Data signaling type for a Switch, FSK, RS232 or FSK B&B.
TIC is for Telephone Interface Card w/o a Switch.
VNC=network telephone interconnect w/o a Switch.
Area 0, 1 Same as value of the Area bit in the mobiles.
Sync Repeater No Not used.
Stand Alone Yes, No Select if the repeater is not connected to additional repeaters
(via HSDB).
ID Validator Yes, No Not used.
CWID Time 0 = disabled
1-60 min Time between CWID transmissions.
CWID Message 15 characters/numbers
UPPER CASE Station call letters.
Local MIC ID 0 = disabled (default)
1-250, 253 Group ID transmitted when the local microphone PTT is active.
Test Mode ID 0 = disabled
1-250, 254 (default) Group ID transmitted when the Repeater is in the Test Mode.
RF Power Level 25-110 Power level in watts for transmit power.
Power Source AC or DC The type of primary power source for the Repeater.
Data Modem Yes, No Select if the Data Modem option is installed.
Repeater Home (1-20)
Repeater Number: 1
LTR Repeater Setup Parameters Edit
Rcv Frequency: 158.145000
Xmit Frequency: 153.095000
Frequency Step: 5000 Hz
Sync Repeater: No
Stand Alone: Yes
ID Validator: N/A
Local MIC ID: 0
Test Mode ID: 254
Paging: No
Telco Network Type: None
Area:
CWID Time:
CWID Message:
RF Power Level:
Power Source:
Data Modem:
Press F2 to Accept
0
0
REDHAWK
110
AC
No
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg33.png)
6-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
SECTION 6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1 RECEIVER
6.1.1 INTRODUCTION
The receiver is a double conversion type with
intermediate frequencies of 52.95 MHz and 450 kHz.
The first injection frequency is phase locked to a tem-
perature compensated crystal oscillator (TCXO) with
a frequency stability of ±2.5 PPM from -30° to +60°C
(-22° to +140°F). Two 3-pole bandpass filters in the
front-end reject signals outside the receive band. Two
4-pole crystal filters and two 4-pole ceramic filter
establish receiver selectivity (see block diagram
Figure 6-1).
6.1.2 REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES
The +15V DC power source is supplied by the
repeater power supply. The +15V supply enters the
receiver on J201, pin 1. U302 provides the +12V DC
receive voltage to the RF and IF amplifiers. U303
supplies +12V DC to the first and second injection
amplifiers. U304 supplies +12V DC to the remaining
RF circuits. U301 supplies +6V DC to the remaining
circuits.
6.1.3 HELICAL FILTERS, RF AMPLIFIER
The receive signal enters the receiver on coaxial
connector A201. A helical filter consisting of L101,
L102 and L103 is a three-pole bandpass filter tuned to
pass only a narrow band of frequencies within the
132-178 MHz band. This filter also attenuates the
image and other unwanted frequencies.
Impedance matching between the helical filter
and RF amplifier U103A is provided by C102.
U103A amplifies the receive signal to recover filter
losses and increases receiver sensitivity. Biasing for
U103A is provided by R105/R106/R107/R108 and
C105, C106, C107 and C108 provide RF bypass.
Additional filtering of the receive signal is provided
by 3-pole helical filter L108-L110. C103/C104 match
the output from U103A to 3-pole helical filter L108-
L110.
6.1.4 12.5 KHZ IF
First Mixer and Crystal Filter
First mixer U101 mixes the receive frequency
with the first injection frequency to produce the 52.95
MHz first IF. Since high-side injection is used, the
injection frequency is 52.95 MHz above the receive
frequency. Jumper J203 selects between a 12.5 kHz
IF and a 25 kHz IF. Install jumper plug P203 on J203,
pins 2-3 to select the 12.5 kHz IF. The output of U101
is matched to Z211 at 52.95 MHz by L211, C236 and
C237.
Z211A and Z211B form a two-section, four-pole
filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a
-3 dB bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter attenuates adja-
cent channels and other signals close to the receive
frequency. The filter sections are a matched pair and
the dot on the case indicates which leads connect
together. Matching with Q202 is provided by C241,
L213 and C240.
IF Amplifier, Crystal Filter
Q202 amplifies the 52.95 MHz IF signal to
recover filter and mixer losses and improve receiver
sensitivity. Biasing for Q202 is provided by R236/
R233/R234/R235 and C242/C243/C246 provide RF
bypass. The output of Q202 is matched to crystal fil-
ter Z212 at 52.95 MHz by C245, C247 and L214.
Z212A and Z212B form a two-section, four-pole
filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a
-3 dB bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter establishes the
selectivity of the receiver by further filtering the 52.95
MHz IF. The filter sections are a matched pair and the
dot on the case indicates which leads connect together.
Matching with U203 is provided by C250, C251,
C252, L216 and R237.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg34.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-2
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 6-1 12.5 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM
BANDPASS FILTER
L102/L103/L104
A201
RF IN U103A
BANDPASS FILTER
L108/L109/L110
U101
MIXER
Z211A/B
CRYSTAL FILTER
52.95 MHz 4-POLE
RF AMP IF AMP
Q202
CRYSTAL FILTER
52.95 MHz 4-POLE
Z212A/B
U401
SYNTHESIZER
RF DATA
RF CLOCK
SYN CS RX
SYN LK RX
BUFFER
Q401
Q402
BUFFER
Q410
Q411
REF IN
V
R
F IN
Q406, Q407
Q408, Q409
CHARGE PUMP VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER
Q403, Q404
Q405, CR402
Y401
17.5 MHz TCXO
Q204
MULTIPLIER
Z213/Z214
U203
IF DETECTOR/AMP
AUDIO
U204B
U204A RSSI
RX WBAND
VCO
Q131
Q132
BUFFER/AMP
VCO FIRST SECOND
INJ AMP INJ AMP
Q133 Q134 L140/L141
INJECTION FILTER
BANDPASS
U102
AMP
INJECTION
TEST VOLTAGE
A006
Biasing of Q204 is provided by R258, R259 and
R260. RF choke L222 blocks the flow of RF through
R261. An AC voltage divider formed by C280/C281
matches Q204 to the highpass filter. The third har-
monic of the TCXO frequency is then used to drive
the OSC B input at 52.5 MHz. L223, C282 and L224
form a high pass filter to attenuate frequencies below
52.95 MHz. C283 and C284 match the output of the
filter to U203.
The 450 kHz second IF is then fed to ceramic fil-
ter Z213/Z214, then into the IF amplifier. The center
frequency of Z213/Z214 is 450 kHz with a bandwidth
of 9 kHz used to attenuate wideband noise. The lim-
iter amplifies the 450 kHz signal 92 dB which
removes any amplitude fluctuations.
From the limiter the signal is fed to the quadra-
ture detector. An external phase-shift network con-
nected to U203, pin 8, shifts the phase of one of the
detector inputs 90° at 450 kHz (the other inputs are
unshifted in phase). When modulation occurs, the fre-
quency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as
does the phase of the shifted signal. The detector,
which has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts
the phase shift into an audio signal. Z215 is adjusted
to provide maximum undistorted output from the
detector. The audio signal is then fed out on U203,
pin 9.
Second Mixer/Detector
As shown in Figure 6-2, U203 contains second
oscillator, second mixer, limiter, detector and RSSI
circuitry. The 52.95 MHz IF signal is mixed with a
52.5 MHz signal produced by TCXO Y401 and tripler
Q204. The 17.5 MHz (±2.5 PPM) output of Y401 is
fed through C275 to tripler Q204. The tripler passes
the third harmonic at 52.5 MHz to the oscillator input
of U203.
Figure 6-2 U201/U203 BLOCK DIAGRAM
MIXER
LIMITER
OSC
AMP
DEMODULATOR
AMP
AMP
FILTER
SQUELCH TRIGGER
WITH HYSTERESIS
AF
QUAD COIL
DECOUPLING 1
DECOUPLING 2
GROUND
SQUELCH IN
FILTER OUT
FILTER IN
RSSI
AUDIO9
10
11
12
13
MUTE14
15
16 MIXER IN
IF IN
Vcc
MIXER OUT
OSC E
7
6
5
4
3
2
OSC B 1
8
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg35.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-3 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Wideband Audio Amplifier
U204B amplifies the detected audio and data sig-
nal. R244/R245/R246 set the gain of the amplifier
and R247/R248/R249/R250/RT204 provide a DC ref-
erence level. C261 bypasses the 450 kHz IF signal
and C262 bypasses other frequencies. The output sig-
nal is adjusted by R253 and fed to J205, pin 3. Install
jumper plug P205 on J205, pins 2-3 to select the
12.5 kHz audio to be routed to J201, pin 9.
RSSI Amplifier
U203, pin 13 is an output from an internal RSSI
(receive signal strength indicator) circuit which pro-
vides a current proportional to the strength of the
450 kHz IF signal. The RSSI output is buffered
through U204A and the level is adjusted by R221.
The DC output signal is then fed to J204, pin 3.
Install jumper plug P204 on J204, pins 2-3 to select
the 12.5 kHz RSSI to be routed to J201, pin 7.
6.1.5 25 KHZ IF
First mixer U101 mixes the receive frequency
with the first injection frequency to produce the 52.95
MHz first IF. Since high-side injection is used, the
injection frequency is 52.95 MHz above the receive
frequency. Jumper J203 selects between a 12.5 kHz
IF and a 25 kHz IF. Install jumper plug P203 on J203,
pins 1-2 to select the 25 kHz IF. The output of U101
is matched to the crystal filter at 52.95 MHz by L201,
C201 and C202.
Z201A/B form a two-section, four-pole filter
with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB
bandwidth of 15 kHz. This filter attenuates adjacent
channels and other signals close to the receive fre-
quency. The filter is a matched pair and the dot on the
case indicates which leads connect together. Match-
ing with Q201 is provided by C205, L203 and C206.
IF Amplifier, Crystal Filter
Q201 amplifies the 52.95 MHz IF signal to
recover filter and mixer losses and improve receiver
sensitivity. Biasing for Q201 is provided by R204/
R201/R202/R203 and C207/C209/C211 provide RF
bypass. The output of Q201 is matched to crystal fil-
ter Z202A at 52.95 MHz by C210, C212 and L204.
Z202A/B form a two-section, four-pole filter
with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB
bandwidth of 15 kHz. This filter establishes the selec-
tivity of the receiver by further filtering the
52.95 MHz IF. The filter sections are a matched pair
and the dot on the case indicates which leads connect
together. Matching with U201 is provided by C215,
C216, C217, L206 and R205.
Figure 6-3 25 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM
BANDPASS FILTER
L102/L103/L104
A201
RF IN U103A
BANDPASS FILTER
L108/L109/L110
U101
MIXER
Z201A/Z201B
CRYSTAL FILTER
52.95 MHz 4-POLE
RF AMP IF AMP
Q201
CRYSTAL FILTER
52.95 MHz 4-POLE
Z202A/Z202B
U401
SYNTHESIZER
RF DATA
RF CLOCK
SYN CS RX
SYN LK RX
BUFFER
Q401
Q402
BUFFER
Q410
Q411
REF IN
V
R
F IN
Q406, Q407
Q408, Q409
CHARGE PUMP VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER
Q403, Q404
Q405, CR402
Y401
17.5 MHz TCXO
Z203/Z204
U201
IF DETECTOR/AMP
AUDIO
U202B
U202A RSSI
RX WBAND
VCO
Q131
Q132
BUFFER/AMP
VCO FIRST SECOND
INJ AMP INJ AMP
Q133 Q134 L140/L141
INJECTION FILTER
BANDPASS
U102
AMP
INJECTION
TEST VOLTAGE
A006
Q204
MULTIPLIER
Q203
AMPLIFIER
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg36.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-4
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Second Mixer/Detector
As shown in Figure 6-2, U201 contains second
oscillator, second mixer, limiter, detector and RSSI
circuitry. The 52.95 MHz IF signal is mixed with a
52.5 MHz signal produced by TCXO Y401, tripler
Q204 and amplifier Q203. The 17.5 MHz (±2.5 PPM)
output of Y401 is fed through C275 to tripler Q204.
The tripler passes the third harmonic at 52.5 MHz to
amplifier Q203. Amplifier Q203 amplifies the 52.5
MHz signal for the oscillator input of U201.
Biasing of Q204 is provided by R258, R259 and
R260. RF choke L222 blocks the flow of RF through
R261. An AC voltage divider formed by C280/C281
matches Q204 to the highpass filter. L223, C282 and
L224 form a high pass filter to attenuate frequencies
below 52.95 MHz. C283 and C284 match the output
of the filter to U203. The third harmonic of the TCXO
frequency is lightly coupled to amplifier Q203 through
C270, R262 and C265. Biasing of Q203 is provided
by R254, R255, R256 and R257. The amplified 52.5
MHz output is passed to U201 OSC B input through
C271.
The 450 kHz second IF is then fed to ceramic fil-
ter Z203/Z204, then into the IF amplifier. The center
frequency of Z203/Z204 is 450 kHz with a bandwidth
of 15 kHz used to attenuate wideband noise. The lim-
iter amplifies the 450 kHz signal 92 dB which
removes any amplitude fluctuations.
From the limiter the signal is fed to the quadra-
ture detector. An external phase-shift network con-
nected to U201, pin 8, shifts the phase of one of the
detector inputs 90° at 450 kHz (the other inputs are
unshifted in phase). When modulation occurs, the fre-
quency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as
does the phase of the shifted signal. The detector, that
has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts the
phase shift into an audio signal. Z205 is adjusted to
provide maximum undistorted output from the detec-
tor. The audio signal is then fed out on U201, pin 9.
Wideband Audio Amplifier
U202B amplifies the detected audio and data sig-
nal. R212/R213/R214 set the gain of the amplifier and
R215/R216/R217/R218 and RT202 provide a DC ref-
erence level. C226 bypasses the 450 kHz IF signal
and C227 bypasses other frequencies. The output sig-
nal is adjusted by R220 and fed to J205, pin 1. Install
jumper plug P205 on J205, pins 1-2 to select the
25 kHz audio to be routed to J201, pin 6.
RSSI Amplifier
U201, pin 13 is an output from an internal RSSI
(receive signal strength indicator) circuit which pro-
vides a current proportional to the strength of the 450
kHz IF signal. The RSSI output is buffered through
U202A and the level is adjusted by R219. The DC
output signal is then fed to J204, pin 1. Install jumper
plug P204 on J201, pins 1-2 to select the 25 kHz RSSI
to be routed to J201, pin 7.
6.1.6 VCO
The Voltage-Controlled Oscillator (VCO) is
formed by Q101 circuitry and high-Q inductor L102.
The VCO oscillates in a frequency range from 184-
231 MHz. Biasing of Q101 is provided by R102,
R103, R104 and R105. AC voltage divider C104,
C105 and C106 initiates and maintains oscillation and
matches Q101 to the tank circuit. The high-Q inductor
is grounded at one end to provide shunt inductance to
the tank circuit.
The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC
voltage across varactor diode D101. As voltage across
a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its capaci-
tance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency increases
as the control voltage increases. The control line is RF
isolated from tank circuit by choke L101. The amount
of frequency change produced by D101 is controlled
by series capacitor C102.
Q102 and Q103 form a cascade-connected buffer
circuitry. DC bias is produced by R107, R108, R109
and R112. A signal oscillated at Q101 is DC cut and
adjusted by C107, and fed into the buffer. An output
from RF choke L104 passes through an adjustment cir-
cuit consisting of C114 and C119.
6.1.7 ACTIVE FILTER
Q801 functions as a capacitance multiplier to pro-
vide filtering of the 12V supply to Q802. R803 and
R804 provide transistor bias, and C812 provides the
capacitance that is effectively multiplied by the gain of
Q801. If a noise pulse or other voltage change appears
on the collector, the base voltage does not change
because of C812. Therefore, the base current does not
change and transistor current remains constant. R805
decouples the VCO output from AC ground. L803 is
an RF choke and C810, C811, C813 and C814 provide
RF bypass.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg37.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-5 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.1.8 BUFFER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q410/Q411 pro-
vides amplification and isolation between the VCO
and Synthesizer. A cascode amplifier is used because
it provides high gain, high isolation and consumes
only a small amount of power. The input signal to this
amplifier is coupled from the VCO RF output on
pin 5. DC blocking and coupling to the VCO is pro-
vided by C455 and to the buffer by C456. Bias for the
amplifier is provided by R442, R445, R446 and R277.
Q411 is a common-emitter amplifier and Q410 is a
common-base with C458 and C457 providing RF
bypass. L405 provides some filtering of the cascode
output. R448 lowers the Q of L405. The output of the
amplifier is coupled by C442/C441 to U401, pin 11.
6.1.9 SYNTHESIZER
The inputs/outputs of synthesizer U401 are
shown in Figure 6-4. The output signal from the syn-
thesizer loop is the receiver first injection frequency.
This signal is produced by a VCO (voltage-controller
oscillator). The frequency of this oscillator is con-
trolled by a DC voltage. This DC voltage is generated
by integrating the pulses from the phase detector in
synthesizer chip U401.
Frequencies are selected by programming
counters in U401 to divide by a certain number. This
programming is provided through J201, pins 12, 18
and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is
established by the ±2.5 PPM stability of TCXO Y401.
The output of this oscillator is stable from
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F).
Figure 6-4 SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM
(OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUT)
15 OUTPUT B
DATA OUT
24 BITS
A REGISTER
INPUT AMP
PRESCALER
64/65
in
f
in
f
10
11
LOGIC
MODULUS
CONTROL
N COUNTER
12-STAGE
A COUNTER
6-STAGE
CONTROL
INTERNAL
POR
LOGIC
STANDBY
8 BITS
C REGISTER
ENABLE 17
19
DATA IN
CLOCK 18
LOGIC
CONTROL
AND
REGISTER
SHIFT
16 BITS
R REGISTER
DOUBLE-BUFFERED
13-STAGE R COUNTER
DIVIDER
4-STAGE
OSC OR
out
REF
20
in
REF
1
OR (UP)
OV (DOWN)
16 OUTPUT A
LOGIC
SELECT
PORT
V
f
R
f
V
R
2LOCK DETECT
AND CONTROL LD
f
f
V
R
f
f
PHASE/FREQUENCY
DETECTOR B
AND CONTROL
PHASE/FREQUENCY
AND CONTROL
DETECTOR A
V
R
f
f
3
4
8
6
Rx
PDout
TEST 2
TEST 1
13
9
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg38.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-6
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
The VCO frequency of A401 is controlled by a
DC voltage produced by integrating the phase detec-
tor output pulses of U401. The phase detector senses
the phase and frequency of the two input signals (fV
and fR) and causes the VCO control voltage to increase
or decrease if they are not the same. When the fre-
quencies are the same the VCO is "locked" on fre-
quency.
One input signal to the phase detector in U401 is
the reference frequency (fR). This is the 17.5 MHz
TCXO frequency divided by the R (reference) counter
to the channel spacing or 6.25 kHz.
The other input to the phase detector in U401 is
from the VCO frequency divided down by the "N"
counter and prescaler in synthesizer U401 to
6.25 kHz. The "N" counter is programmed through
the synthesizer data line on J201, pin 20. U401 is pro-
grammed so that the phase detector input (fV) is identi-
cal to the reference frequency (fR) (6.25 kHz) when the
VCO is locked on the correct frequency.
The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,
and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter
programming circuitry. Frequencies are selected by
programming the three counters in U401 to divide by
assigned numbers. The programming of these
counters is performed by circuitry in the Third Party
Interface Card (TPI), which is buffered and latched
through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC) and fed into
the synthesizer on J201, pin 20 to Data input port
U401, pin 19.
Data is loaded into U401 serially on the Data
input port U401, pin 19. Data is clocked into the shift
registers a bit at a time by a low to high transition on
the Clock input port U401, pin 18. The Clock pulses
come from the MPC via the IAC to J201, pin 18.
As previously stated, the counter divide numbers
are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the
correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase
detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXO-
derived input (fR) which is 6.25 kHz.
The fR input is produced by dividing the
17.5 MHz TCXO frequency by 2800. This division is
done by the "R" counter in U401. The counter always
divides by 2800 regardless of the channel frequency.
This produces a reference frequency (fR) of
6.25 kHz. Since the VCO is on frequency (receive fre-
quency plus 52.95 MHz) and no multiplication is used,
the channel frequencies change in 6.25 kHz steps and
the reference frequency (fR) is 6.25 kHz for all fre-
quencies selected by this receiver.
The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U401.
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters
in U401.
The N and A counters function as follows: both
the N and A counters begin counting down from their
programmed number. When the A counter reaches
zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero. Both
counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A
counter is always programmed with a smaller number
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.
Example:
Assume a receive frequency of 150.025 MHz.
Since the VCO is 52.95 MHz above the receive fre-
quency it must be 202.975 MHz. To produce this fre-
quency, the N and A counters are programmed as fol-
lows:
N = 507 A = 28
NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A
counter numbers can be calculated for other channels.
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides
by 65 for 65 x 28 or 1,820 input pulses. It then divides
by 64 for 64 x (507 - 28) or 30,656 input pulses. The
overall divide number K is therefore (30,656 + 1,820)
or 32,476. The VCO frequency of 202.975 MHz
divided by 80,476 equals 6.25 kHz which is the fR
input to the phase detector. The overall divide number
K can also be determined by the following formula:
K = 64N + A
Where,
N = N counter divide number and
A = A counter divide number.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg39.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-7 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.1.10 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q401 and Q402
provides amplification and also isolation between the
TCXO and Synthesizer U401. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The
input signal to this amplifier is from TCXO Y401.
C405 provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is
provided by R404, R406, R407, R408 and R409.
L401 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C403,
C401 and C407. The output of Q401/Q402 is coupled
to U401 by C432.
6.1.11 LOCK DETECT
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
Lock Detect output on U401, pin 2 is a logic high
voltage with very narrow negative-going pulses. Then
when the synthesizer is unlocked, these pulses become
much wider, the width may vary at a rate determined
by the frequency difference of fV and fR. The lock
detect pulses are applied to J401, pin 14 and sent to
the RF Interface on J103, pin 14 for detection and
sampling in the IAC.
6.1.12 CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER
The charge pump circuit charges and discharges
C450, C451 and C452 in the loop filter to provide the
21V VCO control voltage (see Section 6.1.13). Pulses
which control the charge pump are fed out of U401,
pins 3/4. When both phase detector inputs are in
phase, these output signals are high except for a very
short period when both pulse low in phase. If the fre-
quency of the fR input to the phase detector is higher
than that of the fV input (or if the phase of fR leads fV),
the VCO frequency is too low. The negative-going
pulses on the fV output (pin 4) then become much
wider and the fR output (pin 3) stays essentially high.
If the frequency of the fV input is greater than fR
(VCO frequency too high), the opposite occurs.
Q406 and Q407 are drivers which make the 5V
levels and polarity of U401 phase detector outputs
compatible with the high voltage supply to Q408 and
Q409. Capacitors C444 and C446 momentarily
bypass R432 and R437 when negative-going pulses
occur. This speeds up the turn-off time of Q406 and
Q407 by minimizing the effect of the base charge.
When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 4,
Q406 turns on which turns on Q408. Q408 sources
current to charge up the loop filter capacitors C450/
C451, thereby increasing the VCO control line volt-
age. When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 3,
Q407 turns on which turns on Q409. Q409 sinks cur-
rent to discharge the loop filter capacitors C450/C451
thereby decreasing the VCO control line voltage. The
source current from Q408, when it is on, equals the
sink current from Q409, when it is on.
6.1.13 VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER
The 17.5 MHz from Y401 is amplified by Q401/
Q402 and passed to the reference input of synthesizer
U401, pin 20. This signal is also coupled from the
output of Q401/Q402 through C408 to amplifier
Q403. Biasing for Q403 is provided by R410, R411
and R412. The output of Q403 is direct coupled to
switching transistors Q404/Q405.
When Q405 is turned on and Q404 if off, C409 is
grounded on the side connected to the emitter of
Q405. This allows the other side of C409 to charge
from the 12V supply through R414, CR402 to C409.
When Q404 turns on and Q405 is off. C414 charges
up to approximately 12V plus the voltage that was
stored across C809 from the last cycle. The output
voltage is 21V due to voltage loss in the transistor and
diodes. C413 is an RF bypass and C414 charges to
21V to stabilize the voltage. The 21V output is fil-
tered by C415/L403/C416 to remove the 17.5 MHz
ripple. The 21V output is applied to the charge pump
Q408/Q409 and the VCO control line.
6.1.14 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q131 and Q132
provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and Receiver RF stages. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The
input signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO
A401 by C131. C131 also provides DC blocking.
Bias for the amplifier is provided by R134, R133,
R138, R132, R131 and R136. L131 is an RF choke
and R135 sets the RF output impedance of the cas-
code. RF bypass is provided by C143, C142, C141,
C140, C139, C138, C133, C134, C135 and C136. The
output of Q131/Q132 is matched to the Receiver RF
stages by a section of microstrip, C144, signal pad
R139/R140/R141, C145, C146 and L133. C145 cou-
ples the signal to the input of the first injection
amplifier.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg3a.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-8
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.1.15 FIRST AND SECOND INJECTION AM-
PLIFIERS
U303 provides the +12V source for these ampli-
fiers. First injection amplifier Q133 is biased by
CR131, R143, R144, R145 and R146. C148, C151,
C149 and C150 provide RF bypass from the DC line.
L134 on the collector is an RF choke. Q133 is
matched to the 50 ohm signal pad R147, R148 and
R149 by lowpass filter C152/L135/C153, C154.
C155, L136, L156, L137, C157 and a section of
microstrip match Q134 to the 50 ohm signal pad.
Second injection amplifier/buffer Q134 is simi-
lar in design to Q133. The output of Q134 is matched
to 50 ohms by L134/C162/C163 and C164 provides
DC blocking. L140/L141 are tuned to the receive fre-
quency plus 52.95 MHz and passed to Mixer U101.
This injection frequency is also coupled through C165
to the injection test voltage circuit U102A. CR133,
R158, R159 provide DC input to U102A,
pin 3. The output of U102A, pin 1 is connected to
J201, pin 13 for a receive injection test point and to
the RF Interface Board on J103, pin 13.
6.2 EXCITER
6.2.1 VCO (A007)
The Voltage-Controlled Oscillator (VCO) is
formed by Q101, associated circuitry and High-Q
indicator L102. The VCO oscillates in a frequency
range from 132-178 MHz. Biasing of Q101 is pro-
vided by R102, R103 and R104. An AC voltage
divider formed by C107 and C108 initiates and main-
tains oscillation. C106 couples Q101 to the High-Q
inductor. RF choke L103 completes the DC bias path
to ground.
The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC
voltage across varactor diode D101. As voltage
across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its
capacitance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency
increases as the control voltage increases. The control
line is RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L101.
The amount of frequency change produced by D101 is
controlled by series capacitor C102.
The frequency is modulated in a similar manner.
The transmit audio/data signal is applied across varac-
tor diode D102 to vary the VCO frequency at an audio
rate. C104/C105 in series with D102 determine the
amount of modulation produced by the audio signal.
6.2.2 VCO BUFFER
Q102/Q103 form a cascade-connected buffer cir-
cuitry. DC bias is produced by R107, R108, R109 and
R1212. A signal oscillated at Q101 is DC cut and
adjusted by C107 and fed into the buffer. An output
from RF choke L104 passes through an adjustment
circuit consisting of C114/C119.
6.2.3 VCO/TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION
Both the VCO and TCXO are modulated in order
to achieve the required frequency response. If only
the VCO was modulated, the phase detector in U403
would sense the frequency change and increase or
decrease the VCO control voltage to counteract the
change (at the lower audio frequencies inside the
closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). If only the
TCXO frequency was modulated, the VCO would not
track the higher audio frequencies (those beyond the
closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). However,
by modulating both the VCO and TCXO a flat audio
response is achieved. Potentiometers R425 and R446
balance the modulating signals.
There are two 3.5V sources on the Exciter board;
one is a reference for the modulation amplifier to the
VCO, the other is for the modulation amplifier to the
TCXO.
The reference voltage on U402B, pin 5 is also on
buffer U407B, pin 5 to J401, pin 9 and RFIB connec-
tor J102, pin 9. The voltage leaves the RFIB on J101,
pin 14 to J2, pin 27 on the backplane, to the bottom
connectors via pin 7 and finally to the MAC on P100,
pin 7.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg3b.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-9 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
With reference to the ground on the Exciter, the
3.5V reference stability is maintained by U126B/C/D
on the MAC. The 3.5V DC passes through summing
amplifier U129B and transmit modulation gate U118D
to P100, pin 29 (Tx MOD). P100, pin 29 is connected
to backplane connector J2, pin 8 and RFIB connector
J101, pin 22 to J102, pin 13. The transmit modula-
tion and 3.5V reference enter the Exciter on J401, pin
13 and are routed to U402B, pin 6. R425 sets the
TCXO modulation level. The modulation signal and
the 3.5V DC are applied to U402A, pin 2.
6.2.4 SYNTHESIZER
The synthesizer inputs/outputs are shown in Fig-
ure 6-5. The synthesizer output signal is the transmit
frequency. This signal is produced by a VCO (volt-
age-controller oscillator) that is frequency controlled
by a DC voltage produced by synthesizer chip U403.
This DC voltage is filtered by a loop filter made up of
C805, C806 and R804 in the VCO circuitry.
Frequencies are selected by programming
counters in U403 to divide by a certain number. This
programming is provided through J401, pins 12, 19
and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is
established by the ±2.5 PPM stability of TCXO Y401.
This oscillator is stable from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to
+140°F).
The VCO frequency of A007 is controlled by a
DC voltage produced by the phase detector in U403.
The phase detector senses the phase and frequency of
the two input signals and causes the VCO control volt-
age to increase or decrease if they are not the same.
When the frequencies are the same, the VCO is then
"locked" on frequency.
The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,
and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter
programming circuitry.
One input signal to the phase detector in U403 is
the reference frequency (fR). This frequency is the
17.5 MHz TCXO frequency divided by the reference
counter to the frequency step or 6.25 kHz. The other
input signal (fV) is the VCO frequency divided by the
"N" counter in U403. The counters are programmed
through the synthesizer data line on J401, pin 20.
Each channel is programmed by a divide number so
that the phase detector input is identical to the refer-
ence frequency (fR) when the VCO is locked on the
correct frequency.
Figure 6-5 EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM
BUFFER
SYNTHESIZER
DATA
CLK BUFFER
VCO
CHARGE PUMP
BUFFER
SYN CS EX
SYN LK EX
U403
Q406/Q407
U404B
BUFFER
Q410/Q411 Q413
AMP
Q405
Q403/Q404
BUFFER
Y401
TCXO
U404A
U402AU402B
EX MOD
LPTT
SWITCH
TO PAA007
AMP
AMP
U407B
V REF EX
PD OUT
RF IN
REF IN
Q414/Q415V
RQ416/Q417
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg3c.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-10
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Frequencies are selected by programming the
three counters in U403 to divide by assigned numbers.
The programming of these counters is performed by
circuitry in the Third Party Interface (TPI), buffered
and latched through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC)
and fed into the synthesizer on J401, pin 20 to Data
input port U403, pin 19.
Data is loaded into U403 serially on the Data
input port U403, pin 19 when U403, pin 17 is low.
Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time
by a low to high transition on the Clock input port
U403, pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC
via the IAC to J401, pin 19.
As previously stated, the counter divide numbers
are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the
correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase
detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXO-
derived input (fR). The fR input is produced by divid-
ing the 17.5 MHz TCXO frequency by 2800. This
produces a reference frequency (fR) of 6.25 kHz.
Since the VCO is on frequency and no multiplication
is used, the frequencies are changed in 6.25 kHz steps.
The reference frequency is 6.25 kHz for all frequen-
cies selected by this Exciter.
The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U403.
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters
in U403. The N and A counters function as follows:
Both the N and A counters begin counting down
from their programmed number. When the A counter
reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero.
Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A
counter is always programmed with a smaller number
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.
Example: To illustrate the operation of these
counters, assume a transmit frequency of 150.250
MHz. Since the VCO is the channel frequency for
transmit this frequency is used. To produce this fre-
quency, the N and A counters are programmed as fol-
lows:
N = 375 A = 40
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides
by 65 for 65 x 40 or 2,600 input pulses. It then
divides by 64 for 64 x (375 - 40) or 21,440 input
pulses. The overall divide number K is therefore
(21,440 + 2,600) or 24,040. The VCO frequency of
150.250 MHz divided by 24,040 equals 6.25 kHz
which is the fR input to the phase detector. The overall
divide number K can also be determined by the fol-
lowing formula:
K = 64N + A
Where,
N = N counter divide number and
A = A counter divide number.
NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A
counter numbers can be calculated for other channels.
6.2.5 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q403 and Q404
provides amplification and isolation between the
TCXO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high reverse isola-
tion and consumes only a small amount of power. The
input signal to this amplifier is coupled from TCXO
Y401, pin 5 by C420. C420 also provides DC block-
ing. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R430, R431,
R432, R433 and R428. L402 is an RF choke. RF
bypass is provided by C416, C418 and C419. The
output of Q403/Q404 is coupled to U403, pin 20 by
C417.
6.2.6 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q406 and Q407
provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and
consumes only a small amount of power. The input
signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO A007,
pin 6 by C433. C433 also provides DC blocking.
Bias for the amplifier is provided by R450, R451,
R453, R454 and R455. L403 is an RF choke. RF
bypass is provided by C430, C431 and C479. The
output of Q406/Q407 is coupled to U403, pin 11 by a
non-polarized capacitor formed by C429/C499.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg3d.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-11 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.2.7 LOCK DETECT
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
Lock Detect output on U403, pin 2 is a high voltage
with narrow negative-going pulses. When the synthe-
sizer is unlocked, the negative-going pulses are much
wider, the width may vary at a rate determined by the
frequency difference of fV/fR.
The locked or unlocked condition of the synthe-
sizer is filtered by R440/C423 and applied to J401, pin
16, then sent to the RF Interface on J102, pin 16 for
detection.
6.2.8 CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER
The charge pump circuit charges and discharges
C519, C520 and C521 in the loop filter to provide the
12V VCO control voltage (see Section 6.1.12). Pulses
which control the charge pump are fed out of U403,
pins 3/4. When both phase detector inputs are in
phase, these output signals are high except for a very
short period when both pulse low in phase. If the fre-
quency of the fR input to the phase detector is higher
than that of the fV input (or if the phase of fR leads fV),
the VCO frequency is too low. The negative-going
pulses on the fV output (pin 4) then become much
wider and the fR output (pin 3) stays essentially high.
If the frequency of the fV input is greater than fR
(VCO frequency too high), the opposite occurs.
Q414 and Q415 are drivers which make the 5V
levels and polarity of U403 phase detector outputs
compatible with the high voltage supply to Q416 and
Q417. Capacitors C523 and C517 momentarily
bypass R494 and R498 when negative-going pulses
occur. This speeds up the turn-off time of Q414 and
Q415 by minimizing the effect of the base charge.
When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 4,
Q414 turns on which turns on Q416. Q416 sources
current to charge up the loop filter capacitors C519/
C520, thereby increasing the VCO control line volt-
age. When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 3,
Q415 turns on which turns on Q417. Q417 sinks cur-
rent to discharge the loop filter capacitors C519/C520
thereby decreasing the VCO control line voltage. The
source current from Q416, when it is on, equals the
sink current from Q417, when it is on.
6.2.9 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q410/Q411 pro-
vides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and exciter RF stages. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and
consumes only a small amount of power. The input
signal to this amplifier is tapped from VCO A007, pin
4 by C441. C441 also provides DC blocking. Bias for
the amplifier is provided by R464, R465, R466, R467
and R468. L406 is an RF choke and R483 lowers the
Q of the coil. RF bypass is provided by C434, C442,
C445, C443, C444 and C480. The output of Q410/
Q411 is matched to the Exciter RF stages by a section
of microstrip, C446, signal pad R459/R460/R461,
C498, C450 and L408.
6.2.10 RF AMPLIFIERS
RF amplifier Q413 is biased by CR403, R477,
R478, R479 and R480. C508 provides RF bypass
from the DC line and R479/R480 provide supply volt-
age isolation. L 411 is an RF choke to the supply line.
Q413 is matched to 50 ohms by low pass filter C509/
L412/C510 and C465 provides DC blocking. The RF
output of the Exciter is on coaxial connector J402 to
the Power Amplifier.
6.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER
6.3.1 AMPLIFIER/PREDRIVER
RF input to the PA from the Exciter is through a
coaxial cable and connector to WO511. C501 couples
the RF to signal pad R501/R502/R503 that connects
the input to 0.3W pre-driver Q501. R504, R505 and
R506 provide DC bias to the gate of Q501. C506,
C507 and C508 provide RF bypass from the DC sup-
ply line. L503 is an RF choke. C510 and C522 provide
RF bypass. C511/L504/C512/C513 match Q501 out-
put impedance to U501 input impedance. U502 pro-
vides Q501 with DC voltage regulated at 8V.
6.3.2 DRIVER
U501 is a 12W amplifier operating in the 132-
178 MHz range. The RF is applied to the input of the
splitter and to the finals.
Power control is connected to WO505 from the
RF Interface board (RFIB). RF is filtered from the
control voltage line by various capacitors to U501,
pin 2. This control voltage regulates the RF output of
the amplifier on U501, pin 5 to approximately 10W.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg3e.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-12
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.3.3 FINAL AMPLIFIERS
Q502 and Q503 are combined 60W amplifiers. The
10W RF input from the driver U501 is applied to a 70.7
ohm Wilkinson splitter and then to the gate of each
MOSFET amplifier. The 60W outputs on the drain of
the amplifiers are combined using a Wilkinson combin-
er. Q502 has a half-wave transmissionline on the input
and Q503 has a half-wave on the output. These T-lines
are used to drive the 60W amplifiers out of phase. The
output of the combiner is fed from WO513 directly to
the forward/reverse power detect board.
The Wilkinson splitter and combiner provide the
capability to split the drive input and combine the
final outputs while maintaining isolation between the
two final amplifiers. The combiner consists of two
quarter-wave transmission lines and a balancing resis-
tor. During normal operation, a signal of relatively
equal phase and amplitude is present on both ends of
the balancing resistor. Therefore, no current flows and
no power is dissipated in the balance resistor. If one
final failed, the other final of a pair would continue to
function.
6.3.4 POWER DETECTORS
The supply current is monitored through a resis-
tor that creates a current output level indicative of the
power output. The outputs of U503, U504 and U505
are monitored by the Universal Station software
through the RF Interface Board. If a final amplifier
fails, the software will reduce the output power to pre-
vent over-driving the remaining final amplifier.
6.3.5 THERMAL SENSOR
Thermal protection is provided by temperature
sensor U507. The operating range of the sensor is
from -30° C to 100° C (-22° F to 212° F). Amplifier
U506A sends the output of U507 through WO509 to
the RF Interface Board. The RF Interface Board
reduces the power amplifier to half power (via the
MPC) if the temperature reading is too high and turns
the fan on and off (not via the MPC). The fan is
turned on at approximately 50°C and off again at
42°C.
6.3.6 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT,
CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER
The power amplifier output is directly coupled to
the forward/reverse power detect board via a jumper.
The output then enters the circulator and exits to the
low-pass filter board and the antenna jack for a mini-
mum power output of 110W at the default setting. If
an antenna is not connected, the circulator connects
the output power to R685.
Forward and reverse power are electromagneti-
cally coupled from the input and reflected ports of the
circulator. R663/R680 calibrate the forward and
reverse sense levels. The sensed levels are coupled to
the RF Interface Board and software.
Figure 6-6 110W POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM
POWER CONTROL
DRIVER CURRENT
FINAL 1 CURRENT
FINAL 2 CURRENT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Q501
PRE-DRIVER
U501
DRIVER
RF IN
U503
Q502
FINAL 1
FINAL 2
Q503
U504
AMP TEMP SENSE
U507U506A
U502
U509
U601A/B
FORWARD
POWER
U651A/B
REVERSE
(REFLECTED)
POWER
LPF RF OUTPUT
RF LOAD
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg3f.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-13 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.4 RF INTERFACE BOARD
The RF Interface Board (RFIB) connects the
Receiver, Exciter and Power Amplifier to the back-
plane and power supply (see Figure 6-7).
The input and output connectors for the RF Inter-
face Board are defined as follows.
6.4.1 POWER CONNECTOR
The power supply is connected to the RF Inter-
face Board when the RF module is inserted into the
station cabinet (see Figure 10-2). The jack portion of
the connection is on the RF Interface Board, the plug
portion is attached to the station cabinet.
P101/P102 +26.5V DC - Supply voltage to PA.
+26V ±1%, 20A at 110W.
P103 +15V DC - Supply voltage to Exciter, Receiver
and Power Control. 15V ±1%, 5.5A max.
P104/P105 GROUND - Ground return for the RF as-
sembly.
6.4.2 SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101)
This is the signal interface connector (36 pin) that
connects the RFIB to the backplane connector J2 (34
pin) through cable assembly A8.
Pin 1 GROUND
Pin 1 carries ground current between the RF
Interface board and Backplane board.
Pin 2 PC STR
Pin 2 is the power Control Strobe. This is nor-
mally low until after the power control data is shifted
into the power control register. Then the strobe line
goes high and back to low. The clock or data lines
cannot be changed until after the strobe is set.
Pin 3 HS CS EX
Pin 3 is not used at this time.
Pin 4 GROUND
Pin 4 carries ground current between the RF
Interface board and Backplane board.
Pins 5-6 UNUSED
Pin 7 RX WBAND
The wide band audio is from the receive audio
demodulator U202 and goes to the MAC in the Con-
troller card cage. The typical amplitude is
387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard
TIA Test Modulation into the receiver. Little wave
shaping is done on the receiver board other than a
31 kHz RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF.
Buffering is done with an op-amp.
Pin 8 RF DATA A
Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit
(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-
ing a logic high for activation.
Pin 9 RF DATA C
Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit
(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-
ing a logic high for activation.
Pin 10 RF MUX2 INH
The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-
ables) the output from the RF 2 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 11 RF CLK
The clock will control the synthesizer chip and
power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL
input from the Controller.
Pin 12 HS CS RX
Pin 12 is not used at this time.
Pin 13 RF MUX1 INH
The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-
ables) the output from the RF 1 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg40.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-14
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Pin 14 V REF EX
This is the 3.5V reference to the Exciter TCXO.
3.5V from the Exciter is passed from J102, pin 9 to
this pin and the backplane. The voltage then passes
through the MAC and back to the backplane to J101,
pin 22 with the TX MOD. These are connected to
J102, pin 13 back to the Exciter.
Pins 15-18 UNUSED
Pin 19 RF MUX3 INH
The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-
ables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 20 LPTT
The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector
from the Controller. It has a sink capability of
20 mA and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The
transmitter should produce power when this pin is a
logic low.
Pin 21 SYN CS EX
This input goes low to enable the loading of data
into the exciter synthesizer chip U403.
Pin 22 TX MOD
The audio from the MAC in the Controller pro-
cesses a number of inputs to the station to produce the
signals on this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB
and then to the Exciter. A 707 mV RMS sine wave
(2V P-P) at 1 kHz produces 60% of system deviation
in the transmitter. The source impedance is low and
the input impedance is less than 10k ohms.
Pin 23 GROUND
Pin 23 carries ground current between the RFIB
and Chassis Backplane.
Pin 24 UNUSED
Pin 25 LOGIC CONTROL TO FANS
Pin 25 is in parallel with the temperature sensor.
Pin 26 RF DATA B
The Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle signifi-
cant bit in the three multiplex chips located on the
RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller
requiring a logic high for activation.
Pin 27 A D LEVEL
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sam-
pled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin
using three multiplex chips.
•RF Forward Power Sense
•RF Power Sense Device 1
•RF Power Sense Device 2
•RF Power Sense Device 3
•RF Power Sense Device 4
•RF Reflected Power Sense
•PA Temperature
•Transmit Audio Modulation
•High Stability Exciter Lock Detector
•Exciter Lock Detector
•Receiver Detector Audio
•Receive Signal Strength Indicator
•Receiver Injection Level
•High Stability Receive Lock Detector
•Receiver Lock Detector
•Fan Current 1
•Fan Current 2
•Fan 1 On Sense
•Power Supply Temp
•Battery Voltage
Pin 28 RF DATA
A data pin with TTL levels from the Controller
which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer
chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines for
proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips and
a shift-register could be connected to this pin.
Pin 29 SYN CS RX
This input goes low to enable the loading of data
into the receiver synthesizer chip U401.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg41.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-15 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Pin 30 RSSI
This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indication
to the Controller. This RSSI is used for tune-up of the
Receiver front-end during factory test mode. The
dynamic range is 60 dB. It has an output from an op-
amp with the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The
level has an adjustment in the Receiver.
Pin 31 GROUND
Pin 31 carries ground current between the RFIB
and Chassis Backplane.
Pins 32-36 UNUSED
6.4.3 FAN CONNECTOR (J104)
The outputs to the fan connectors are 4-pin plug-
in terminals that supply DC voltage. The plug on the
fan is a 2-pin connector. The plug-in terminals are
located on the back of the RFIB.
Pin 1 FAN 1 LOW
Pin 1 is the ground return for Fan 1.
Pin 2 FAN HI
Pin 2 carries the voltage to Fan 1. The current is
1/4A nominal at 20V to 30V. This pin goes high when
the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C and goes low
below 45°C.
Pin 3 FAN2 LO
Pin 3 is the ground return for Fan 2.
Pin 4 FAN HI
Pin 4 carries the voltage to Fan 2. The Voltage is
20V-30V at 1/4A nominal. Pin 4 goes high when the
PA heat sensor rises above 50°C and goes low below
45°C.
6.4.4 POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS
WO 115 POWER SENSE
This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +15V DC to
the Power Detect Board.
WO 116 +26.5V DC
This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +26.5V DC
and carries the PA current, 25A nominal at 110W from
P102 to the Power Amplifier board.
WO 117 +26.5V DC GROUND
This capacitive feedthrough pin carries ground
current from P105 to the Power Amplifier board. It
must be capable of carrying up to 25A.
W118 +15V DC
This capacitive feedthrough pin connects +15V
DC P103 to the PA, Exciter, and Forward/Reverse
Power Detect boards. Maximum current handling is
6A (4A nominal at 110W).
WO 119 NOT USED
WO 120 CTRL OUT
This capacitive feedthrough pin carries the output
of the power control driver on the RFIB to the power
control pin of the power module on the Power Ampli-
fier board. The voltage varies from 0V-15V with cur-
rent as high as 0.5A.
WO 121 FWD PWR
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the forward
power sense line. It is a voltage source that is a func-
tion of the output power of the Power Amplifier. The
voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k
ohm load. A typical voltage of 3V correlates to 110W
out of the PA. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO 122 RF OUT 1
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of U501.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drives a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg42.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-16
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
WO 123 RF OUT 2
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q501.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO 124 RF OUT 3
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q502.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO 125 RF OUT 4
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q503.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO 126 REFL PWR
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the reflected
power sense line. It is a voltage indicative of the
power reflected due to a mismatch. The voltage pro-
duced will typically be such that less than a 3:1 VSWR
will not trigger alarms and when VSWR = 6:1 the con-
troller will reduce power. The voltage level will be
between 0V-5V and drive a 10k ohm load. This line
goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to
the Controller for processing. The time to sense and
reduce the power takes several
seconds.
WO 127 TEMP
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the tempera-
ture sense line of the Power Amplifier. It will be a lin-
early variable function of temperature ranging from
0V-5V output and 0°C to +100°C (+32°F to 212°F)
input when driving a 10k ohm load. The primary
functions of this line are for fan on/off and PA power
reduction. The fan should be turned on at 50°C and
off at 45°C. The PA should have power reduced when
90°C (194°F) is reached and with absolute turn-off at
95°C (203°F). This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO147 RF DETECT DRIVER
This senses power out of the driver. It is used to
limit the power out of the driver to 0.4 dB over 110W
at room temperature.
WO143 +26V DC
This is the +26.5V DC source to the RFIB from
P101.
WO144 +15V DC
This is the +15V DC source to the RFIB from
P103.
WO145 GROUND
W145 carries ground current from P104 to the
RFIB.
6.4.5 EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102)
The connector from the Exciter (J401) to the RF
Interface board (J102) links the Exciter to the MPC in
the Controller Backplane.
Pin 1 VCC1
The voltage on this pin is a fused +15V ±1%,
nominal current of 0.5A. It provides current to the
Exciter from the RFIB.
Pins 2-8 GROUND
Pin 9 +3.5V DC
Pin 9 is the +3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage
from the Exciter to the MAC.
Pin 10 GROUND
Pin 11 LPTT
The Logic Push-To-Talk (LPTT) is an open col-
lector from the Controller. It has a sink capability of
20 mA nominal and a voltage rating of 18V maximum.
The transmitter should produce power when this pin is
a logic low.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg43.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-17 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Pin 12 SYN CS EX
Pin 12 is the Exciter synthesizer chip select. It
allows data input to the synthesizer chip when the line
is pulled to a logic low.
Pin 13 TX MOD
The audio from the MAC in the Controller pro-
cesses a number of inputs to the station per the TIA
specifications to produce the signal on this pin. This
signal goes through the RFIB to the Exciter. A 707
mV RMS (2V P-P) sine wave at 1 kHz provides 60%
of system deviation in the transmitter. The DC volt-
age on the line is 3.5V ±0.1V. The source impedance
should be low (output of an op-amp or analog switch
< 200 ohms) and the input impedance will not be less
than 10k ohms.
Pins 14-15 GROUND
These pins carry ground current between the
RFIB and the Exciter board.
Pin 16 SYN LK EX
Pin 16 is the Exciter synthesizer lock detector
output. The synthesizer is locked with a TTL logic
high state.
Pin 17 HS LK EX
Pin 17 is not used at this time.
Pin 18 HS CS EX
This input is not used at this time.
Pin 19 RF CLK
The clock controls the Exciter synthesizer when
loading. The input source in the Controller is TTL
with the speed determined by the synthesizer chip.
There could be as many as four synthesizers and a
shift register.
Pin 20 RF DATA
Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has
the dual role of loading the synthesizer chip and
adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper out-
put power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four syn-
thesizer chips and a shift register could be connected
to this pin.
6.4.6 RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103)
The connector from the Receiver (J201) to the
RF Interface board (J103) links the Receiver to the
MPC in the Controller Backplane.
Pin 1 VCC1
Pin 1 is fused +15V ±1% with a nominal current
of 1A provides current from the RFIB to the Receiver.
Pins 2-6 UNUSED
Pin 7 RSSI
This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indicator
(RSSI) to the Controller. The RSSI is used for tune-
up of the Receiver front-end during test mode. The
dynamic range is 60 dB. Output is from an op-amp
with the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The level
has an adjustment in the Receiver (see Section 6.1.4 or
6.1.5).
Pin 8 UNUSED
Pin 9 RX WBAND
The receive wide band audio is from the demodu-
lator and goes to the Main Audio Card (MAC) in the
Controller card cage. The typical amplitude is 387
mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA
Test Modulation into the Receiver. Little wave shap-
ing is done on the Receiver board other than a 31 kHz
RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is
done with an op-amp which can drive a 10k ohm load.
Pin 10 UNUSED
Pin 11 GROUND
Pin 11 carries ground current between the RFIB
and the Receiver board.
Pin 12 SYN CS RX
Pin 12 is the Receiver synthesizer chip select.
This chip is the same part as used in the Exciter. A
low enables loading the Synthesizer.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg44.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-18
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Pin 13 RX INJ
This pin is the power sense for the Receiver
injection. It is a linear voltage source that is a func-
tion of the injection power. The voltage level will be
between 0V - 5V and be able to drive a 10k ohm load.
Pin 14 SYN LK RX
Pin 14 is the main synthesizer lock detector out-
put for the Receiver. The synthesizer is locked with a
TTL logic high state.
Pin 15 GROUND
Pin 15 carries ground current between the RFIB
and the Receiver board.
Pin 16 HS CS RX
Pin 16 is not used at this time.
Pin 17 GROUND
Pin 17 carries ground current between the RFIB
and the Receiver board.
Pin 18 RF CLK
The clock controls the Receiver synthesizers
when loading. The input source in the Controller is
TTL with the speed determined by the synthesizer
chip.
Pin 19 HS LK RX
Pin 19 is not used at this time.
Pin 20 RF DATA
Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has
the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and
adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper out-
put power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four syn-
thesizer chips and a shift register could be connected
to this pin.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg45.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-19 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 6-7 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
VREF EXWO135
P102
P101
P105
P104
P103
PWR CNTRL
U101
Q102-Q105
U102B
Q101
U109A
U109B
U109D
U110E
U110F
U108A
Q106Q107
FAN 2 LOW
FAN HIGH
FAN 1 LOW
FAN HIGH
3
4
U107B
FAN 2 BUFFER
U107A
FAN 1 BUFFER
J104
U110A
U110B
Y4
Y5
Y7
WO103
12
29
11
28
7
30
10
8
26
9
27
13
A0
A2
22
3
21
20
14
VREF EX
19
CLK
SER
2STR U103
U104
U105
U106
A0
A2
MUX 2
MUX 1
MUX 3
5V REGULATOR
COMPARATOR
MUX/RES FORWARD
POWER
Y2
Y1
Y0Z
E
A1
Y6
Y5
Y4
Y3
Y2
Y1
Y0
Y2
Y1
Y0
Z
E
A1
Z
E
A2
A1
A0
ADJUST
POWER
RF POWER CONTROL
J1
2
1
HS CS RX
RF CLK
RF DATA
RSSI
HS LK RX
RX INJ
RF DATA
RF CLK
HS LK EX
TX MOD
HS CS EX
LPTT
TEMPERATURE
REFLECTED POWER
FINAL 4 POWER
FINAL 3 POWER
FINAL 2 POWER
FINAL 1 POWER
FORWARD POWER
HS CS RX
RF CLK
RF DATA
RSSI
RF MUX2 INH
RF MUX1 INH
RF DATA C
RF DATA A
RF DATA B
TX MOD
HS CS EX
STN CS EX
LPTT
RF MUX3 INH
+26V
+15V
EXCITER
RECEIVER
PA
+15V +5V
PC STR
RX WB AUDIO
A D LEVEL
OE
Y7
Y6
SYN CS RX
RX WBAND
SYN CS RX
SYN LK RX
SYN LK EX
SYN CS EX
U112D
U112A
U112B
U112C
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
U102A
Q108 Q111B
RF DET (PRE-DRIVER)
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg46.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-20
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.5 800W POWER SUPPLY
WARNING
This power supply contains voltage potentials greater
than 400V. Considering the dangerous voltages and
the complexity of the switch-mode power supply, it is
strongly recommended the power supply be returned
to E.F. Johnson for repair (see Section 1.7).
6.5.1 FILTER BOARD
AC power is brought into the power supply
through the IEC connector in the front of the power
supply (see Figure 2-8). This connector is attached to
the EMI filter assembly, Part No. 023-2000-820. The
filter contains common mode and differential mode
filtering such that the supply complies with FCC
Class-A regulations. In addition to the filter compo-
nents (C1, C2, L1, C3, C4, L2, C5) R1 is used to dis-
charge the filter capacitors when AC is removed.
Metal-oxide varistors (RV001/RV002) are placed
across the line on the input and output of the EMI filter
that clamp transients on the AC line to prevent damage
to the power supply. The AC power is fused with
F001 after the connector and before the filter. Replace
fuse with a 15A/250V (314015) fuse.
At the output of the filter board is a bridge recti-
fier. The rectifier is heat sunk to the filter bracket
through a Grafoil thermal interface pad. Filtered AC
power is connected to the main board via wires W001
and W003. Filter and rectified current is brought to
the main board via wires W004 and W005. The safety
ground is connected from the filter board to a stud in
the chassis through W002.
6.5.2 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
The power factor switching frequency is set at
87.5 kHz, ±5 kHz. The average current mode boost
converter is comprised of L107, Q101, CR145, C110,
C111. Half of U102 is used for power factor correc-
tion. RT101/RT102 are negative temperature coeffi-
cient thermistors that limit the in-rush current to C110/
C111. The resistor network connected to CR104
charges up C106/C107 to +18Voff the line. This pro-
vides the bias voltage required to start the controller
IC U102. Once the IC turns on current is being
switched on L107. A small tap winding on L107 pro-
vides sustaining current to the U102. When AC is first
connected it could take several seconds for C106/C107
to charge to +14V before the unit starts.
U102 samples the input voltage through R105/
R106/R107; the input current through T103/T104/
CR146/CR108/R113/R114; and the output voltage
through the divider at R127. U102 modulates the duty
cycle to MOSFET Q101 such that the input current is
shaped like and in phase with the input voltage. The
controller has two feedback loops; a voltage loop to
keep the 400V constant and a current loop to keep
input current correct. Compensation for the current
error amp is C120/R141/C121 on U102, pin 1. Com-
pensation for the voltage error amp is provided by
C127/C142/C126 on U102, pin 16. U102, pin 4 and
associated circuitry automatically adjust the Power
Factor Correction (PFC) for input voltage (100-240V
AC), line frequency (50-60 Hz) and load on the power
factor.
NOTE: The output voltage of the power factor section
is at 400V DC. This voltage is bled off slowly. After
turning off, it can take more than 5 minutes to dis-
charge.
6.5.3 MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR
The +26.5V output is created from a two-transis-
tor forward converter Q116/Q118. It uses the 400V
output of the power factor correction on C110/C111
for an input voltage. The same controller IC (U102)
drives the +26.5V stage. This stage runs at exactly
twice the power factor correction frequency and uses
trailing edge modulation. The pulse width modulator
uses the PFC supplied current for modulation scheme
that reduces ripple current in C110/C111.
The output of the IC, U102, pin 11 is fed to a
level shifting gate drive network comprised of C139,
C140, T106, C136, C197, C137 and C228. Each
MOSFET (Q116, Q118) of the two-transistor forward
converter has a gate protection zener diode CR117,
CR120 respectively. In addition, each power MOS-
FET has a gate turnoff network.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg47.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-21 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 6-8 BLOCK DIAGRAM
DC IN RT101, RT102
L107
U102
T103
T104
Q108
Q101
T105
RAMP
FB
PFC
I SENSE LADDER
RESISTOR
U108
VDC U109
VCC
T106PWM OUT Q115, Q116
Q117, Q118
T106 L101
SYNC
+26.5V DC
EXT IN
T101
AC IN CR101, CR102
CR110, CR111
AC SENSE
Q105, Q106
Q103
U110C
Q114
TO REMOTE EN
ON/OFF SENSE
BATT BACK-UP
U115
SHUTDOWN
U105
+5V TO U104
U106 U101 U110A Q120, Q121U110D FAN
TEMP OUT
U104A/B
Q110, Q111, Q112
+15V DC
U112 Q127
Q128
CT
VREF
RAMP/ISD
OUT
Q122, Q123
Q124, Q125
T108
L102 U116, Q126
U119
+15V DC OUT
RAMP/ISD
OUT
+5V DC OUT
U117, Q133
U120
L104
T109
Q129, Q130
Q131, Q132
U113
CT
EA OUT/INV
U114
VCC OUT U118, Q138
U122
-5V DC OUT
IAC
Q107
CURRENT MODE
BOOST CONVERTER
CURRENT SENSE
VOLTAGE SENSE
Q104
U107
LEVEL SHIFTING
GATE DRIVE 2-TRANSISTOR
FWD CONVERTER
THERMAL
ISOLATION
HI/LO VOLTAGE
U111
+15V
+26.5V
BUCK CONVERTER
CONTROLLER
SAWTOOTH BUFFER
L103
OVER VOLTAGE
OVER VOLTAGE
UNDER VOLTAGE
BUCK CONVERTER
BUCK BOOST CONVERTER
CONTROLLER
FAN CONTROLLER
AMPSENSOR
TEMP
+5V REGULATOR
+5V REG
+6 to +18V
BRIDGE RECTIFIER
PROTECTION
PROTECTION
PROTECTION
SHUTDOWN
OVERVOLTAGE
BUFFER/
HYSTERESIS
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg48.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-22
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
In operation, the power MOSFETs Q116, Q118
are on for approximately one-third of the period pro-
viding current to the primary side of T107. During
that time CR121 is forward conducting and charging
L101. When the MOSFETs are switched off, the mag-
netizing current of T107 continues to flow through
CR118, CR119. These diodes place 400V across the
transformer in opposite polarity that resets the trans-
former core. During the off period CR128 is free
wheeling and L101 is discharging. Transformer T107
provides the isolation between the low voltage and
high voltage sections.
The +26.5V pulse width modulator is peak cur-
rent mode controlled. This type of converter requires
current and voltage sense. T105, CR112, R125, R146
and C125 provide the current sense circuit. The volt-
age sense circuit is U109 and the associated circuitry
on the isolated side of the supply.
An opto-isolator is used to cross the boundary
from high to low voltage sections. In the event of an
over-voltage condition (>+32V) U115 and associated
components turn the power supply off. This shutdown
mechanism latches the power supply Off. The enable
line must be turned Off for 10 seconds for the power
supply to reset. T106 has a tap to provide current to
the optional battery back-up (Part No. 023-3-2000-
830). The +26.5V is available at the high current out-
put connector to the power supply and it also powers
the +15V, +5V and -5V converters through F102.
6.5.4 SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS
The +15V and +5V sections run at the same fre-
quency as the +26.5V pulse width modulator. In order
for a beat note not to be produced, a sync circuit is
used. If two converters are not synchronized, the dif-
ference frequency may show up at an undesired loca-
tion in the repeater.
Divider R151/R152 samples the output of the
main pulse width modulator. When Q116 and Q118
turn on, the output on U104A, pin 3 goes high. C138,
R176, CR122 along with U104B creates a very narrow
pulse on U104B, pin 6. Q110, Q111 and Q112 level
shift and buffer this pulse. When the narrow pulse is
presented to the timing capacitor of the +15V and +5V
converters, the cycle terminates and a new one starts.
This forces the +15V and +5V converters to run at the
same frequency and is slightly delayed from the
+26.5V converter.
6.5.5 FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN
The voltage supply to the thermal measurement
circuit is generated from transformer T101 and the
associated bridge rectifier consisting of CR101,
CR102, CR110 and CR111 and bulk storage capacitor
C101. This voltage is approximately +9V when the
AC voltage is at 120V AC.
NOTE: This DC voltage is dependant on the input AC
voltage.
U106 provides a very accurate +5V required for
proper operation of the temperature sense circuit. A
precision temperature sensor (U101) is mounted to the
+26.5V rectifier heatsink. The output of this sensor is
10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This voltage is
amplified by U110A with precision resistors R183/
R184 setting the gain.
The output of gain stage U110A is fed to the
computer interface via WO116 to monitor power sup-
ply temperature with the programmer. The output of
U110A, pin 3 is also connected to the thermal shut-
down circuit U110C, R135, R136, R137, R138 and
R139. If the heatsink temperature reaches 92°C
(198°F) the output of U110C, pin 8 goes high and sat-
urates Q103. When Q103 is turned on U107 is turned
off and the power supply turns off. The remote volt-
age is always present so when the heatsink tempera-
ture drops to 80°C (176°F) the power supply restarts.
The high temperature condition would only exist if the
fan was blocked or faulty.
The output of U110A, pin 1 also connects to the
fan controller. U110D with the associated resistors
provides a means to turn the fan on/off. Transistors
Q120/Q121 provide current gain and a voltage level
shift to run the fan. The fan turns on when the heat-
sink reaches approximately 45°C (113°F) and turns off
again when the temperature reaches 35°C (95°C). In
normal operation the fan turns on and off.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg49.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-23 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.5.6 +15V CONVERTER
The input voltage to this "Buck" DC/DC con-
verter is the main +26.5V output fused through F102.
The bias voltage for the controller IC U112, pin 15 is
provided by a +15V regulator U111. The basic buck
converter consists of MOSFET Q125, Schottky diode
CR126 and storage inductor L102. C165, C166,
C167, L103, C169 and C170 filter the output voltage
and attenuate the ripple at the switching frequency
(160 kHz). The capacitors are an integral part of the
feedback loop. The duty cycle is approximately 60%.
The +15V buck converter is peak current mode
controlled. T108 samples the inductor current while
MOSFET Q125 is on. The sampled current is trans-
lated to a voltage via CR127, R209 and R210.
Because the MOSFET is a high-side switch, a
charge pump is required to get the gate voltage above
the input voltage. The charge pump operates as fol-
lows. When the output from IC U112, pin 14 is low,
capacitor C162 is charged through CR124, R198,
R199, R200 and Q122/Q123 are off. When U112, pin
14 goes high, the capacitor stays charged and CR124
is reverse biased. Q122/Q123 are turned on forward
biasing CR125 and applying a gate-to-source voltage
of approximately +12V. During this time Q124 is off.
When U112, pin 14 goes low, Q124 turns on and rap-
idly discharges the gate capacitance.
Resistors R231/R208 coupled with C164 provide
snubbing for Schottky diode CR126.
Because the +15V converter operates at greater
than 50% duty cycle, slope compensation is required.
Capacitor C176 is the time capacitor for this converter
and R223 is the resistor that sets the charge current. A
sawtooth wave is present on the high side of C176 that
is buffered by Q127/Q128. The resistor divider net-
work of R315, R227, R229 and R232 provide the cor-
rect amount of compensation for stable operation and
current limiting.
The output voltage is sampled by R215, R216
and R217 and sent to the inverting side of the error
amplifier internal to the controller IC on U112, pin 1.
Voltage loop compensation is set by C174, C175 and
R221.
Sync pulse is added into the low side of C176 via
C172 and R225. The free running frequency of the
15V converter (approximately 145 kHz) is set about
10% lower than the 26.5V converter. This longer duty
cycle allows the sync circuit to synchronize the con-
verter.
Over voltage is sensed using U116 as a reference
and amplifier, CR129 acts as a crowbar on the out-
put. Once the crowbar is turned on, opto-isolator
U119 is activated to shutdown the power supply. The
enable line must be toggled or AC voltage removed
for 10 seconds to reset the power supply.
6.5.7 +5V CONVERTER
Operation of the +5V "Buck" DC/DC converter
is the same as the +15V, except slop compensation is
not required. Some values are different to get the
5.2V DC and current limit to 6A. The duty cycle is
approximately 20%.
6.5.8 -5V CONVERTER
The -5V "Buck-Boost" converter scales and
inverts the voltage. This converter is free running at
approximately 75 kHz. The output switch and con-
troller are built into the 5-leg TO-220 IC U114. L105
is the storage inductor. C204, R270 and R271 close
the voltage feedback loop and are set for optimum sta-
ble transient response. C208/C209 reduce output rip-
ple. Under-voltage protection is required on this stage
and works the same as the over-voltage protection of
the +15V and +5V buck converters, but has opposite
polarity.
6.5.9 POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGN-
MENT
If a power supply fails it is typically a Power
MOSFET or Power Diode. In some cases the MOS-
FET gate may short and cause some of the driver cir-
cuits to be damaged. When replacing heat sunk com-
ponents it is advisable to replace the sil-pad thermal
interface material at the same time. The mounting
hardware must be replaced exactly as built in the fac-
tory. The mounting screws for the power semiconduc-
tors MUST BE torqued to 4-5 in/lbs. Under torque
and over torque can shorten the life of the semicon-
ductor.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg4a.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-24
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
The majority of the voltage and current limits are
set with fixed value components in the power supply.
However, the +26.5V, +15V and +5.2V supplies are
adjustable. When certain components are replaced,
the voltages must be adjusted. The voltages should be
set at light load (i.e. repeater in the Receive mode).
1. The +26.5V supply can be adjusted with R174 when
any of the following components are replaced:
R173, R174, R175, U109, U108, U102, R143,
R170 or R171.
2. The +15V supply can be adjusted with R216 when
any of the following components are replaced:
R215, R216, R217 or U112.
3. The +5.2V supply can be adjusted with R254 when
any of the following components are replaced:
R253, R254, R255 or U113.
6.6 BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE
6.6.1 OPERATION
When a battery back-up module is installed in a
power supply it performs the function of running a
repeater in the absence of AC voltage. When AC is
present it can be used to charge a pair of lead-acid bat-
teries in series. The charger is a temperature compen-
sated constant voltage charger. The maximum output
current from the charger is 2.2A. The charger works
when AC is present and the repeater is enabled. The
charger switch on the battery back-up module must be
"On". The temperature compensation thermal sensor
is part of 023-2000-223 battery back-up module cable
assembly.
When AC is low or not applied to the 023-2000-
800 power supply the battery input takes over if the
voltage is within range. The input voltage to the bat-
tery back-up module acts as the 26.5V supply and the
other voltages in the power supply also are present,
+15, +5.2 and -5V. When AC is restored, the battery
back-up module disengages automatically. The
change over from battery to AC or AC to battery may
cause the repeater to reset, depending on battery con-
dition and load status.
NOTE: When using a generator, the DC voltage must
be between 23-28.5V (26.5V DC is recommended) and
ripple voltage less than 1% or approximately
0.25V P-P.
6.6.2 CHARGER
The charger charges the batteries when the
repeater is on and switch S101 is "on". A tap off of
the main transformer of the power supply through
wire W104 and a +26.5V line via wire W102 are what
supply the charger with the necessary voltage to
charge the batteries. The tap off of the transformer is
biased by the +26.5V and then filtered through L101,
C105 and C119. Since the tap from the power supply
is not a regulated voltage, bleeder resistors R136/
R137 dissipate some power when the batteries are
fully charged. No load situation, the peak voltage of
the tap is approximately 63V, is not impressed across
the 50V capacitors C105/C119. During a battery
charging condition the line voltage to the charger on
U107, pin 2 should be about 35V.
While charging batteries, if the charge voltage is
varied with respect to the temperature of the batteries,
the lifetime of the batteries is increased dramatically.
Figure 6-9 shows the algorithm used in float charge
applications for two 12V lead-acid batteries in series.
Figure 6-9 shows that the charge voltage should be
27.3V DC ±0.15V at 25°C (77°F) with -55 mV/°C
temperature compensation.
An LM317M linear voltage regulator (U107) is
used to create the temperature compensated charge
voltage. This device is capable of delivering 2.2A of
continuous current to the batteries.
To create a temperature compensated voltage an
op amp (U104) is used as a voltage gain device from a
temperature probe attached to the batteries (part of
023-2000-223). This op amp with R148/R149 defines
the slope for the algorithm of Figure 6-9. The output
of the temperature compensation is attached to the
adjust pin of U107. R138-R140 allow the output volt-
age to be set properly at a given ambient tempera-
ture. F101 is a 4A resettable fuse used to prevent ther-
mal run away in the event of U107 failure. If the
output current to the batteries exceeds 4A this fuse
opens. Once the current drops below 100 mA, the
fuse closes automatically.
NOTE: If any of the charging components are re-
placed, R140 needs to be adjusted to set the output
(battery back-up battery terminals) voltage to 27.3V
±0.15V when temperature sensor is at 22°C (71.6°F).
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg4b.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-25 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 6-9 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs.
TEMPERATURE
6.6.3 REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION
To obtain reverse battery protection a number of
techniques were implemented. Q108/Q110 are
arranged in a Darlington configuration to isolate the
output capacitors C109-C111 from conducting in the
event the batteries are connected backwards. This cir-
cuit also provides a means to turn the battery charger
off in case the user wants to run the repeater off of
another DC source. S101 opens the base of Q105
which turns off Q104. CR111 is a green light emitting
diode (LED) located on the right hand side of the bat-
tery back-up module when looking at the front of the
power supply that tells the user the charger is in charge
mode and is marked "On".
To notify the user that the batteries are connected
improperly R101/CR101 are connected in series
across the batteries. CR101 is a red LED that lights
when the batteries are connected backwards and is
located on the left hand side of the battery back-up
module when looking at the front of the power sup-
ply. This LED is marked "Reverse Bat.". CR113
eliminates a path for the reverse battery current
through the relay and over/under voltage protection
circuitry.
NOTE: Exceeding -30V across the battery back-up ter-
minals with the power supply on will destroy Q105.
6.6.4 ENGAGING THE RELAY
The main purpose of the Battery Back-Up Mod-
ule (BBM) is that when the power supply loses AC
line voltage, a pair of series connected 12V lead acid
batteries (approximately 26.4V) or other 23-28.5V DC
source will engage to the supply allowing the repeater
to operate. To perform this function a voltage compar-
ator (U101) is used to monitor the charge tap coming
from the power supply.
A 2.5V reference voltage is supplied to the com-
parator from U102. The transformer tap voltage is
smoothed and divided by CR114, C118, R116, R121
and R122. The values for these components were cal-
culated so that when the AC line voltage is dropped to
70V AC, the output of the comparator turns Q103/
Q102 on which in turn engages the relay K101. The
relay is capable of 30A which delivers the battery
energy to the power supply via W102 with the return
line being W103.
NOTE: When AC is restored, the relay disengages and
the charger automatically begins to charge the batter-
ies.
6.6.5 OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN
U101 is a quad comparator IC used to create the
overvoltage and undervoltage shutdown circuitry. If
the batteries are drained sufficiently enough such that
the voltage of the batteries drops below 20.3V DC the
output of the comparator goes low and turns Q102 off.
By turning Q102 off the batteries are switched out of
the circuit. The batteries cannot be switched back into
the repeater until the voltage rises to 22.6V DC. This
operation is in place to protect the repeater and the bat-
teries. In the event the batteries are over charged, or
the repeater is driven by the generator that has the
voltage set too high, the relay will disengage above
30.5V DC. In order to switch the batteries back to the
repeater, the voltage must drop below 29V DC.
In an overvoltage or undervoltage situation,
whether AC is present or not, the red LED (CR105)
lights until the problem is rectified. This light is
located on the right-hand side of the battery back-up
module when looking at the front of the power supply
and is marked BAT-BAD.
30V
27.3V
25.2V
24V
-30° 0° +30°+60°Temp (°C)
Charger Voltage
-55mV/°C
+22°
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg4c.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-26
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.6.6 BBM FAN CONTROL
The voltage supply to the thermal measurement
circuit is taken from the 26.5V DC line into the BBM.
A precision temperature sensor U106 is mounted on
the PC board near a screw into the BBM bracket
which transfers heat to the sensor. The output of this
sensor is 10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This volt-
age is amplified by U105 with resistors R153/R154
setting the gain.
The output of this gain stage (pin 1) is fed to
another gain stage that performs as a comparator. The
output (pin 7) will go high when the heatsink tempera-
ture reaches 45°C and will go low when the tempera-
ture goes below 35°C. This output is sent to the power
supply through Q106 to turn the fan on and off.
6.7 CARD RACK
The card rack provides slots for up to eight logic
cards; including Main Processor Card (MPC), Main
Audio Card (MAC) and the Interface Alarm Card
(IAC). The IAC has a notch in the card to accommo-
date a pin in Slot-8 so that no other card can be
plugged into this slot.
On the back of the card rack is the Backplane
with plug-in connectors to the cards and cables to the
RF modules, Power Supply and External Connector
Board.
Refer to the component layout and schematic dia-
gram in Section 10 for more information on the
repeater backplane.
Figure 6-10 BACKPLANE CONNECTORS
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg4d.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-27 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.8 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD
The external connector board (A10) is the
interface for the alarm outputs, connecting
repeaters through the high speed data bus.
Figure 6-11 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD
DATA1DATA2
J1
25
26
ALARM INALARM OUT
33
34
ALARMS
I/0 13
1
2
J2
1
2
J3
P1
TLA -
TLA +
HSDB+
HSDB-
IRDB+
IRDB-
654321
DATA BUS
HIGH SPEED
A5
J2
BOARD
CONNECTOR
EXTERNAL
A10
TO CARD RACK
P10
ALARMS
A7
TO CARD RACK
J1
A6
REPEATER I/O
J1
TO CARD RACK
P11
RXA-
RING
TXA- RXA+
TXA+
TIP
TIP 1
RING 1
EB
EA
MA
MB
RXS-RXS+
TXS-
TXS+
EXT MOD
VOT AUD
VDAT IN
2 IN -
1 IN -
AC FAIL
GROUND
GROUND
+15V ACC
+15V ACC
RSSI
1 OUT -
2 OUT -
2 OUT +
1 OUT +
2 IN +
1 IN +
4-
3-
3+
4+
3+
4-
3-
4+
EXTREQ1
IAC 41
EXTOUT1
COM 49
COM 50
TXD IN
RX VOICE
TX VOICE
RX WBAND
COMM 6
SQ EN
EXTREQ2
COM 17
SYNC IN
TXD OUT
COM 53
COM 54
COM 55
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg4e.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-28
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.9 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD
6.9.1 INTRODUCTION
The Main Processor Card (MPC) connects to the
computer with repeater software to program the
repeater parameters, sets and reads the alarms, handles
communication between repeaters, maintains the
audio gating for the MAC, handles initialization
requests from cards and contains the repeater RF data
for the Receiver, Exciter and CWID.
Control functions for each repeater are performed
by the Main Processor in the MPC installed in each
repeater. The MPC contains the main software and
control over the repeater via microprocessor U27 (see
Figure 6-17).
Information is exchanged between repeaters via a
High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) that interconnects all
the MPCs. This control technique is called distribu-
tive processing and it eliminates the need for a sepa-
rate system controller at each site. The HSDB proces-
sor (U13) on the MPC provides these control
functions. The MPC also contains:
Figure 6-12 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM
PROGRAMMABLE
DMA
CONTROLLER
SERIAL
COMMUNICATION
INTERFACE
GENERATOR
BAUD RATE
PROGRAMMABLE
INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER
CLOCK
TIME BASE CONTROLLER PORT PORT WITH
COMPARATOR
P2-0
P2-1
P2-2
P2-3
P2-4
P2-5
TxD0
RxD0
P1-6
CTS0
TxD1
RxD1
CTS1
P1-0
P1-1
P1-2
P1-3
P1-4
X1
X2
16-BIT TIMER
P1-5 REFRQ P0-7
P0 P1 P2 PT0-PT7
VTH
LC
etc.
PSW
PC
ALU
TA
TB
TC
INT RAM
256 BYTES
GR
MACRO
SERVICE
CHANNEL
INSTRUCTION DECODER
MICRO SEQUENCER
MICRO ROM
QUEUE
INT ROM
P1-4
EA
IOSTB
R/W
MREQ
MSTB
P1-7
P2-7
P2-6
RESET
BUS CONTROL LOGIC
D7-D0
INC
PFP
STAGING
LATCH
STAGING
LATCH ADM A19-A0
16K BYTES
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg4f.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-29 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
•Flash Memory, RAM, non-volatile EEPROM.
•I/O chip select to allow the addressing of data
latches for Input/Output.
•Read/Write selection to be sent and received on the
Controller Backplane.
•Clock line, data line and chip select line from the
IAC to load the Receiver and Exciter synthesizers.
•Serial communication circuitry and processes for
the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB).
•Asynchronous parallel communication to the other
cards, i.e. alarm input and output circuitry.
•AC Power Failure indication from the IAC.
•Provides an output from the IAC to the power
amplifier to control the output power.
•Exciter Logic Push-To-Talk (PTT).
•Receiver synthesizer lock, Exciter synthesizer lock,
thermal level from the power amplifier, VSWR
level from the PA, forward power level, RSSI signal
level, audio levels from the MAC, Receiver and
Exciter from the IAC.
6.9.2 MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCES-
SOR
U27 contains the main software and control over
the repeater (see Figure 6-12).
The main controller (U27) is a VLSI (Very Large
Scale Integration) CMOS 16-bit single chip computer
with an 8-bit external data bus. This processor has
software compatibility with the V20 (8086/8088),
faster memory access, superior interrupt processing
ability, and enhanced control of internal peripherals.
This ROMless processor has a variety of on-chip com-
ponents including 256 bytes of RAM, serial and paral-
lel inputs/outputs, comparator port lines and timers.
Eight banks of registers are mapped into internal
RAM below an additional 256-byte special function
register (SFR) area that is used to control on-chip
peripherals. Internal RAM and the SFR area are
together and can be relocated anywhere in the 1M-
byte address space. This maintains compatibility with
existing system memory maps.
The two microprocessors and USART (U22) are
reset by integrated circuit U17. Reset occurs when
power is turned on, when the 5V supply drops below a
threshold level or the reset switch (S1) is active.
When a microprocessor is reset, several internal
registers are cleared and the program is started over
from the beginning. Low-voltage reset prevents
improper operation resulting from low-voltage
conditions.
When power is turned on, the RESET output
U17, pin 6 is initially high and the inverted RESET
output U17, pin 5 is initially low. Once the 5V supply
stabilizes, these outputs remain in these states for
approximately 100 ms to ensure that reset occurs.
This time delay is set by capacitor C14 connected
to U17, pin 3. If the 5V supply drops below a nominal
level, the RESET outputs change states and micropro-
cessor operation is interrupted until the 5V supply
returns to normal. C3 prevents fast transients on the
5V supply from causing reset.
Manual reset can be accomplished by pressing
push-button switch S1. When U17, pin 2 goes low,
U17 goes into the reset sequence described.
6.9.3 HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCES-
SOR (U13)
The HSDB processor (U13) on the MPC pro-
vides the interface with the HSDB. It monitors data
on this bus and also transmits data on to this bus when
necessary. Information on this bus indicates which
repeaters are in use and also which mobiles are using
the system. This information is used by the repeater to
encode data messages to the mobiles that are monitor-
ing that channel. These messages also include infor-
mation on which repeater is free and current system
priority.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg50.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-30
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Microprocessor U13 is an 8052 that uses external
EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Mem-
ory) U14, an 8-bit device that stores the program. The
microprocessor uses 2k x 8 EPROM and 64k x 8
RAM. The RAM (Random Access Memory) is used
for temporary data storage. The HSDB processor is
configured by the Main Processor.
The internal data bus of the microprocessor has
four input/output ports. These ports have eight lines
each, giving a total of 32 input/output lines. These
ports are designated P0, P1, P2, P3. P0 is used as a
data bus. Ports P1 and P2 are always used as general
purpose inputs/outputs. P3 is used for specialized
functions, i.e. a serial port (RxD/TxD) and interrupt
(INT).
The operating speed of the microprocessor is set
by an 11.059 MHz clock generated by Y2. This clock
frequency is divided down by an internal divider to
provide a machine cycle time of 1.08 µs. Most pro-
gram instructions are executed in one machine cycle
and none require more than four machine cycles.
The microprocessor U13 communicates with the
main processor (U27) through U9 and U10. U9 is a
Transmit FIFO (First In First Out) and U10 is a
Receive FIFO. This combination makes up an asyn-
chronous parallel-to-parallel interface to the Main
Processor.
Microprocessor U13 also calculates the current
system priority for the channel. This priority is from
the programming software responses and the current
priority is sent to the main processor. U13 also reads
repeater number and channel number information in
memory. U13 also determines the current free
repeater and includes that information in the data sent
to the Main Processor.
6.9.4 CHIP SELECT DECODERS (U15/U4)
Chip select decoders select the peripheral chip to
read from or write to.
6.9.5 P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR
This is the signal interface connector P1 (64 pin)
that connects the Address and Data buses and control
lines to the backplane connector.
Pins 1-10 ADDRESS BUS
Pins 33-42
This provides a path between the MPC main pro-
cessor and the external memory on the MPC and the
other cards in the Controller. This bus retrieves infor-
mation programmed into memory for the operation of
the repeater.
Pins 11-14 DATA BUS
Pins 43-46
The data bus provides a means of transferring
data to and from the CPU on the MPC, memory stor-
age on each card and peripheral devices in and out of
the MAC and IAC.
Pin 15 MREQ
MREQ is a memory request line operates in con-
junction with the Read/Write lines. These provide the
ability to read from or write to the main processor
memory on the MPC.
Pin 16 MSTB
MSTB is a memory strobe line used during MPC
main processor Read/Write operations to external
memory on the MPC and other cards plugged into the
backplane.
Pins 17-20 UNUSED
Pin 21 LPTT
The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector
from the Controller. It has a sink capability of 20 mA
and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The transmit-
ter should produce power when this pin is a logic low.
Transmit indicator is on the IAC and is controlled
independently of the LPTT.
Pins 22-23 UNUSED
Pins 24/56 HSDB+/HSDB-
This interconnects all repeaters to provide an
exchange of information. This control technique is
called distributive processing and eliminates a sepa-
rate system controller at each site. Information on this
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg51.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-31 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
bus indicates which repeaters are in use and also
which mobiles are using the system. This information
is used by the repeater to encode data messages to the
mobiles that are monitoring that channel. These mes-
sages also include information on which repeater is
free and current system priority.
Pins 25-26 UNUSED
Pins 27/59 -5V IN
This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 28-29 +5V IN
Pins 60-61
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 30/62 +15V IN
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the
power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 31-32 GROUND
Pins 63-64
This is the ground connection to the MPC from
the power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pin 47 READ
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data
from the main processor and external memory.
Pin 48 WRITE
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to
the main processor and external memory.
Pins 49-55 UNUSED
Pins 57-58
6.9.6 J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR
J1 is the MPC connection to the computer or
modem.
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 Computer Tx
Pin 3 Computer Rx
Pin 4 Modem DCD
6.9.7 J2 MEMORY SELECT
J2 is jumpered to select either the Flash memory
or the EPROM memory. Flash memory is ultra-fast
data storage. The normal setting is pin 1 to pin 2.
Pin 1 +12V
Pin 2 U25, pin 1 Vpp
Pin 3 +5V
6.9.8 J3 BAUD RATE
J3 is jumpered to select the baud rate from the
computer to the MPC, these two baud rates must be
the same (see Figure 6-17). The baud rate of the com-
puter can be found from the command line by request-
ing /b, /h or /? (see Section 3.1.5). To change jumper
J13: Power off the station. Move P3 to the proper
rate. Power on the station.
6.9.9 S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS
These switches configure; the HSDB for RS-485
or single-ended 5V operation, indicate if the Summit
repeaters are connected to existing repeaters or only
Summit repeaters, and if the repeater is an end
repeater termination. Refer to Sections 2.9 and 7.4.8.
6.9.10 J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING
This jumper selects EPROM memory loading for
LTR systems. The LTR setting is pin 3 to
pin 4.
6.9.11 J5 HSDB SPEED
J5 is jumpered to select the data bus speed. J5,
pins 2/3 select the LTR 12 MHz crystal.
6.9.12 J6 WATCHDOG
This jumper enables or disables the watchdog
timer for reset. Normal operating mode is P6 jumper-
ing J6, pins 2/3. This jumper should not be moved or
removed.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg52.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-32
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.10 MAIN AUDIO CARD
6.10.1 INTRODUCTION
This control card stores the information required
to operate the routing of audio and data from the
inputs of the repeater to the outputs. Data is received
on the address bus from the MPC for the operations to
perform. The Audio/Data microprocessor and the
latches open and close gates to route a path for the
audio or data.
Audio control functions for each repeater are per-
formed by the Main Processor in the MPC. The MPC
contains the software and maintains control over the
repeater via microprocessor U27. The audio/data
microprocessor passes received data to the main pro-
cessor, and it is given the programmable parameters
for the gates.
Information is exchanged between the cards in
the Controller Backplane via a data bus and an address
bus. The address bus provides the link between the
main processor and the chip and the address latches on
the MAC. These latches control the octal latches that
select the audio and data gates. The data bus is the
link between the Main Processor and the Audio/Data
Processor on the MAC. The Main Processor controls
the data to the octal latches and opens and closes the
gates required to route audio/data in and out of the
repeater. The MAC also contains:
•The audio interface between the receiver and exciter
and to the external connections.
•The receive audio filtering with de-emphasis.
•The squelch filter and detector.
•Slow decay timing circuit that controls a mute gate
on the main receive audio.
•A filter, DC restoration and slicer circuitry for
detecting the subaudible data.
•The fast squelch and data fed to the microprocessor
that decodes the data and uses the squelch line as a
data qualification signal.
•Transmit audio filter and limiter with pre-emphasis.
6.10.2 AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR
This Audio/Data microprocessor is on the MAC
card and is used to decode LTR data received from the
mobiles. The LTR data is applied to U111, pin 8 (P1.7
input). When a word is successfully decoded the data
is then sent to U161 (Tx FIFO) and transmitted on the
data bus in parallel to the main processor on the MPC.
When it is time to transmit the CW Identification,
the main processor on the MPC sends the identifica-
tion to U111 via the data bus and U160 (Rx FIFO).
The CWID is sent to the Tx Data Amplifier and Fil-
ter. The output of the filter is summed with the trans-
mit audio and sent to the Exciter.
U111 also uses six octal latches to provide addi-
tional input and output lines. Latch U107/U108 pro-
vide outputs which allow U111 to control various
audio gates. These gates control the CWID, FSK data,
and receive/transmit audio signals.
Latch U106 provides outputs which allow U111
to route signals to the Audio/Data Test Point by
switching gates on and off. U106 also provides adjust-
ment of the selected EEPOTs.
U155-U156 allow U111 to select the EEPOT to
adjust with chip select lines. These latches also pro-
vide routing of some audio/data signals through gates.
In addition, U111 controls the receive and trans-
mit audio gates, receiver squelch, several front-panel
indicators, and other functions. U111 encodes the data
messages transmitted to mobiles monitoring that chan-
nel, and controls transmitter keying.
6.10.3 RECEIVE AUDIO
The Receive Wide Band Audio (RX WBAND)
signal from the Receiver is fed into the MAC on P100,
pin 27. This audio signal includes; audio, LTR data,
and noise. The audio processing circuit provides fil-
tering and amplification of the audio signal before it is
routed to the outputs on the MAC card.
A low-pass filter consisting of U121A/B attenu-
ates frequencies above 3 kHz. This removes high-fre-
quency noise from the audio signal. From the filter
the signal is fed to amplifier U122A to increase the
level before the high-pass filter to preserve adequate
hum and noise ratio.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg53.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-33 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
From the audio amplifier the signal is fed to a
high-pass filter consisting of U122B/C/D. This filter
attenuates frequencies below 300 Hz which removes
data present in the wide band audio signal. These fil-
ters are configured to act like large inductors. The sig-
nal is then fed to U163A which provides 6 dB per
octave de-emphasis.
Audio gates U113B/C/D permit noise squelch cir-
cuit, control logic, and audio switch to control gating
of the audio signal. The control signal from the noise
squelch circuit is applied to U113B through U113D.
When a carrier is detected, this input is high and
U113B passes the signal. Programming determines
the gating of audio. When audio is passed by U113B/
C and U114A, the audio can be routed through other
gates to various outputs (see Section 6.10.6).
6.10.4 RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY
The receive wide band audio includes audio, data
and noise. The squelch circuit detects this noise to
determine receive signal strength. When no carrier or
a weak carrier is received, there is a large amount of
noise present. Conversely, when a strong carrier is
present, there is very little noise present.
U135A is a high-pass filter which attenuates fre-
quencies below approximately 30 kHz so that only
high-frequency noise is passed. This noise is ampli-
fied by U135B and U123A. A level control adjusts
the gain of amplifier U135B. The gain of U123A is
partially set by a thermistor to compensate for circuit
gain and noise level changes caused by temperature
variations.
The amplified noise is then applied to a bridge
rectifier. The difference between bridge rectifier out-
puts is applied to the inputs of U123B. The output of
U123B is positive-going pulses. These pulses are
applied to U123C which is a Schmitt trigger. When
the input signal rises above the reference the output
goes low and causes the reference voltage to decrease
slightly adding hysteresis to the triggering level. This
hysteresis prevents intermittent squelching when the
receive signal strength is near the threshold level.
The output of U123C is applied to U123D and
Logic Squelch to Audio/Data Gate U159B and audio/
data processor U111. Gate U159B routes the squelch
output to the Audio/Data Test Point J100. U123D
functions as a timing buffer. The output of U123D is
applied to Receive Squelch Active Gate U113D.
When this gate is closed, the squelch circuit controls
Normal Receive Gate U113B to block receive audio if
no signal is present.
6.10.5 RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY
The receive wide band audio signal is the unfil-
tered output of discriminator U202 in the Receiver.
Therefore, this signal contains audio, LTR data, and
noise. A low-pass filter formed by U124A/B attenu-
ates frequencies above 150 Hz by 24 dB per octave so
that only the data frequencies are passed. From the fil-
ter the signal is fed to amplifier U125A. The gain of
U125A is adjusted by a level control. The output of
U125A can be routed through Data To Audio/Date
Gate U159C and the Audio/Data Test Point J100.
DC restoration circuit converts the data signal
from AC floating near ground to a digital signal at lev-
els of 0 and 4.5V. U125B/C provide the reference
voltage on the inverting input of comparator U125D.
Positive peak detector U125B handles the positive-
going peaks of the data signal. Negative peak detector
U125C handles the negative-going peaks of the data
signal.
The voltage on non-inverting input to U125D is
midway between the positive- and negative-going
peaks. The data input is on the non-inverting input of
U125D. When the data signal rises above the refer-
ence voltage, the output goes high. Conversely, when
the input voltage drops below the reference voltage,
the output goes low. The receive data is then passed to
audio/data processor U111.
6.10.6 RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING
The receive audio signal is fed into the MAC on
P100, pin 27. When a mobile-to-mobile call is
received, Repeat Gate U153C is enabled and the
receive audio signal is routed through Transmit Option
Gate U158C to the input of the transmit audio buffer
U164B to be retransmitted. Repeat Gate U153C is
controlled by processor U111 through latch U107. A
logic 1 on the control input causes the signal to be
passed.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg54.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-34
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
When the received audio must be routed to the
backplane (i.e. for other cards), Receive Voice Gate
U115B is enabled by processor U111/latch U108 and
passes the audio signal to amplifier U120B. Receive
To Backplane (RX TO BP) U115C is enabled and
passes the amplified audio to the backplane.
When the audio received must be routed to the
external speaker or speaker/microphone, Local Audio
Mute Gate U114D is enabled by U111/latch U108.
The audio is passed to local audio output amplifier
U132. The gain of U132 is adjusted by the local audio
volume control and on/off switch.
6.10.7 VOTER AUDIO
When used, the Receive audio from the voter
receiver comes into the MAC on P100, pin 25. Ampli-
fier U120A sets the gain of the signal and the output is
routed to Voter Audio Mute Gate U115A. The gate is
controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U108. If the
gate is enabled, the audio goes to the Receive Mute
Gate U113C and passes throughout the MAC Card.
6.10.8 COMPANDOR OPTION
The compandor option enhances the receive and
transmit audio when used in conjunction with the Tele-
phone Interface Card (TIC) in LTR systems.
The filtered Receive Audio passes through the
Receive Mute Gate U113C to the expander input on
A301, pin 1. The expand output of A301, pin 2 is cou-
pled to the audio outputs by U114C.
The TX-VOICE from P100, pin 32, passes
through TX Voice Gate U158A to the expander input
on A301, pin 5. The compressed output of A301, pin
4 is passed to the TX Audio Buffer.
6.10.9 TRANSMIT AUDIO
PTT switch (Q101/Q102) provides local micro-
phone Push-To-Talk (PTT) indication to U105. U105
then tells U111 via the data bus that the local micro-
phone PTT has been activated.
U164A amplifies the microphone audio signal to
provide the correct input level to U164B. Local
Microphone Mute Gate U117C is controlled by A/D
processor U111/latch 106. The function of U117C is
to mute the local microphone audio when the local
microphone PTT switch is pressed. This prevents
interference if the microphone remains live when the
PTT switch is pressed.
Buffer U164B combines the microphone audio
signal from U164A with the audio signal from the
Repeat Gate U153C.
U127B/C form a high-pass filter that attenuates
frequencies below 300 Hz to prevent interference with
the LTR data applied at U129B. Pre-emphasis at 6 dB
per octave is provided by an RC combination before
the signal is fed to the Limiter U127D.
Limiter U127D and rectifiers form a precision
limiter which prevents over modulation caused by
high-level input signals. With normal input levels, the
output of a bridge rectifier follows the input of the
bridge. When a high-level signal is applied to the
bridge, the bridge opens and the output of the bridge is
limited to a specific level.
The output of the limiter passes to a composite 6-
pole splatter filter formed by U127A, U128D and
U128A separated by buffers U128B and U128C.
The output from U128A is fed to Normal Modu-
lation Mute Gate U118B that is controlled by A/D pro-
cessor U111/latch U106. When enabled, the gate
passes transmit audio to EEPOT U149. U149 is an
electronically adjustable potentiometer that adjusts the
gain of transmit audio amplifier U129C. The gain of
U129C can only be adjusted through the software.
Therefore, a computer must be attached to the MAC
card when levels are set.
The output of U129C is fed to summing amplifier
U129B where it is combined with LTR transmit data
and CWID when present. The gain of audio and data
are the same so unity gain is produced. The output
signal is fed to the TCXO where it frequency modu-
lates the transmit signal.
6.10.10 TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING
Transmit voice from the backplane comes into the
MAC on P100, pin 32. When used this signal passes
to the transmit voice amplifier U130A. The output
level of the amplifier is adjusted by a level control.
The output of U130A is applied to another transmit
voice amplifier U130B and Transmit Voice Gate
U158A. U158A is controlled by A/D processor U111/
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg55.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-35 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
latch U107. When enabled, the gate passes the voice
to Transmit Option Gate U158C and on to the transmit
audio buffer U164B. Transmit Voice amplifier U130B
is adjusted by a level control. The output is fed to
Transmit Net Gate U153B. Gate U153B is controlled
by A/D processor U111/latch U155.
6.10.11 TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PRO-
CESSING
The data signal is produced by A/D processor
U111 on Transmit Data and Transmit Shape outputs.
The transmit shape output is normally the opposite
logic level of the transmit data output when data is
transmitted. However, the bit before a logic transition
occurs, the transmit shape output is the same logic
level as the transmit data output. This results in a
logic 1 level that is slightly higher and a logic 0 that is
slightly lower. This pulse shaping minimizes interfer-
ence between data bits when the data is filtered by the
low-pass filter.
The data from U111 is fed to buffer U126A and
Transmit Data Enable Gate U117B. Gate U117B is
controlled by A/D processor U111 directly. When
enabled this gate passes the data to EEPOT U151.
U151 is an electronically adjustable potentiometer that
adjusts the gain of transmit audio amplifier U126B.
The gain of U126B can only be adjusted through the
software. Therefore, a computer must be attached to
the MAC card. U126B provides the required signal
level at the output of the low-pass filter. A relatively
stable DC bias voltage for U126C/D is required
because these stages are DC coupled to the transmit
TCXO (see Section 6.2.3) and changes in bias voltage
can cause fluctuations in the transmit frequency.
U126C/D form a low-pass filter that attenuates
square-wave harmonics in the data signal above 150
Hz to prevent interference with the audio band. From
this filter the signal is fed to summing amplifier
U129B and combined with the transmit audio signal.
The output of U129B is fed to Transmit Modulation
Mute Gate U118D. This gate is controlled by A/D
processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, transmit
audio and data are passed to the Exciter modulation
input and the transmit TCXO.
When needed the External Modulation input on
P100, pin 11 is fed to External Modulation Mute Gate
U118C. Gate U118C is controlled by A/D processor
U111/latch U106. When enabled, this gate passes the
modulation on pin 11 to the summing amplifier
U129B and gate U118D to the modulation input of the
Exciter.
The repeater on the lowest frequency channel in
each system must periodically transmit the station call
letters as a continuous-wave identification encoded by
Morse Code. This identification is programmed with
the Edit Parameters software.
The CWID output is controlled by A/D processor
U111/latch U107. This output is fed to CWID tone
generator U100B/A and turns the tone generator on
and off to create the Morse Code. From the tone gen-
erator the signal is fed to bandpass filter U129A. This
filter passes the 800 Hz fundamental present in the sig-
nal. The output of the filter is jumpered by P106 on
J106, pins 2/3 and P107 on J106, pins 4/5 to the sum-
ming amplifier and applied to gate U118D, and to the
modulation input of the Exciter.
The input and output connectors for the MAC are
defined as follows.
6.10.12 P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR
The signal interface connector P101 (64 pin) con-
nects the Address and Data buses and control lines to
the backplane connector. See Figures 6-18 and 6-19.
Pins 1-10 ADDRESS BUS
Pins 33-42
This provides a path between the MPC main pro-
cessor and the processor and memory of the MAC.
This bus retrieves information programmed into mem-
ory for the operation of the MAC.
Pins 11-14 DATA BUS
Pins 43-46
This data bus provides a means of transferring
data to and from the processor on the MAC with
peripheral devices in the MAC.
Pin 15 MREQ
A memory request line operates in conjunction
with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to
read from or write to the processor memory.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg56.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-36
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Pin 16 MSTB
The memory strobe line is used for MAC proces-
sor Read/Write operations to external memory.
Pins 17-20 UNUSED
Pin 21 LPTT
The Logic Push-To-Talk is not used.
Pins 22-23 UNUSED
Pins 24/56 HSDB +/-
The High Speed Data Bus interconnects the
Viking VX repeaters. A 50 ohm termination is
required if Viking VX repeaters are used with existing
repeaters and the interface.
Pins 25/57 IRDB +/-
This data bus interconnects all repeaters to pro-
vide an exchange of programming information with
the programming software and computer. This data
bus allows all repeaters to be accessed without having
to connect the computer to the MPC on each repeater
individually.
Pin 26 TLA DB
The Trunk Line Accounting Data Bus is used for
telephone interconnect calls.
Pins 27/59 -5V IN
This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 28-29 +5V IN
Pins 60-61
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 30/62 +15V IN
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the
power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 31-32 GROUND
Pins 63-64
This is the ground connection to the MPC from
the power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pin 47 READ
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data
from the processor and external memory.
Pin 48 WRITE
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to
the processor and external memory.
Pins 49-55 UNUSED
Pin 58 VOTER DATA IN
This is used in a Voter system. Data from the
voter site is injected at this pin.
6.10.13 P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS
Connector P100 contains the audio and data out-
puts to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater
cabinet. These outputs are connected to other external
devices. The input and output connectors for the con-
nector are defined as follows.
Pins 1-6 UNUSED
Pin 7 3.5V
This is the 3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage
from the Exciter to the MAC.
Pin 8 TX DATA OUT
This output contains trunking signaling data and
CWID data when enabled at jumper J106 and used
with external optional equipment.
Pin 9 TX DATA IN
This input would normally contain trunking sig-
naling data, CWID data, and an externally summed in
signal. This input is enabled at J106 and is used with
external optional equipment.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg57.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-37 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Pin 10 EXT REQ1
This input provides for external requests from
optional equipment.
Pin 11 EXT MOD
This input provides for external wide band modu-
lation of the Exciter with out any filtering. This input
is not used at this time.
Pins 13-26 UNUSED
Pin 27 RX WB AUDIO
The Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver
audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board.
The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS
(-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modula-
tion into the receiver.
Pin 28 A D LEVEL
This is the Audio/Data Level output.
Pin 29 TX MOD
The output of this pin is produced by audio and
data inputs to the Repeater to produce the signals on
this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB and then
to the Exciter.
Pin 30 UNUSED
Pin 31 RX VOICE
This is receive audio output connected to the
backplane.
Pin 32 TX VOICE
This is transmit audio input connected to the
repeat gate.
6.10.14 J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT
This test point located on the front card edge is
used during alignment to monitor audio and data.
6.10.15 J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE
This jack is used in conjunction with J102 when a
combination speaker/microphone is used during setup
and testing of the repeater.
6.10.16 J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE
This jack is used for a microphone to key the
Exciter and inject transmit audio.
6.10.17 J103 GROUND
This jack provides a ground connection for the
MAC when monitoring the test points.
6.10.18 J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER
This provides an external speaker connection at
the repeater site for monitoring.
6.10.19 J105 WATCH DOG
J105 enables or disables the watchdog timer for
reset. Normal operating mode is P105 jumpering
J105, pins 2/3. Do not move or remove this jumper.
6.10.20 J106 TX DATA PATH
Jumpers P106/P107 connect J106, pins 1-2 and 3-
4 for external options that need the Tx Data signal.
Normal operation connects J106, pins 2-3 and 4-5.
6.10.21 A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS
EP101 Expand In
EP102 Expand Out
EP103 Ground
EP104 Compress Out
EP105 Compress IN
EP106 +5V
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg58.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-38
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.11 INTERFACE ALARM CARD
This card utilizes the information required to
operate the alarms designated in the programming of
the repeater. Data is received on the address bus from
the MPC for the; operation to perform, the processor
and external memory, open and close relays on the
outputs, and receive alarm indications on the inputs.
This information is either routed to external devices or
alarm outputs can be wired to alarm inputs (see Figure
4-10).
The Interface Alarm Card (IAC) contains 4-input
contacts and 4-output contacts. The 4-inputs can be
disabled, energized or de-energized. The 4-output
relays are dry contacts that have a 2A rating and can
be either normally open or normally closed.
The electromechanical relay outputs are com-
prised of eight SPDT (normally open) relays. The
relays are all open at power-on. Data to the relay is
latched by a write to the base address.
The IAC activates relays when alarm trigger
events occur. The IAC monitors for alarm activity in
the system and can set the various output relays as
defined by the user during programming. When an
external alarm is set it can be monitored from a remote
location. Refer to Section 4.3.3 for alarm
programming.
6.11.1 RELAY OUTPUTS
The alarm relay outputs are provided via a termi-
nal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 6-13
and 6-14).
The alarm outputs are on the terminal block at the
rear of the repeater.
6.11.2 ISOLATED INPUTS
The isolated alarm inputs are provided via a ter-
minal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 6-
13 and 6-14).
The isolated inputs are driven by either AC or DC
signals. The active high inputs can be set by switches
to be polarity sensitive, non-polarity sensitive or add a
resistance in series to dissipate unused power (see Fig-
ure 6-15).
The active low inputs can also be set for either
+5V or +15V operation when a ground closure is
required to provide an active alarm.
Figure 6-13 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS
Figure 6-14 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS
25
26
ALARM IN
ALARM OUT
I/0 13
1
2
4-
3-3+
4+
3+
4-
3-
4+
IAC 41
EXTOUT1
COM 49
COM 50
TXD IN
RX VOICE
TX VOICE
RX WBAND
COMM 6
SQ EN
EXTREQ2
COM 17
SYNC IN
TXD OUT
COM 53
COM 54
COM 55
33
34
ALARMS
1 IN +
2 IN +
1 OUT +
2 OUT +
2 OUT -
1 OUT -
2 IN -
1 IN -
AC FAIL
1
2
J2
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg59.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-39 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Standard 12V/24V AC control transformer out-
puts can be accepted as well as DC voltages. This
input voltage range is 5-24V RMS. External resistors
connected in series may be used to extend the input
voltage range.
Figure 6-15 S500-S503
6.11.3 ALARM INDICATORS
There are three forms of alarm indicators from
the repeater. One form is the two red LEDs and dis-
play combination on the MPC. Refer to Table 1-2 for
the combinations and definitions of the active alarms.
Another form is the output relay to the terminal
blocks at the rear of the repeater where outputs can be
wired to external devices or to alarm inputs.
The third form is the output relay and to transmit
a 15-character description of the alarm over-the-air to
a remote location. The description is sent in Morse
code with a transmit ID assigned during programming.
A transceiver programmed with this ID can monitor
the repeater and alert the system owner when an alarm
occurs.
6.11.4 ALARM FUNCTIONS
The alarms can be configured in various modes to
alert the system owner to conditions and hazards with
the equipment and the repeater site facility. A few of
the possibilities are shown in Figure 6-16. In this
example the input alarm 2 of Repeater 1 is connected
to the door of the building, input alarm 3 of Repeater 5
is connected to the fire alarm system, the AC fail
alarm (#16 see Table 1-2) is mapped to alarm 2 output
so it can be transmitted (see Figure 4-10) and the out-
put alarm 1 of Repeater 1 is connected to the input
alarm 1 of Repeater 2 and so on until the output alarm
1 is fed back to the input alarm 1 of Repeater 1. Then
the RF Shutdown alarm (#32) is mapped for alarm 1 in
each repeater. This configuration allows Repeater 2 to
give an alarm when Repeater 1 has an RF Shutdown
alarm output, etc.
The input alarms are given a 15-character
description during programming and a Transmit ID.
These are used when an input alarm is activated to
send a Morse code message consisting of the descrip-
tion over the air to a monitoring transceiver pro-
grammed with this ID.
There are 40 internal alarms that can be included
in the output alarm configuration (see Table 1-2).
These alarms can also be programmed to send an out-
put as shown in the cross reference screen of the alarm
configuration menu (see Figure 4-10). Among these
alarms are the thermal sense from the PA and the AC
fail alarm output on the terminal block at the rear of
the repeater to activate the battery backup.
Figure 6-16 ALARM EXAMPLE
1
2
3
45
6
7
8+5V
+15V
P500
ALARM +
ALARM -
ON
+5V
SECURITY DOOR
SMOKE
DETECTOR
DOOR OPEN
AC FAIL
TRANSCEIVER
SENSOR ACTIVE
REPEATER 1
REPEATER 2
REPEATER 3
REPEATER 4
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
ALARM 1 OUT
REPEATER 5
ALARM 3 IN
ALARM 1 IN
ALARM 2 IN
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg5a.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-40
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
6.11.5 P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR
The input and output connectors for the IAC are
defined as follows. The signal interface connector
P500 (64 pin) connects the Address and Data buses
and control lines to the backplane connector. See Fig-
ure 6-20.
Pins 1-4 ADDRESS BUS (A12-A19 Only)
Pins 33-36
This address bus provides a path between the
MPC main processor and the latches and multiplexers
of the IAC. This bus retrieves information pro-
grammed into the MPC memory for the operation of
the IAC.
Pins 5/37 ALARM 1 IN +/ALARM 1 IN -
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific alert condition.
Pins 6/38 ALARM 2 IN +/ALARM 2 IN -
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific alert condition.
Pins 7/39 ALARM 3 IN +/ALARM 3 IN -
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific condition.
Pins 8/40 ALARM 4 IN +/ALARM 4 IN -
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific alert condition.
Pin 9 SQUELCH ENABLE
This is an output to rear connector J1. It can be
configured for inverted output, non-inverted output or
logic controlled non-inverted output.
Pin 10 EXTERNAL REQ 2
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device.
Pins 11-14 DATA BUS
Pins 43-46
This data bus provides a means of transferring
data to and from the latches and multiplexers on the
IAC with peripheral devices in the IAC.
Pin 15 MREQ
A memory request line operates in conjunction
with the Read/Write lines. These lines read from or
write to the MPC processor memory.
Pins 16/17 UNUSED
Pin 18 SYNC IN
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device.
Pins 19/51 ALARM 1 OUT +/ALARM 1 OUT -
This is an output to an external device to perform
a specific function.
Pins 20/52 ALARM 2 OUT +/ALARM 2 OUT -
This is an output to an external device to perform
a specific function.
Pins 21-23 UNUSED
Pins 24/25 +15V ACCESSORY
This DC supply is an output to an external device
through rear connector J1.
Pins 26/58 +15V FILTERED
This DC supply is an output to an external device
through rear connector J1.
Pins 27/59 -5V IN
This is the -5V input from the power supply via
the Controller backplane.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg5b.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-41 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Pins 28-29 +5V IN
Pins 60-61
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 30/62 +15V IN
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the
power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 31-32 GROUND
Pins 63-64
This is the ground connection to the MPC from
the power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 41-42 UNUSED
Pin 47 READ
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data
from the MPC processor and external memory.
Pin 48 WRITE
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to
the MPC processor and external memory.
Pins 49-50 UNUSED
Pins 53-55 UNUSED
Pin 56 THERMAL SENSOR
The Thermal Sensor monitors the PA tempera-
ture and creates an alarm condition if the temperature
exceeds the limit.
Pin 57 POWER SWITCH
Pin 57 turns the voltage from the power supply to
the Repeater on and off. This pin is connected to the
on/off toggle switch S508.
6.11.6 P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS
Connector P501 contains data and control outputs
to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater cabi-
net. These outputs are connected to other external
devices.
The input and output connectors for the connector
are defined as follows.
Pins 1/17 ALARM 3 OUT +/ALARM 3 OUT -
Pins 2/18 ALARM 4 OUT +/ALARM 4 OUT -
These are outputs to external devices to perform a
specific function.
Pin 3 RX WBAND
Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver
audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board.
The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and
2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the
receiver.
Pins 4-6 UNUSED
Pin 7 EXT OUT 1
This is an external output to rear connector J1.
Pin 8 RF CLOCK
The clock will control the synthesizer chips and
power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL
input from the Controller.
Pin 9 AC FAIL IN
This input from the AC supply is used by the AC
fail output to indicate that the AC has been
interrupted.
Pin 10 SYN CS RX
This is the chip select pin for the main receiver
synthesizer chip. This chip is the same part as used in
the Exciter. A low loads the synthesizer.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg5c.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-42
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Pin 11 UNUSED
Pin 12 RF MUX 1 INH
The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-
ables) the Multiplexer-1 output with a logic high.
Pin 13 RF MUX 2 INH
The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-
ables) the Multiplexer-2 output with a logic high.
Pin 14 RF MUX 3 INH
The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-
ables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 15 PC STR
The Power Control Strobe is normally low until
after the power control data is shifted into the power
control register. Then the strobe line goes high and
back to low. The clock or data lines cannot be
changed until after the strobe is set.
Pin 16 HS CS EX
This is the Exciter high stability synthesizer chip
select. A low enables loading the high stability syn-
thesizer loop. This pin is only used on high stability
equipped units.
Pins 19-21 UNUSED
Pin 22 BUF RX WBAND
This is buffered Receive Wide Band Audio from
the receiver audio demodulator through the RF Inter-
face Board. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-
6 dBm) and 5V DC with Standard TIA Test Modula-
tion into the receiver. This is an output to the rear con-
nector J1.
Pin 23 AC FAIL OUT
This is an indication that the AC power has been
interrupted.
Pin 24 UNUSED
Pin 25 HS CS RX
This is the receiver high stability synthesizer chip
select. A low enables loading the high stability syn-
thesizer loop. This pin is only used on high stability
equipped units.
Pin 26 SYN CS EX
Pin 26 is the exciter main Synthesizer Chip Select
that allows input of data to U403 when the line is
pulled to logic low.
Pin 27 UNUSED
Pin 28 A D LEVEL
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sam-
pled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin
using three multiplex chips.
Pin 29 RF DATA A
Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit
(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-
ing a logic high for activation.
Pin 30 RF DATA B
Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle significant
bit in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This
pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a
logic high for activation.
Pin 31 RF DATA C
Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit
(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-
ing a logic high for activation.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg5d.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-43 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Pin 32 RF DATA
This is a data pin with TTL levels from the Con-
troller which has the dual role of loading the synthe-
sizer chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines
for proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips
and a shift-register could be connected to this pin.
6.11.7 J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sam-
pled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin
using three multiplex chips.
6.11.8 J501 GROUND
J501 is an IAC ground reference for test points.
6.11.9 J502 +15V
J502 is a voltage test point.
6.11.10 POWER SWITCH
S508 turns the power supply DC voltage on and
off from the front of the IAC.
6.11.11 J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT
P505 jumpers J505, pins 1/2 to configure the
squelch enable output for an inverted output. P505
jumpers J505, pins 2/3 to configure the squelch enable
output for a non-inverted output. P505 jumpers J505,
pins 3/4 to configure the squelch enable output for a
non-inverted output under the control of U503.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg5e.png)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6-44
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg5f.png)
6-45 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 6-17 FOLDOUT
A0-A19
ADDRESS BUS (19:0)
+5V
U15
LED DRIVER
LPTT
U26
U27
MAIN MICROPROCESSOR
DS1
DISPLAY DRIVER
A
B
C
D
BALANCED Rx/Tx
U24
IRDB-
RIDB+
DE
D
R
SWITCH TxD
SWITCH RxD
U20CU6A
U16F
PO0
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
DMARQ0
DMAAKO
TC0
DMARQ1
READ
WRITE
MREQ
READ
WRITE
PT2
MREQ
R/W
RxD0
TxD0
RxD1
TxD1
INT POLL
INTP0 INTP1 MSTB
UART
U22
RD WR
RxRDY
TxE
MSTB
D0-D7 D0-D7
U16D
U16C
MODEM DCD 4
COMPUTER Tx 2
COMPUTER Rx 3
1
J1
RxD
TxD
MPC
PROGRAMMING PORT
U2
Y3
U21
2
6
10
14
12
8
4
13
9
5
1
3
7
11
76800
38400
19200
9600
4800
2400
1200
CP
BAUD RATE
J3
CLOCK
TxC
RxC
U6B
U13
P3-1
P3-0
P1-3
D0-D7
T OUT
CS
RST P1-1 P3-7 P3-6
HIGH-SPEED DATA BUS
MICROPROCESSOR
ALE
PSEN
A8-A15
P1-2
P1-0 A13
A14
A15
U3
A
B
CY0
Y1Y2
ADDRESS/DATA BUS (8:15)
*
U1
CS1
A0-A7
D0-D7
A8-A12
WE
OE
U14
OE
D0-D7
A8-A13
ADDRESS BUS (7:0)
A0-A7
EEPROMRAM
ADDRESS
SELECT
A0-A7 D0-D7
U8
CEN
LOWER
ADDRESS LATCH
U7B U2A
U2B U6D
U9
DOR SO
DE
ADDRESS BUS (7:0)
A0-A7D0-D7
MR DIR S1
TX FIFO
PROCESSOR TO PROCESSOR COMMUNICATION FIFOs
U20D U6C
READY
PO6
PT1
PT0
A0-A7
DIR
MR
DOR SO
U10
S1
DE
U2C U7A
READ
WRITE
X2
X1
Y1
10 MHz
D0-D7
U17
RST1
RESET
A0-A19
RST2
RES IN S1
RESET
U25
DQ0-DQ7
OE WE Vpp CE
A0-A16
FLASH MEMORY
DATA BUS (7:0)
U20B U20A
Y2
Y0
Y1
U4
U5
C
B
A
G2B
A13
A14
A15
O15
O14
D
C
B
A
A19
A18
A17
A16
O13
O0
O11
U28
CE
DE WE
D0-D7
A0-A12
RAM
U18
G
A0-A14
EPROM
D0-D7 W
E
RESET
U2F
HSDB -
HSDB +
U31
U30
Y0-Y3
U32A
OE
U2F/U31B
A
B
DE
R
DE
U23
U16B
U32B
OE
Y0-Y3
RST
T OUT
READY
U30A/U31A Q2/Q3 U11
+5V
EPROM
FLASH Vpp
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg60.png)
MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 6-18
6-46
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
A0-A19
ADDRESS LATCHES
U103
A-D
A16-A19
U133
A-D
A12-A15
D1 G1
MREQ 15
P101
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q2
Q1
Q3
G2
U154B
U101E
MPC LATCH
OC
D3
D4
D0-D7
D2
D1
U105
MSTB 16
EXT REQ
P100
LOCAL MIC PTT
Q102
DIR
S1
D0-D7
D0-D7
U161
TX FIFO
DE
S0
MR
DOR
A0-A7
U101C U154D
U111
AUDIO/DATA
MICROPROCESSOR
P3-7
A8-A15
D0-D7
P1-3
P1-1P1-1
U162D
U119
RESET
VOTER DATA IN 58
Z102 U136
+9V REG
+15V 30
+15V 62
P3-6
P1-0
P1-2
A13
A14
A15
Y2 Y1
U102
A
B
C
ADDRESS SELECT
ALE
PSEN
P1-6
P1-7
P3-2
P3-3
P3-0
RST
P3-4 U117B-8 TX DATA EN
U126A-3 TX SHAPE
U126A-3 TX DATA
U125D-14 RX DATA
U159B-8 LOGIC SQUELCH
U119 U101D
U104
A0-A7
Q0-Q7
C EN
ADDRESS/DATA BUS (7:0)
D0-D7
A8-A14
OE
U112
A0-A7
S1
DIR
MR
A0-A7 D0-D7
S0
DE
DOR
U160
RX FIFO
U154A U101F
D1-D8
U108
GATE LATCHES
CLK
U107
U106
U156
U155
U157
CLK
D1-D8
CLK
D1-D8
CLK
D1-D8
CLK
D1-D8
CLK
D1-D8
U115A VOTER AUDIO MUTE
U114D LOCAL AUDIO MUTE
U113C RX MUTE
U114A RX OPTION
U115B RX VOICE
U116B RX AUDIO
U115C RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE
U116A FSK TO AUDIO
U153C REPEAT
U153D TxS TO FSK
U116D TxA TO FSK
U159C DATA TO A D
U116C Tx AUDIO
U158A Tx VOICE
U153A DATA LEVEL TEST
U100B CWID CONTROL
U159A LEVEL DETECT
U158C Tx OPTION
U117C LOCAL MIC MUTE
U118C EXTERNAL MOD MUTE
U118B NORMAL MOD MUTE
U118D Tx MOD MUTE
U151-U149 INC
U151-U149 U/D
CS0
CS1
CS2
CS3
WO 125
CS5
CS6
WO 126
U153B Tx NET
U115D Rx NET
CS10
CS11
U149 CS12
WO 127
U151 CS14
CS15
U117A Tx INTERCOM
U113D Rx SQ ACTIVE
U159B LOGIC SQ A D
U159D Tx MOD A D
U113B NORMAL Rx
WO 118
WO 117
WO 116
EPROM
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH
ACCRESS BUS (15:8)
DATA BUS (7:0)
RX FIFO
TX FIFO
U17-1
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg61.png)
6-47 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 6-19 FOLDOUT
VOTER AUDIO 25
P100
U120A
VOTER AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
U115A
VOTER AUDIO
MUTE
U108
Rx WB AUDIO 27
U121A/B
LOW-PASS FILTER
< 3 kHz
U122A
Rx AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
U163B
+1
.
25V
U122B/C/D
HIGH-PASS FILTER
> 300 Hz
U163A
DE-EMPHASIS
U113D
U157
U157 Rx ACTIVE
GATE
U135A
HIGH-PASS FILTER
> 30 kHz
U135B
NOISE
AMPLIFIER
U123A U123B
NOISE
RECTIFIER
U123C
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
U123D
U159B
TIMING BUFFER
LOGIC SQ A-D
GATE
U157
U113B
NORMAL RX
GATE
U113C
RX MUTE
GATE
U114A
RX OPTION
GATE
U108
U114B
U108
U114C
RX OPTION
A301
COMPANDING
OPTION
U116B
RX AUDIO
GATE
U153C
REPEAT
GATE
U107
U108
U159C
DATA TO A-D
GATE
U107
U125D
U111 Rx DATA
U125B/C
DC
RESTORATION
U125A
Rx DATA
AMPLIFIER
U124A/B
Rx DATA
FILTER
TxS - 4
U131C
TxS + 3
SECONDARY AUDIO
FROM SWITCH
U131D
Tx AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
U153D
TxS TO FSK
GATE
U107
U153A
DATA LEVEL
TEST GATE
U107
U167A
TxA + 15
TxA - 16
MAIN AUDIO
FROM SWITCH
U167D
Tx AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
U116D
TxA TO FSK
GATE
U107
U116C
Tx AUDIO
GATE
U107
U130A
Tx VOICE
AMPLIFIER
Tx VOICE 32
U158A
U107
Tx VOICE
GATE
U130B
Tx VOICE
AMPLIFIER
Tx OPTION
U153B
Tx NET
GATE
U155
U158C
Tx OPTION
GATE
U158D
U106
U158B
Tx OPTION
GATE
U159A
U106
U159D
LEVEL DETECT
GATE
Tx MOD A D
GATE
U157
U117A
Tx INTERCOM
GATE
U157
U117C
LOCAL MIC MUTE
GATE
U164A
LOCAL MIC PTT
J102
Q101 Q102
U105 LOCAL MIC PTT
U106
U164B
Tx AUDIO
BUFFER
U127B/C
HIGH-PASS FILTER
> 300 Hz
U127D
LIMITER
U127A
LPF
U128B/C
BUFFERS
SPLATTER FILTER
U128D/A
LPF
U118B
NORMAL MOD MUTE
GATE
U106
U129C
U106 U/D
U106 INC
U149
Tx AUDIO AMPLIFIER
U155 CS12
U126A
Tx DATA U111
Tx SHAPE U111
U117B
Tx DATA ENABLE
GATE
U111
U126B
U106 U/D
U106 INC
U151
Tx DATA AMPLIFIER
U155 CS14
U126C
Tx DATA FILTER
U126D
U100B/A U129A
CWID TONE
GENERATOR CWID FILTER
J106
P107
P106
8 TxD OUT
9 TxD IN
U129B
SUMMING
AMPLIFIER
U118D
Tx MOD MUTE
GATE
U106
29 Tx MOD
U118C
EXTERNAL MOD MUTE
GATE
U106
28 A-D LEVEL
A-D LEVEL
TEST POINT
J100
U116B
FSK TO AUDIO
GATE
U108
U131A
SECONDARY
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
U166A
MAIN AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
U162C
BUFFER
U131B
U165A
FSK AMPLIFIER
U109
TxD
Tx OUT TxD
BUFFER
U166B
U110
23 SWITCH Tx DATA
P101
P100
1 RxS +
2 RxS - SECONDARY AUDIO
TO SWITCH
RS-232
13 Rx AUDIO +
14 Rx AUDIO - MAIN AUDIO
TO SWITCH
22 SWITCH Rx DATA
Rx IN
U162B
RxD
U115B U120B
U108
Rx VOICE
GATE VOICE
AMPLIFIER
U115D
Rx NET
GATE
U155
U165B
FSK AMPLIFIER
U115C
Rx VOICE
TO BACKPLANE
GATE
U108
31 Rx VOICE
U114D
U108
Rx VOICE
GATE
U132
LOCAL AUDIO
OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
EXTERNAL SPEAKER
J104
J101
SPEAKER/MIC
U167B/C
HIGH PASS FITLER
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg62.png)
INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 6-20
6-48
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
DO-D7
P500
DATA BUS (7:0)
U501
A
B
C
DQ3
A16
A17
A18
A19
A
B
C
A13
A14
A15
U500
A13-A19
G1
G2MREQ
O3
O2
O5
O7
O4
O1
O6
THERMAL
SENSOR
Q1
INTR
U506
RD
WR D0-D7
V IN+
READ
WRITE
Q4 Q7 Q6
CLK Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
U518
IAC ADDRESSING LED CONTROL
D0-D7
+5V
MISC INPUTS
U517
Q1-Q8
OC
D1 D8
D3
RF INTERFACE
U505
D0-D7
RF MUX 1 INH
RF MUX 2 INH
RF MUX 3 INH
PC STR
HS CS EX
STN CS EX
HS CS RX
STN CS RX
WO 1
AC FAIL IN
P501
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
U521
OC
CLK
Q1-Q8
D1
D2
D6
D3
D4
U504
D0-D7
RF DATA A
RF DATA B
RF DATA C
RF DATA
RF CLK
AC FAIL OUT
WO 2
EXT REQ 1
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
CLK
Q8
U508E
U508
U507D
J500
U507A
U519
RSSI O
IFA IN
U509A U509B U507B
U509C U507C
ANALOG LEVEL DETECTOR
U503
D1-D8
CLK
Q2
Q1
Q501
Q500
K501
K500
+
-
ALARM 2 OUT
+
-
ALARM 1 OUT
Q5
Q6
Q3
Q4
Q7
+
-
K502
+
-
K503
Q502
Q503
ALARM 3 OUT
ALARM 4 OUT
U514BU514A
BUF RX WBAND
RX WBAND
A D LEVEL
D2
U513B
U511
U513C
U512
CR513
CR512
+5V
+15V
S503
J504
+
-
ALARM 4 IN
CR511
CR510
+5V
+15V
S502
J503
+
-
ALARM 3 IN
EXT REQ 2
U510
CR509
CR508
+5V
+15V
S501 +
-
ALARM 2 IN
U520
CR507
CR506
+5V
+15V
S500 +
-
ALARM 1 IN
P500
ALARM INPUTS
Q505
Q504
SQUELCH EN
NON-INVERTED
NON-INVERTED
U503 CONTROL
INVERTED J505
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg63.png)
7-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
SECTION 7 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT
C R I T I C A L A D J U S T M E N T
The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turn-
ing the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under
any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any
of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then
be guaranteed.
Refer to Figure 7-1 for component locations.
Refer to Figure 7-6 for equipment needed and setup
diagram. Select "RECEIVER" from the "TEST"
menu in the Repeater Software.
7.1.1 PRETEST
Preset L102, L103, L104, L108, L109, L110,
L140 and L141 tuning screws about 1/4 inch above
the top of the casting.
For 12.5 kHz operation, place jumper plugs
P203, P204 and P205 across pins 2-3 of J203, J204
and J205.
For 25 kHz operation, place jumper plugs P203,
P204 and P205 across pins 1-2 of J203, J204 and
J205.
7.1.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS
Apply power to the Receiver by plugging the 20-
pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J201 (see
Figure 7-1).
Measure the voltages at the following pins.
U301, pin 3 +6V DC ±0.3V
U302, pin 3 +12V DC ±0.4V
U303, pin 3 +12V DC ±0.4V
U304, pin 3 +12V DC ±0.4V
R402/R403 junction +3.5V DC ±0.1V
7.1.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL
For Receivers operating between:
132-150 MHz, 150-178 MHz.
1. Using the PC and software, program the Synthe-
sizer for the Receive frequency.
2. Tune the VCO capacitor L102 for +7V DC ±0.05V
at TP401.
Increase the receive frequency by 1 MHz.
The voltage on TP401 shall be less than 15V.
Decrease the receive frequency by 1 MHz.
The voltage on TP401 shall be greater than 2.5V.
3. Alternately tune CV151 and CV152 in 1/2-turn to
1-turn increments until a voltage is measured at
TP401. At that time, tune CV151 for a peak, then
CV152 for a peak.
4. Retune CV151/CV152 for a peak at TP401.
For Receivers operating within 2 MHz of the top of the
receive band (148-150 or 176-178 MHz).
1. Program the Synthesizer for the Highest receive fre-
quency (i.e. 150 or 178 MHz).
2. Set the control line voltage for 15V at TP401.
Check 2 MHz below the programmed frequency
(i.e. 148 or 176 MHz) to verify that the control volt-
age at TP401 is greater than 2V. The repeater
receiver can now be programmed for the desired
operating frequency.
For Receivers operating within 2 MHz of the bottom of
the receive band (132-134 or 150-152 MHz).
1. Program the Synthesizer for the Lowest receive fre-
quency (i.e. 132 or 150 MHz).
2. Set the control line voltage for 2V at TP401.
Check 2 MHz above the programmed frequency
(i.e. 134 or 176 MHz) to verify that the control volt-
age at TP401 is less than 15V. The repeater receiver
can now be programmed for the desired operating
frequency.
NOTE: The Channel Frequency and Synthesizer Fre-
quency appear at the bottom of the screen.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg64.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-2
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
7.1.4 RECEIVER FREQUENCY ADJUST
1. Place a pick-up loop (sniffer) or RF probe con-
nected to a frequency counter near TP102.
2. Set Y401 (TCXO) for the Injection Frequency
±50 Hz (Inj Freq = chnl freq + 52.95 MHz).
7.1.5 VCO TEST
1. The software programs the synthesizer for
1 MHz above the receive channel.
2. The voltage on TP401 should be < 10V.
3. Record the voltage on TP401 __________.
4. The software programs the synthesizer for
1 MHz below the receive channel.
5. The voltage on TP401 should be > 4V.
6. Record the voltage on TP401 __________.
7. If the voltages recorded in Steps 3 and 6 are not
within ±0.2V, tune L102 as required to balance the
voltage readings.
8. The software programs the synthesizer for the
receive frequency.
7.1.6 FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS
NOTE: Verify that the appropriate IF jumpers (J203,
J204, J205) are selected.
1. Set the signal generator to the receive frequency at
a level sufficient to produce an output voltage at
TP201 or J201, pin 7 (RSSI Output).
2. Tune CV101, CV102, CV103, CV104, CV105, and
CV106, then repeat, for a peak voltage at TP201.
Decrease the generator output level to maintain a
2-3V reading at TP201.
FOR 12.5 kHz CHANNELS:
NOTE: Perform this test if CV211 and CV212 are
placed on the board.
1. Set the generator to an RF level sufficient to pro-
duce 2V DC at TP201.
2. Remove any modulation from the signal generator.
Figure 7-1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS
U302
J204 J205
2
1
20
19
J201
RV201
RV211
RV203
RV213
RV202 RV212
U202
U204
Z216 Z215
Z214
Z204
U102
U203
U201
Z206
Z205
Z212B
Z212A
CV212
L216
L214
L213
L211
L201
L203
L206
L204
U101
CV211
Q211
CV212
Q201
J203
CV201
Z202B
Z202A
Z211AZ211B
Z201B Z201A
FL102
FL201
Q134
Q133
Q101
Q102
Q204
Y201
U304
U301
Q403
Q405
U303
U401
Q409
Q406
Q407 Q408
Q410
Q411
FL101
A201
Q402
Q401
Q404
Q132
Q131
TP401
TP102
CV152 CV151
L141 L140
CV106 CV105
L110 L109
CV104
L108
CV103 CV102
L104 L103
CV101
L102
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg65.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-3 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
3. Increase the signal generator RF frequency 2.5 kHz.
4. Adjust CV211 for peak DC voltage at TP201.
5. Adjust CV212 for peak DC voltage at TP201.
6. Reset the signal generator to the tune-up frequency.
7. Set the signal generator to 100 µV into the receiver
with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
(1000 µV at the generator with 20 dB pad gives
100 µV at the receive antenna.)
8. Tune Z215 for 2V ±0.05V at U203, pin 9.
9. Tune RV215 for 387 mV RMS, ±5 mV RMS, at
TP202.
10.Adjust RV212 for 2V ±0.05V at TP202.
11.Connect a distortion analyzer to TP202.
12.Tune L211, L213, L214 and L216 for minimum
distortion <5%, (typically <3%).
13.Repeat Step 12 then Steps 8, 9 and 10.
FOR 25 kHz CHANNELS:
NOTE: Perform this test if CV201 and CV202 are
placed on the board.
1. Set the generator to an RF level sufficient to produce
2V DC at TP201.
2. Remove any modulation from the signal generator.
3. Increase the signal generator RF frequency 5 kHz.
4. Adjust CV201 for peak DC voltage at TP201.
5. Adjust CV202 for peak DC voltage at TP201.
6. Reset the signal generator to the tune-up frequency.
7. Set the generator to 100 µV into the receiver with a
1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation.
(1000 µV at the generator with 20 dB pad gives
100 µV at the receive antenna.)
8. Tune Z205 for 2V ±0.05V at U201, pin 9.
9. Tune RV203 for 387 mV RMS, ±5 mV RMS, at
TP202.
10.Adjust RV202 for 2V ±0.05V at TP202.
11.Connect a distortion analyzer to TP202.
12.Tune L201, L203, L204 and L206 for minimum
distortion <5%, (typically <3%).
13.Repeat Step 12 then Steps 8, 9 and 10.
7.1.7 AUDIO DISTORTION
1. Plug a 16 ohm load at J101 or J104 on the TPI
(Third Party Interface Card).
2. Connect a distortion analyzer to the 16 ohm load.
3. Measure the distortion of the receive audio at J101
or J104 on the TPI with the local volume control set
to 2.8V RMS.
4. The reading shall be less than 3%.
(Typically less than 1%.)
5. Measure receive sensitivity at J101 or J104 on the
TPI.
6. The reading should be less than 0.35 µV.
(Typically 0.25 µV.)
7. The software programs the synthesizer for
1 MHz above the Receive frequency.
8. Receive sensitivity should be less than 0.35 µV.
(Typically less than 0.30 µV.)
9. The software programs the synthesizer for
1 MHz below the Receive frequency.
10.Receive sensitivity should be less than 0.35 µV.
(Typically less than 0.30 µV.)
11.Adjust the signal generator level to produce 15 dB
SINAD.
12.Adjust RV201 for 0.5V ±0.02V at TP201.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg66.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-4
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
7.2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT
C R I T I C A L A D J U S T M E N T
The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turn-
ing the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any
circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of
the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be
guaranteed.
Refer to Figure 7-2 for component locations.
Refer to Figure 7-7 for equipment needed and setup
diagram.
NOTE: Some adjustments will be made using the cur-
sor "Up"/"Dn" or "PgUp"/"PgDn" keys.
W A R N I N G
SAFETY MEASURES ARE DISABLED IN TEST
MODE. ALARMS ARE ACTIVE. HOWEVER, FEA-
TURES SUCH AS THERMAL SHUTDOWN IN THE
PA ARE DISABLED.
7.2.1 PRETEST
1. Set TCXO modulation adjust RV101 fully counter-
clockwise.
2. Connect the power meter to J402.
7.2.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS
Apply power to the Exciter by plugging the
20-pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J401.
Measure the voltages at the following pins.
U406, pin 1 +12V DC ±0.4V
U405, pin 1 +5V DC ±0.3V
U402, pin 1 +3.5V DC ±0.1V
U404, pin 7 +3.5V DC ±0.1V
Figure 7-2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS
7.2.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL
For Exciters operating between:
138-144 MHz or 154-172 MHz.
1. Using the PC and software, program the Synthesizer
for the Transmit frequency.
2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
3. Tune the VCO inductor L102 for +4.5V DC ±0.05V
at TP1 (U403, pin 6).
Increase the transmit frequency by 3 MHz.
The voltage on TP1 shall be less than 7.5V.
Decrease the transmit frequency by 3 MHz.
The voltage on TP1 shall be greater than 2V.
TP
MOD
TP
CNTRL
Q411
Q410
Q407
Q406
A007
U406
Y401
RV401
U404
Q413
Q412
U407
1
U402
RV101
U405
12
20
19
J401
J402
Q417
Q415
Q414
Q416
Q404
Q403
U403
3
TP1
6
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg67.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-5 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
4. Measure the Power Output of the Exciter at J402.
Reading should be > +18 dBm.
5. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
For Transmitters operating within 6 MHz of the top of
the transmit band (144-150 or 172-178 MHz).
1. Program the Synthesizer for the Highest transmit
frequency (i.e. 150 or 178 MHz).
2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
3. Set the control line voltage for 7.5V at TP1.
Check 6 MHz below the programmed frequency
(i.e. 144 or 172 MHz) to verify that the control volt-
age at TP1 is greater than 2V. The repeater receiver
can now be programmed for the desired operating
frequency.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
For Transmitters operating within 6 MHz of the bottom
of the transmit band (132-138 or 150-156 MHz).
1. Program the Synthesizer for the Lowest transmit
frequency (i.e. 132 or 150 MHz).
2. Set the control line voltage for 2V at TP1.
Check 6 MHz above the programmed frequency
(i.e. 138 or 156 MHz) to verify that the control volt-
age at TP1 is less than 7.5V. The repeater receiver
can now be programmed for the desired operating
frequency.
7.2.4 VCO TEST
1. The software programs the synthesizer for
3 MHz above the Tune-Up frequency.
2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
3. The voltage on U403, pin 6 should be < 7V.
Power output should be > +18 dBm.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
5. The software programs the synthesizer for
3 MHz below the Tune-Up frequency.
6. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
7. The voltage on TP1 (U403, pin 6) should be > 2.5V.
Power output should be > +18 dBm.
8. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
9. The software programs the synthesizer for the
Transmit Channel.
7.2.5 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST
1. Connect a 10 dB pad and frequency counter to J402.
2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
3. Tune TCXO Y401 for the Transmit Channel Fre-
quency, ± 50 Hz.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
7.2.6 TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST
1. Connect a 10 dB pad and modulation analyzer to
J402.
2. Press the "FM" and "3 kHz LPF" switches of the
modulation analyzer.
3. Inject a 1 kHz sine wave at 400 mV RMS into J2,
pin 5 on the back of the Station.
NOTE: This test changes the Tx Audio Deviation
Limit. To correct the limit, perform adjustment per
Section 7.4.5.
4. Adjust U207 with "Up/Dn" and "PgUp/PgDn" keys
for 707 mV RMS on P100, pin 29. This waveform
should be a "clean" sine wave.
5. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
6. Set RV401 for ±3 kHz deviation for 25 kHz chan-
nels ( ±1.5 kHz deviation for 12.5 kHz channels).
7. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
8. Adjust R237 for a 2V P-P square wave on
P100, pin 29 of the TPI.
NOTE: This test changes the Tx Data Level. To
correct the limit, perform adjustment per Section
7.4.5.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg68.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-6
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
9. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
10.Set RV101 for "best" square wave as observed on
the modulation analyzer output to the oscilloscope.
NOTE: Ensure that the oscilloscope is "DC" coupled
and turn off de-emphasis and HPF switches on the
Modulation Analyzer.
11.Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
12.Repeat Steps 1-7. Very little adjustment of RV401
should be needed.
7.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT
7.3.1 INTRODUCTION
Refer to Figures 7-3 and 7-4 for component loca-
tions. Refer to Figure 7-8 for equipment needed and
setup diagram. Select "PA" from the "TEST" menu in
the Repeater Software.
7.3.2 DRIVER TUNING AND LIMIT ADJUST-
MENTS
1. Connect an antenna or dummy load to the RF port
(50 ohm impedance).
2. Connect the:
Power supply ground lead to P105
+15V DC lead to P103
+26.5V DC lead to P101
36-pin cable to J101 on the RFIB
3. Set the signal generator to +19 dBm ±0.1 dB.
Connect the signal generator to A9.
4. Press the space bar to key the PA.
5. Monitor the voltage on R45 on the RFIB and set
R76 for 1.3V DC (see Figure 7-4).
7.3.3 POWER AMPLIFIER TUNING
This procedure assumes that either:
•The carrier is chosen and the coaxial cable from the
exciter is putting out +19 dBm
OR
•A test signal is being injected to the PA with
+19 dBm.
Connect an antenna or dummy load to the RF
port (50 ohm impedance). Use the carrier frequency
needed.
1. Set RV501 on the PA fully counterclockwise.
Set RV502 on the PA fully clockwise, see
Figure 7-3.
2. Set Forward Power Adjust RV601 and Reflected
Power Adjust RV602 on the power detector board
fully counterclockwise (see Figure 7-3).
3. Monitor the voltage on R45 on the RFIB and set
R76 for 1.3V DC (see Figure 7-4). This sets the cur-
rent limit point for driver Q501 at hot temperatures.
4. Set each of the quiescent currents for Q502 and
Q503 for 10 mA (DC) each.
5. Program the power output for the correct frequency
range as follows:
132-150 MHz 110W
150-178 MHz 110W
6. Press the space bar to key the PA. Output power
will be approximetly 80W.
7. Monitor the output power and tune C601 and C602
for maximum output power (see Figure 7-3).
8. Set Forward Power Adjust RV601 for rated power
(110W or 100W).
9. Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
10.Disconnect the antenna or dummy load from the RF
port.
11.Press the space bar to key the PA.
NOTE: This will not harm the PA.
12.Adjust Reverse Power Calibration Pot RV602 for
equal voltages on W121 and W126 on the RFIB or
for equal Forward and Reverse Power
(see Figure 7-4).
13.Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg69.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-7 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 7-3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS
Figure 7-4 RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS
Figure 7-5 POWER EXTENDER CABLES
WO517
WO516
WO515
WO514
WO524
WO523
WO513
C602
C601
U503
14
5
8
Q502
CEE
E
EB
RV501
+
C548
R516
WO523A
WO502A
U509
1
4
5
8
R518
+
C545
U501
RF OUT
Vcc 2
Vcc 1
RF IN
+
C519
+
C519
+
C584
+
C580
U506
14
5
8
U505
14
5
8
U508
1
4
5
8
U507
1
4
5
8
WO520
WO504
WO509
WO501 WO502
WO503
WO512
WO505
WO511
U502
Q503
CEE
E
EB
RV502
WO524A
U504
14
5
8
R526
+
C557
RV601
RV602
A8
R668
C602 C601
LPF RV501
RV502
J101
J104
U108
R170
R171
U104
R150
R106
R76
J103 J102
WO122
WO123WO124
WO125
WO115
WO126
WO121 WO127 WO120
WO147
WO143
WO144
WO145
R45
FWD PWR
REV PWR +15V
RED
WHITE
BLACK
WHITE
BLACK
GREEN
WHITE
BLACK
GREEN RED
WHITE
BLACK
(INCLUDED IN 2000 SERIES SERVICE KIT 250-2000-230)
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg6a.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-8
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 7-6 RECEIVER TEST SETUP
U302
J204 J205
2
1
20
19
J201
RV201
RV211
RV203
RV213
RV202 RV212
U202
U204
Z216 Z215
Z214
Z204
U102
U203
U201
Z206
Z205
Z212B
Z212A
CV212
L216
L214
L213
L211
L201
L203
L206
L204
U101
CV211
Q211
CV212
Q201
J203
CV201
Z202B
Z202A
Z211AZ211B
Z201B Z201A
FL102
FL201
Q134
Q133
Q101
Q102
Q204
Y201
U304
U301
Q403
Q405
U303
U401
Q409
Q406
Q407 Q408
Q410
Q411
FL101
A201
Q402
Q401
Q404
Q132
Q131
TP401
TP102
CV152 CV151
L141 L140
CV106 CV105
L110 L109
CV104
L108
CV103 CV102
L104 L103
CV101
L102
RFIB
COMMUNICATIONS
SERVICE MONITOR
20 dB
HP 334A
OSCILLOSCOPE
AC
VOLTMETER
VOLTMETER
DC
FREQUENCY COUNTER
AUDIO DISTORTION
ANALYZER
16 OHM
POWER CABLES
36-PIN RIBBON CABLE
J401
2
119
20 220
J201
J1
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg6b.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-9 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 7-7 EXCITER TEST SETUP
TP
MOD
TP
CNTRL
Q411
Q410
Q407
Q406
A007
U406
Y401
RV401
U404
Q413
Q412
U407
1
U402
RV101
U405
12
20
19
J401
J402
Q417
Q415
Q414
Q416
Q404
Q403
U403
3
TP1
6
RFIB
OSCILLOSCOPE
DC
VOLTMETER VOLTMETER
AC
HP 8901A
MODULATION ANALYZER
10 dB
10 dB
POWER CABLES
36-PIN RIBBON CABLE
DUMMY LOAD
50 OHM
POWER METER
HP 436A
J1
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg6c.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-10
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 7-8 110W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP
WO517
WO516
WO515
WO514
WO524
WO523
WO513
C602
C601
U503
14
5
8
Q502
CEE
E
EB
RV501
+
C548
R516
WO523A
WO502A
U509
1
4
5
8
R518
+
C545
U501
RF OUT
Vcc 2
Vcc 1
RF IN
+
C519
+
C519
+
C584
+
C580
U506
14
5
8
U505
14
5
8
U508
1
4
5
8
U507
1
4
5
8
WO520
WO504
WO509
WO501 WO502
WO503
WO512
WO505
WO511
U502
Q503
CEE
E
EB
RV502
WO524A
U504
14
5
8
R526
+
C557
ATTENUATOR
THRULINE
40 dB
HP 436A
POWER METER
50 OHM
DUMMY LOAD
R236
J104
J101
J102
J100
J103
J502
J501
J500
S1
J1
CR3
CR4
CR5
CR2
CR1 DS1GRN
YEL
YEL
RED
RED
PRO G
JACK
RESET
GND
A D LEVEL
ON/OFF/VOL
LOCAL
MIC
SPKR
EXT SPKR
GND
+15V
TEST POINT
XMIT
MOBIL E
SWITCH
HANG
CWID
POWER
RV601
RV602
R668
LPF
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg6d.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-11 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
7.4 FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT
7.4.1 PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM
1. Select the TEST - FULL REPEATER - ALL TEST
and press Enter.
7.4.2 REPEATER SETUP
The VIKING VX repeater has been pretested at
the factory, therefore only performance tests are
required to check the repeater. Refer to test setup dia-
grams for equipment and cabling diagram.
Turn on the repeater power supply switch (S508)
in the IAC or engage the locking lever (see Figure
7-14).
The operating code has been programmed at the
factory. The parameters are programmed into the
MPC. If these parameters have changed or are incor-
rect, exit this test and reprogram the repeater.
It may be necessary to remove the RF assembly
from the chassis and connect via extension cables for
some of the tests or adjustments.
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.
7.4.3 TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS
Transmit Mode
1. Press the space bar to key the repeater.
2. The IAC Transmit LED should turn on to indicate
the repeater is transmitting (see Figure 7-14).
3. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater.
Transmit TCXO Frequency Adjustment
C R I T I C A L A D J U S T M E N T
The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turn-
ing the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any
circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of
the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be
guaranteed.
4. Press the space bar to key the repeater.
5. Check the frequency of the transmitted signal. The
frequency should be ±50 Hz of the channel fre-
quency.
6. Adjust the frequency with Y401 (TCXO) on the
Exciter (see Section 7.2.5).
7. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater.
Transmitter Output Power Adjustment
1. Press the space bar to key the repeater.
2. Check the transmit output power. The power can be
adjusted from the computer using the cursor Up/Dn
and PgUp/PgDn keys. The test equipment should be
calibrated for ±2W.
3. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater.
7.4.4 RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Jumper J103 selects between a 12.5 kHz IF and
a 25 kHz IF.
NOTE: If this is a voting repeater, it is not equipped
with a receiver.
Receiver TCXO Frequency Adjustment
C R I T I C A L A D J U S T M E N T
The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turn-
ing the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any
circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of
the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be
guaranteed.
1. Check the receiver injection frequency by using a
"sniffer" pickup loop, or RF probe connected to a
suitable frequency counter placed near TP102 in the
Receiver (see Section 7.1.4).
2. Adjust Y401 (TCXO) on the Receiver to within
±50 Hz of the channel frequency + 52.95 MHz.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg6e.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-12
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Receiver Audio Distortion Measurement
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
Receiver with a modulation tone of 1 kHz at
±3 kHz deviation (25 kHz channels)
(±1.5 kHz deviation 12.5 kHz channels).
2. On the MAC, insert test cables into J100/J103 and
connect to an AC voltmeter.
3. Adjust R237 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).
4. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion
analyzer to J101 or J104.
5. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS and measure the distor-
tion. Distortion should be < 3%.
Receiver Hum and Noise Measurement
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
Receiver with a modulation tone of 1 kHz at
±3 kHz deviation, 25 kHz channels
(±1.5 kHz deviation 12.5 kHz channels).
2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion
analyzer to J101 or J104.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
4. Remove modulation from the RF generator. The
measured level must be ≤ -50 dB.
Receiver SINAD Measurement
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation
25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz 12.5 kHz channels).
2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion
analyzer to J101 or J104.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
4. Re-adjust RF level for 12 dB SINAD.
12 dB SINAD reading should be ≤ 0.35 µV.
Receiver Squelch Adjustment
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz, 25 kHz chan-
nels (±1.5 kHz deviation 12.5 kHz channels).
2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion
analyzer to J101 or J104.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
4. Set the RF generator output for 5 dB SINAD.
5. On the MAC, adjust R234 so the Receiver just
squelches.
6. Increase the RF generator output until the Receiver
unsquelches. Reading should be ≤ 10 dB SINAD.
Receiver Data Level Adjustment
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 100 Hz tone at ±1 kHz, 25 kHz chan-
nels (±800 Hz deviation (12.5 kHz channels).
2. On the MAC, insert test cables into J100/J103 and
connect to an AC voltmeter.
3. Adjust R235 to achieve 340 mV RMS.
Local Speaker/Microphone Check
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation,
25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz (12.5 kHz channels).
2. On the MAC, plug a Speaker/Microphone into
J101/J102.
3. Adjust R236 until the 1 kHz tone is heard.
Receiver Desense Check
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation,
25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz 12.5 kHz channels).
2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion
analyzer to J101 or J104.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg6f.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-13 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
4. Re-adjust the RF generator output for 12 dB
SINAD.
5. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
6. SINAD should not degrade more than 1 dB or to no
less than 11 dB SINAD.
7. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
Receiver Miscellaneous Tests (Optional)
Several additional tests may be performed on the
Repeater Receiver as listed below:
•Signal Displacement Bandwidth
•Adjacent Channel Rejection
•Offset Channel Selectivity
•Intermodulation Rejection
•Spurious Rejection
•Audio Response
•Audio Sensitivity
Perform the Test desired using the appropriate RF
Generators, modulation frequencies and levels, RS-
232 levels and test probes following the latest TIA
document measurement procedures.
7.4.5 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUST-
MENTS
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.
Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment
1. On the MAC, apply a 1 kHz tone at -3 dBm
(578 mV RMS) to P100, pin 32.
2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 and connect to an
AC voltmeter.
3. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
4. Adjust R305 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).
5. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
6. On the MAC, apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm (1.73V
RMS) to P100, pin 32.
(Set modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz.)
7. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
8. Adjust U149 with the PgUp/PgDn and CurUp/
CurDn keys to set the maximum allowed deviation
at ±3.5 kHz deviation, 25 kHz channels
(±1.6 kHz 12.5 kHz channels).
9. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
10.Remove the signal from P100, pin 32.
Repeat Audio Level Adjustment
NOTE: Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment must be
completed before this test.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation,
25 kHz channels (±800 Hz 12.5 kHz channels).
Be sure the Modulation Analyzer LPF switch is set
to 3 kHz.
2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
3. On the MAC, adjust R237 to achieve ±1.5 kHz
(±100 Hz) transmit deviation, 25 kHz channels,
(±800 Hz 12.5 kHz channels). Be sure the modula-
tion analyzer LPF switch is set to 3 kHz.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
5. Connect an AC voltmeter to J103 and P100, pin 31
(RX_VOICE).
6. Adjust R238 for -3 dBm (548 mV RMS).
7. Remove the RF generator from the Receiver.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg70.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-14
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Data Level Adjustment
1. Remove VNC cards if present.
Set modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz.
Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
2. Adjust U151 with the PgUp/PgDn and CurUp/Cur/
Dn keys to achieve ±1 kHz (±100 Hz) transmit devi-
ation, 25 kHz channels (±800 Hz 12.5 kHz
channels).
3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
Audio/Data Deviation Check
1. On the MAC, apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm
(1.73V RMS) to P100, pin 32.
Set modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz.
2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
3. Measured deviation should be ±4.5 kHz (±200 Hz),
25 kHz channels (±2.4 kHz (±100 Hz) 12.5 kHz
channels).
4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
Disconnect all cables.
CWID Level Check
1. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.
Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
2. Deviation should be 1.5 kHz to 2.5 kHz, 25 kHz
channels, (±0.750 kHz to 1.75 kHz, 12.5 kHz
channels).
3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
Local Speaker/Microphone Check
1. On the MAC, plug a Speaker/Microphone into
J101/J102. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to
3 kHz.
2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
3. Press the microphone PTT and say "four" loudly
into the microphone.
4. Deviation should measure ±3 to ±3.5 kHz, 25 kHz
channels, (±0.75 kHz to 1.6 kHz, 12.5 kHz
channels).
5. Release the microphone PTT.
6. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
Transmitter Hum and Noise Ratio (Optional)
NOTE: An HP8901A modulation analyzer is required
for this test.
1. On the modulation analyzer press:
300 Hz HPF
3000 Hz LPF
FM
Pre-Display
750 µS
Avg RMS Cal
.44 (25 kHz channels)
.22 (12.5 kHz channels)
dB
2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter and mea-
sure the Hum and Noise Ratio. The reading should
be less than -50 dB (12.5 kHz) or -55 dB (25 kHz).
3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
Transmit Audio Distortion
1. On the modulation analyzer press:
FM
50 Hz
15 kHz
2. On the MAC, apply -11.7 dBm at 1 kHz to
P100, pin 32.
3. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
4. Adjust audio level to produce ±1 kHz deviation
(25 kHz) or ±0.5 kHz (12.5 kHz deviation).
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg71.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-15 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
5. On the modulation analyzer select:
300 Hz
3 kHz
750 µs de-emphasis
6. Distortion is < 2%.
LTR Modem Repeat Audio Level Adjust
NOTE: Valid only with LTR modem option.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation
(25 kHz channels) ±800 Hz (12.5 kHz channels).
Be sure the Modulation Analyzer LPF switch is set
to 3 kHz.
2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
3. Adjust R305 for ±1.5 kHz ±100 Hz deviation
(25 kHz channels) or 800 Hz (12.5 kHz channels)
out of the Transmitter.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
7.4.6 VOTER AUDIO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Use an unbalanced audio voltmeter.
1. Inject a 1 kHz tone at -12 dBm (194 mV RMS) into
J2, pin 17. This tone represents ±1.5 kHz deviation
in the Voter Receiver.
2. On the MAC, adjust R233 to obtain a level of
-6 dBm (387 mV RMS) at J100/J103.
7.4.7 AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS
NOTE: Section 7.4.5 must be completed before any of
the following adjustments can be made.
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.
Voice Audio From Repeater
1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF.
2. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated with
a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
3. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with a 600 ohm
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and
RXA- on J2, located on the back of the Repeater.
4. On the MAC, adjust R239 for the type of line used.
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
Voice Audio To Repeater
1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF
(see Figure 7-9).
Figure 7-9 S100 SETTING
2. Inject a 1 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm
source, at the level determined by the type of line
used, into TXA+ and TXA- of J2 located on the
back of the Repeater (see Figure 7-11).
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
3. On the MAC, adjust R243 to obtain -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
ON
21
876543
ON
21
43
RXS- (GND)
RXS-
RXS+ (AUDIO)
RXS+ (FSK)
RXS- (GND)
TXS-
TXS+ (AUDIO)
TXS+ (FSK)
S100
S101
FSK
TXS+
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg72.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-16
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
7.4.8 REPEATER OPERATION
New HSDB Test
1. On the MPC, switch settings for RS-485 operation
are shown in Figure 7-10.
Figure 7-10 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS
2. Verify that the repeater is programmed for "Stand
Alone" mode in Setup Parameters-F4 (see Section
4.3.1).
3. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no
HSDB alarms have occurred (Alarm Number 10)
see Table 1-2.
Handshake Test
1. Program an LTR portable or mobile for the follow-
ing parameters.
Home Repeater - Same as repeater number.
Area - Same as repeater’s area bit.
Home Repeater’s Channel Number -
Sameas repeater’s channel number.
Group 1 Encode/Decode - 1
2. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
3. Key the radio several times on the programmed
System/Group. Access should occur every time.
(Proper Tx/Rx antenna connections are assumed.)
Alarm Test
1. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
2. Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no
alarms have occurred (see Table 1-2).
Figure 7-11 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK
ON
ON
S3
S2
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
14
3
2
1
33
34
J2
TXS+
TXS-
RXS-
RXS+
RXA+
RXA-
TXA+
TXA-
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg73.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-17 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 7-12 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS
J103
J100
R236
J104
RX DATA
LEVEL
RX AUDIO
ADJUST
MAIN AUDIO
LEVEL
RX VOICE
TO RNT
RX VOICE 31
RX WB AUDIO 27
VOTER AUDIO 25
13 MAIN AUDIO TO RNT
17 1
P100
LEVEL
AUDIO
VOTER
TX VOICE 32
LEVEL
TX
VOICE
LEVEL
TX
MOD
LEVEL
TX
DATA
15 TX AUDIO +
16 TX AUDIO -
MAIN AUDIO
FROM RNT
FROM RNT
SEC AUDIO
FSK
TO RNT
SEC AUDIO
TO RNT
P101
J101
J102
GND
A D LEVEL
TEST POINT
ON/OFF/VOL
SPEAKER/MIC
SPEAKER
LOCAL MIC
LOCAL SPKR
S100
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 TXS+
4 TXS-
1
2
3
4
ON
S101
U149
U151
R301
R240
RX NET
R241
R242
R243
R305 R233
R238
R239
R237
R235
LEVEL
R244
TX VOICE
LEVEL
R234
NOISE
S102
R100
J105
WATCH DOG
RNT RS-232
SECONDARY AUDIO
TO RNT
EXTERNAL MODEM
5 4 3 2 1
2-3/4-5 NORMAL OPERATION
1-2/3-4 LTR DATA MODEM
RESET
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg74.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-18
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 7-13 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS
P1
1
33
64 32
1234 12345678
S2
1
2
3
4
5
6
110
56
J4
DS1
CR1
CR2
CR4
J1
1
7A
2
68B
S1
J2
1
23
12
14
13
J3
GRN
YEL
YEL
RED
RED
COMPUTER I/O
PROGRAMMING
CONNECTOR
RESET
ON ON
S3
123J5 123J6
CR5
CR3
76800
38400
19200
9600
4800
2400
1200
11.059 12
HSDB
MULTI-NET
EPROM MEMORY
LOADING
WATCHDOG
BALANCED RX/TX
- MPC OPERATIONAL (BLINKING)
- ON = HIGH POWER, OFF = LOW POWER
- ON = LTR, OFF = MULTI-NET
USED WITH DS1 FOR ALARMS
USED WITH CR3/4 FOR ALARMS
+5V +12V
MEMORY
SELECT
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg75.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-19 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 7-14 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS
+15V (GRN)
+15V ACC (GRN)
-5V (GRN)
+5V (GRN)
CWID (GRN)
HANG (YEL)
SWITCH (YEL)
MOBILE (GRN)
XMIT(RED)
CR525
CR523
CR524
S508
J502
J501
CR500
CR504
CR505
CR502
CR503
CR501
S503
S501
1
4
5
8
18
P500
P501
117
32 16
32
64
133
4
5
81
S502
4
5
J500
S500
1
4
5
8
J503 J504
14
J505
ALARM 3 ALARM 4
ALARM 2
ALARM 1
+5V
+15V
GND
2
3
+5V
+15V
GND
2
3
+5V
+15V
GND
2
3
+5V
+15V
GND
2
3
ALARM 3
OUTPUT
123 13
2
1-2 ALARM
2-3 AD LEVEL
ALARM 4
OUTPUT
1-2 ALARM
2-3 AD LEVEL
AD LEVEL TP
GROUND
+15V TP
32
- NON-INVERTING (U503 CONTROL)
- NON-INVERTING
- INVERTED
SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT
POWER SUPPLY
DC ON/OFF
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg76.png)
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7-20
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg77.png)
8-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SERVICING
SECTION 8 SERVICING
8.1 INTRODUCTION
8.1.1 PERIODIC CHECKS
This repeater should be put on a regular mainte-
nance schedule and an accurate performance record
maintained. Important checks are receiver sensitivity
and transmitter frequency, modulation, and power out-
put. It is recommended that repeater performance be
checked regularly even though periodic checks are not
specifically required by the FCC.
8.1.2 SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS
A large number of the components used in this
repeater are the surface-mounted type. Since these
components are relatively small in size and are sol-
dered directly to the PC board, care must be used
when they are replaced to prevent damage to the com-
ponent or PC board. Surface-mounted components
should not be reused since they may be damaged by
the unsoldering process. For more information on
replacing surface-mounted components, refer to the
Surface-Mounted Device Handbook, Part No. 001-
0576-002.
8.1.3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPO-
NENT LAYOUTS
Schematic diagrams and component layouts of
the PC boards used in this repeater are located in Sec-
tion 10. A component locator guide is also provided
for both the schematic and board layouts to aid in
component location.
8.1.4 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
A replacement parts list containing all the parts
used in this repeater is located in Section 9. Parts are
listed alpha numerically according to designator. For
information on ordering parts, refer to Section 1.9.
8.1.5 TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE
Transmit or Receive TCXOs are not field ser-
viceable because if a part is changed, a factory recali-
bration must be performed to ensure that it stays
within its ±2.5 PPM tolerance.
8.2 SYNTHESIZER SERVICING
8.2.1 INTRODUCTION
Synthesizer malfunctions can be caused by no
VCO output, or the VCO is unlocked. The VCO can
be unlocked due to a bad synthesizer chip, an incom-
plete synthesizer phase-lock loop, or because the syn-
thesizer chip is programmed incorrectly.
To make certain that the synthesizer chip is
receiving programming data, pins 17, 18 and 19 of the
chip should be monitored during programming. Pin
17 (Enable) will go from a high to a low level. Pin 18
(Clock) will go from low to high in narrow pulses.
Pin 19 (Data) goes from high to low with wider data
pulses.
When the VCO is locked, the lock detect line of
the synthesizer pin 2 is high with very narrow nega-
tive-going pulses. These pulses become wider when
the VCO is out of lock. When this unlock condition
exists either in the Exciter VCO or the Receiver VCO,
it is relayed by the RF Interface board and is detected
by the MPC via the RF Data lines. The MPC then
does not allow the transmitter to key and the receiver
cannot unsquelch.
When the VCO is unlocked, the fR and fV inputs
to the phase detector are not in phase (refer to Sections
6.1.6 and 6.2.1). The phase detector in the synthesizer
then causes the VCO control voltage to go to the high
or low end of its operating range (Tx VCO 0 or 9V, Rx
VCO 0 or 18V). This in turn causes the VCO to oscil-
late at the high or low end of its range.
As shown in Figures 6-2 and 6-4, a loop is
formed by the VCO, buffer, frequency input (FIN) and
the phase detector output (PD OUT). Therefore, if
any of these components begin to malfunction,
improper signals appear throughout the loop. How-
ever, correct operation of the counters can still be veri-
fied by measuring the input and output frequencies to
check the divide number.
Proceed as follows to check the input and output
signal of the synthesizer modules to determine if they
are operating properly.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg78.png)
SERVICING
8-2
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
8.2.2 TCXO MODULE
Check the signal at TCXO, pin 5. It should be
17.5 MHz for Y201 and Y401 at a level of approxi-
mately 3V P-P. If the TCXO is defective, it is not ser-
viceable and must be replaced with a new unit as
described in Section 8.1.5.
Measure the signal at pin 20 (Ref In) of the syn-
thesizer chip. It will be approximately 1V P-P. If the
signal is low here, the TCXO buffer circuit may be
defective.
8.2.3 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
(VCO)
Check for VCO output signal with a high imped-
ance RF voltmeter. If there is no output signal, or if
the frequency is greatly off, the VCO is defective.
Next, monitor the signal level at pin 11 (F In) of
the synthesizer chip. If the signal is less than
100 mV P-P, the VCO buffer is defective.
Lock Detector
When the VCO is locked on frequency, the wave-
form at pin 2 (Lock Det) should be as follows. When
the VCO is unlocked, the negative-going pulses
should be much wider than those shown in Figure 8-1.
If the lock detect circuit is operating properly, check
prescaler input pin 11 (F In).
The operation of the N and A counters can be
observed by monitoring pins 16 and 19. Pin 16 (fV)
equals fin ÷ (64N+A) = 6.25 kHz if the synthesizer is
locked. Pin 9 is the modulus control signal.
Figure 8-1 LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM
Modulus Control Signal
1. The frequency of the modulus control signal on
TEST 1, pin 9 should be equal to the N counter out-
put frequency (either in or out of lock). When the
VCO is in lock, this frequency should be 6.25 kHz.
2. The duty cycle of the modulus control signal deter-
mines the divide number of the prescaler. The duty
cycle (T1 ÷ T2) should be as follows:
T1 ÷ T2 = A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No
T2 = 160 µs when locked.
Figure 8-2 MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM
If the modulus control signal is not correct, the
synthesizer may be defective or the logic may not be
programming the correct divide number.
8.2.4 INTERNAL PRESCALER
Checking Prescaler Divide Number
The prescaler divide number can be checked by
measuring the input and output frequencies. The pres-
caler divide number can be calculated as follows. (A
and N counter divide numbers are calculated as
described in Section 8.2.5.)
Prescaler Divide Number =
64 + (A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No)
0V
10us/DIV 2V/DIV
80us
50ns
T2
T1
0V
10us/DIV 2V/DIV
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg79.png)
SERVICING
8-3 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Example: 150.250 MHz (receive)
Prescaler Div No = 64 + (40 ÷ 507) = 64.106666
Measure the prescaler input frequency at fin, pin
11. Then measure the output frequency at TEST 2, pin
13 and calculate the divide number. If the VCO is not
locked on frequency, the divide number should still be
correct. The measured frequencies may not be exactly
as calculated due to counter accuracy and resolution
limitations.
8.2.5 CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER
DIVIDE NUMBERS
"N" Counter
N Counter Divide Number =
Integer (VCO Freq. (MHz) ÷ 0.4)
6.25 kHz (64) ÷ 1 MHz = 0.4
EXAMPLE: 150.025 MHz (receive)
VCO freq = 150.025 + 52.95 = 202.975 MHz
N Cntr Div No = 202.975 ÷ 0.4 = 507.4375
Integer (whole no.) of 507.4375 = 507
EXAMPLE: 150.250 MHz (transmit)
N Cntr Div No = 150.250 ÷ 0.4 = 375.625
Integer (whole no.) of 375.625 = 375
"A" Counter
A Counter Divide Number =
(VCO freq (MHz) ÷ .00625) - (N Cntr Div No x 64)
EXAMPLE: 150.025 MHz (receive)
A Cntr Div No = (202.975 ÷ .00625) - (507 x 64)
= 32,476 - 32,448
= 28
EXAMPLE: 150.250 MHz (transmit)
A Cntr Div No = (150.250 ÷ .00625) - (375 x 64)
= 24,040 - 24,000
= 40
8.3 RECEIVER SERVICING
To isolate a receiver problem to a defective sec-
tion, start by checking the DC voltages shown in Sec-
tion 6.1.2 and on the schematic diagram (Section 10).
If that does not indicate the problem, perform the per-
formance tests in Section 7.1 to isolate the problem. If
the synthesizer is out of lock, the receiver is also non-
functional because the first injection and IF signals
will be incorrect.
8.4 TRANSMITTER SERVICING
To isolate a transmitter problem to a defective
section, start by checking the DC voltages shown in
Sections 7.2.2 and on the schematic diagram (Section
10). If that does not indicate the problem, perform the
performance tests in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 to isolate the
problem. If the synthesizer is out of lock, the exciter is
also nonfunctional because the software will not allow
the repeater to transmit.
8.5 POWER SUPPLY SERVICING
The power supply is a switch mode type with
very high voltages. It is recommended that the power
supply be returned to the factory for servicing (see
Section 1.8). Customers that desire to do their own
repairs can obtain a service manual for the power sup-
ply, Part No. 004-2000-810.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg7a.png)
SERVICING
8-4
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Figure 8-3 POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW
Figure 8-4 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW
A
B
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
+28V
GND
+15V
AC FAIL
THERMAL
SENSE
ON/OFF
GND
GND
+5V
-5V
+15V
B- B+ TEMP ACTIVE
CHARGER
ON
CHARGER
FAULT
BATTERY
BATTERY
REVERSE
GROUND
EARTH
NEUTRAL
LINE
SWITCH
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg7b.png)
SERVICING
8-5 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
Standby Battery Jack
This provides a connection point for a +24V DC
standby battery. Current is drawn from the battery
only when the repeater enable line is on and AC has
failed, or no AC is connected. A trickle charger can be
switched in to charge the battery when AC returns.
The charger switch is removed when a separate battery
charger is used (see Figure 8-4). The standby battery
connection to the power supply is factory or field
installable.
NOTE: A small amount (<30 mA) of current is drawn
from the batteries with the repeater off. If the repeater
is going to be turned off for more than one week (with
good batteries connected) the fuse should be removed
from the DC cable harness.
8.5.1 VOLTAGE CHECKS
Secondary voltages can be checked at the power
supply connector with the power supply removed from
the Repeater. First the on/off line must be grounded,
jumper pin 5 to ground, then check the supply voltages
as shown (see Figure 8-3). If voltages are absent the
supply must be sent to the E.F. Johnson Company.
8.6 CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
8.6.1 CERAMIC CHIP CAPACITORS (510-36XX-
XXX)
Ceramic chip capacitors are identified using
either an American or Japanese EIA standard. The
values for both standards are shown in Table 8-1.
American EIA Standard
Uses a single letter or number to indicate the
value, and the color of this letter or number to indicate
the multiplier.
Japanese EIA Standard
Uses a letter to indicate the value followed by a
number to indicate the multiplier.
Example: 15 pF capacitor
American - Single Black "E"
Japanese -"E1"
The Japanese EIA Standard may also utilize a bar
to indicate the temperature coefficient.
Example: A2 - 100 pF NPO
XX = NPO XX = N150 XX = N220
XX = N330 XX = N470 XX = N750
|XX = X7R
8.6.2 TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS
(510-26XX-XXX)
Tantalum chip capacitor identification varies with
vendor and physical size. The positive (+) end is usu-
ally indicated by a colored board or beveled edge. The
value and voltage may be indicated by printing on the
capacitor or by using a special code.
8.6.3 CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-XXX)
Three colored dots are used to indicate the value
of chip inductors. The two dots on the left side indi-
cate the first and second digits of the value in nano-
Henries, and the single dot on the right side indicates
the multiplier (see Table 8-2).
Example: Dots - Brown-Black-Red
10 nH x 100 = 1000 nH (1.0 µH)
The last three digits of the part number are also
the value and multiplier. The multiplier digits are
shown in Table 8-2.
8.6.4 CHIP RESISTORS
The value of chip resistors is indicated by a num-
ber printed on the resistor. A 3-digit number is used to
identify ±5% and ±10% resistors, and a 4-digit number
is used to identify ±1% resistors.
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg7c.png)
SERVICING
8-6
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
The 3-digit number used to identify ±5% and
±10% resistors corresponds to the last 3-digits of the
E.F. Johnson part number. This number is derived as
shown.
Example:
273 27k ohm
339 3.3 ohm
Some resistors with a ±1% tolerance are identi-
fied by a 4-digit number and others may not have a
marking. When identified with a 4-digit number, the
first three digits are the value and the fourth is the
multiplier.
Example: 5761 5.76k ohm
Figure 8-5 3-DIGIT RESISTOR
9 = 0.1
8 = 0.01
3 = 1k
4 = 10k
5 = 100k
6 = 1M
7 = 10M
2 = 100
1 = 10
0 = 0
MultiplierValue in ohms
XXX
Table 8-1 CERAMIC CHIP CAP
IDENTIFICATION
American EIA Standard Japanese EIA Standard
First Letter/
Number Value (pF) First Letter/
Number Value (pF)
A
B
C
D
E
H
I
J
K
L
N
O
R
S
T
V
W
X
Y
Z
3
4
7
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
18
20
22
24
27
30
33
36
39
43
47
51
56
62
68
75
82
91
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.7
3.0
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.6
6.2
6.8
7.5
8.2
9.1
Color Multiplier Second
Number Multiplier
Orange 0.1 0 1
Black 1 1 10
Green 10 2 100
Blue 100 3 1000
Violet 1000 4 10,000
Red 10,000 5 100,000
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg7d.png)
SERVICING
8-7 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
8.6.5 CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES
Surface mounted transistors and diodes are iden-
tified by a special number that is shown in a table on
Section 10.
8.7 GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
When replacing a device that uses Grafoil for the
thermal interface, the Grafoil must be replaced. The
old Grafoil must be completely removed from the
heatsink. To avoid scuffing the heatsink a plastic
scraper (e.g. tuning tool) should be used to remove the
old Grafoil.
Table 8-2 CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
Color 1st Digit 2nd Digit Multiplier
(Last PN Digit)
Black 0 0 1 (7)
Brown 1 1 10 (8)
Red 2 2 100 (9)
Orange 3 3 1000 (0)
Yellow 4 4 10,000 (1)
Green 5 5 100,000 (2)
Blue 6 6 ---
Violet 7 7 ---
Gray 8 8 ---
White 9 9 0.1 (6)
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg7e.png)
SERVICING
8-8
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg7f.png)
9-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
PARTS LIST
SECTION 9 PARTS LIST
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
VIKING VX VHF LTR REPEATER
PART NO. 242-2011-213 (132-150 MHz)
PART NO. 242-2031-213(150-178 MHz)
A 003 132-150 MHz 110W 12.5/25 023-2011-932
150-178 MHz 110W 12.5/25 023-2031-932
A 006 132-150 MHz Rx/Tx module 023-2011-836
150-178 MHz Rx/Tx module 023-2031-836
A 010 2000 series 800W power supply023-2000-800
HW0016-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012
MP033 PA hold down bracket 017-2210-032
PA001 Main Processor Card assem** 023-2000-310
PA002 Main Audio Card assem** 023-2000-320
PA003 Interface Alarm Card assem** 023-2000-350
PA004 Repeater enclosure assembly 023-2000-200
W 013 AC power cord 6’7" 16 AWG 597-1001-013
**Requires Application Engineering authorization to
purchase.
110W VHF LTR REPEATER
PART NO. 023-2011-932 (132-150 MHz)
PART NO. 023-2031-932 (150-178 MHz)
A 002 132-150 MHz circulator 585-0590-008
150-178 MHz circulator 585-0590-009
A 004 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon 023-2000-190
A 005 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon 023-2000-190
A 008 7.25" cable N-BNC 597-3003-292
A 009 PA RF input coax assembly 597-3002-031
C 001 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 002 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 003 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 004 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 005 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 006 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 007 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 008 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 009 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
S Y M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 010 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 011 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 012 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
C 013 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102
EP500 Jumper/RF power detector 016-2228-015
HW003 5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut NPB 560-9079-028
HW004 5/8 x 0.02 lockwasher int CPS 596-9119-028
J 001 2-pin lock receptacle #22 515-9032-232
J 002 2-pin lock receptacle #22 515-9032-232
PA001 110W PA mechanical assem 023-2004-732
PA008 RF Interface board assembly 023-2008-110
PA009 110W 132-150 MHz PA 023-2061-520
110W 150-178 MHz PA 023-2081-520
R 668 50 ohm 250W flange mount 569-5001-003
REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY
PART NO. 023-2000-200
A 004 Shelf power harness assembly 023-2000-165
A 005 High speed data bus harness 023-2000-170
A 006 Input/Output harness assem 023-2000-175
A 007 Alarm harness assembly 023-2000-180
A 008 RF input harness assembly 023-2000-185
A 009 Controller backplane card 023-2000-210
A 010 External connector board 023-2000-220
A 011 Power supply filter board 023-2000-250
CH017 Chassis 017-2210-080
EP001 Ferrite bead 517-2002-008
EP002 Ferrite bead 517-2002-009
EP010 3/8" heat shrink tubing 042-0241-556
EP011 3/8" heat shrink tubing 042-0241-556
HW013 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-014
HW014 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-012
HW016 8-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1608-012
HW017 10-32 machine panhead phil 575-1610-016
HW018 6-19 panhead philips ZPS 575-5606-008
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg80.png)
PARTS LIST
9-2
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
HW019 6-32 machine flathead philips 575-8206-016
HW020 6-32 x 0.094 nut 560-1106-010
HW021 8-32 socket head shield screw 575-9078-106
HW022 8 x 0.032 flat washer NPB 596-2408-012
HW023 #10 flat washer NPB 596-1410-016
HW024 1/2" cable clamp 572-0001-007
HW025 Ratcheting flat wire 572-0011-005
HW026 Floating connector shield 018-1007-028
HW027 Floating connector cushion 018-1132-150
HW029 Speed nut 0.093 stud 537-0002-004
HW030 4-40 shield screw 575-9078-105
HW031 Lens, adhesive 574-3002-115
HW032 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-024
HW033 6 x 0.018 lockwasher 596-1106-009
HW036 High vinyl foot 574-1004-003
J 010 Banana jack assembly .166 108-2302-621
J 011 Banana jack assembly .166 108-2303-621
J 012 Banana jack assembly .166 108-2301-621
MP001 PA floating connector bracket 017-2210-099
MP012 8-32 x 1.15 spacer 0.375 013-1723-221
MP013 Guide pin shield 013-1723-220
MP015 Chassis top cover 017-2210-070
MP017 Door lock rod 013-1723-225
MP018 Mounting ears 017-2210-085
MP019 Door lock cam 017-2210-110
MP020 Front door lens 032-0758-025
MP021 PA slide 032-0758-015
MP022 Front door 032-0758-020
MP024 Slide lock cam 537-9007-012
MP025 Card guide 4.5" 574-9015-006
MP026 PA conn floating plate 017-2226-020
MP028 Flexible grommet 574-0001-025
MP029 Flexible grommet 574-0001-025
MP030 Spacer 013-1723-228
MP031 Spacer 013-1723-229
MP032 Dowel pin guide 013-1723-230
NP001 Nameplate E.F. Johnson 559-5861-163
TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL
PART NO. 023-2000-205
CH252 Transceiver housing 015-0902-010
EP252 0.093 OD RF shield gasket 574-3002-036
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
HW2726-32 pan torx ZPS 575-0006-010
HW2736-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-016
MP253 Transceiver deck cover 015-0902-015
CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-210
F 001 4 Amp 250V submin fuse 534-0017-020
F 002 4 Amp 250V submin fuse 534-0017-020
F 003 1 Amp 250V submin fuse 534-0017-014
FH001 Fuse holder 534-0017-001
FH002 Fuse holder 534-0017-001
FH003 Fuse holder 534-0017-001
HW012Polarizing key box cont 515-7109-010
J 001 34 pin latch ejection header 515-9031-400
J 002 34 pin latch ejection header 515-9031-400
MP001 Round swage spacer 0.5" 312-2483-216
MP002 Round swage spacer 0.75" 312-2483-224
P 001 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201
P 002 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200
P 003 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201
P 004 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200
P 005 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201
P 006 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200
P 007 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201
P 008 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200
P 009 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200
P 010 26-pin locking straight header 515-9031-397
P 011 6-pin friction lock conn 515-9031-205
P 012 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201
P 013 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200
P 014 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201
P 015 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200
P 016 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201
P 017 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200
P 018 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201
PC001 PC board 035-2000-210
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg81.png)
PARTS LIST
9-3 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-220
HW001 6-32 ss pem fastener 560-9106-010
HW002 Polarizing key box cnt 515-7109-010
J 001 26-pos terminal block PC mt 515-7110-426
J 002 34-pos terminal block PC mt 515-7110-434
J 003 34-pos latch ejection header 515-9031-400
NP001 External connector label 559-0069-060
P 001 26-pin locking straight header 515-9031-397
PC001 PC board 035-2000-220
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-250
C 001 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-4350-102
C 002 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-4350-102
C 003 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-4350-102
EP020 Ferrite bead 517-2002-007
EP021 Ferrite bead 517-2002-007
PC001 PC board 035-2000-240
RF INTERFACE BOARD
PART NO. 023-2008-110
C 101 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 102 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-229
C 103 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-479
C 104 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104
C 105 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-390
C 107 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-229
C 108 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183
C 109 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
C 110 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104
C 111 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-473
C 112 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 113 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-473
C 114 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 115 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-473
C 116 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103
C 117 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-4350-102
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 119 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104
C 120 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104
C 125 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103
C 126 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183
C 130 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104
C 132 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
C 135 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
C 138 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
C 141 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
C 143 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104
C 149 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104
C 150 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
CR101 Switching SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR103 3.9V zener SOT-23 523-2016-399
CR104 4.7V zener SOT-23 523-2016-479
CR107 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
CR108 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
CR109 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
CR110 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
CR111 Dual switching common-cath 523-1504-022
EP101 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106
EP102 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106
EP103 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106
EP104 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106
EP105 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106
F 101 2A 250V AC sub-min 534-0017-017
F 102 2A 250V AC sub-min 534-0017-017
FH101 Fuse holder PC mount 534-1017-001
FH102 Fuse holder PC mount 534-1017-001
HW105Polarizing key box cnt 515-7109-010
HW106Polarizing key box cnt 515-7109-010
HW2476-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012
J 101 36-pin right angle radial 515-0511-001
J 102 20-pin straight low profile 515-9031-376
J 103 20-pin straight low profile 515-9031-376
J 104 4-pin right angle header 515-9035-004
L 101 3 µH filter choke PC mount 542-5007-031
MP101 PA connector mounting shield 032-0758-028
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg82.png)
PARTS LIST
9-4
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
P 101 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001
P 102 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001
P 103 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001
P 104 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001
P 105 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001
PC100 PC board 035-2008-110
Q 101 Si PNP low noise SOT-23 576-0003-657
Q 102 Si NPN SOT-23 576-0003-600
Q 103 PNP D-pak power 576-0002-603
Q 104 Si NPN low noise SOT-23 576-0003-657
Q 105 Si NPN amp SOT-23 576-0003-658
Q 106 Si NPN SOT-23 576-0003-600
Q 107 PNP D-pak power 576-0002-603
Q 108 Si NPN gen purp sw/amp 576-0001-300
R 045 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 046 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 048 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-752
R 049 1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-152
R 050 4.99k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-368
R 051 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 052 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 053 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 054 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 055 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272
R 056 470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-474
R 057 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 059 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 061 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433
R 063 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 064 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433
R 065 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 066 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433
R 073 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 074 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 075 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 076 5k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-502
R 078 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274
R 079 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 080 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 081 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
R 082 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274
R 083 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 084 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 085 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 086 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274
R 087 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 088 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 089 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
R 090 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274
R 091 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 092 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 093 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
R 094 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512
R 095 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 100 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 101 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 102 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272
R 103 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274
R 104 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274
R 105 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272
R 106 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 107 560 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-561
R 108 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272
R 109 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 110 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512
R 111 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-331
R 112 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 113 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-182
R 114 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-182
R 115 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
R 116 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
R 117 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-271
R 118 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 119 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 120 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 121 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 122 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 123 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 124 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 125 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 126 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 127 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 128 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 129 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 130 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 131 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 132 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 133 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 134 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430
R 135 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 136 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg83.png)
PARTS LIST
9-5 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 137 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 138 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 139 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 140 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 141 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 142 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 143 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 144 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 145 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 146 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 147 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 148 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 149 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 151 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 152 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 153 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 154 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 155 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 156 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 157 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 158 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 159 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 160 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 161 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 162 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 163 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 164 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 165 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 166 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 167 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 168 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 169 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274
R 170 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 171 511 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-269
R 172 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 173 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332
R 174 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 175 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 176 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 177 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 178 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 179 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 180 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 181 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220
R 182 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220
R 183 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220
R 184 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 185 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 186 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 187 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153
R 188 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220
R 189 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220
R 190 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220
R 191 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220
R 192 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 193 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 194 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153
R 197 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 198 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 199 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
U 101 +5V regulator 78L05 544-2603-039
U 102 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 103 8-bit shift register MC14094 544-3016-094
U 104 8-chan mux 4051 544-3016-051
U 105 8-chan mux 4051 544-3016-051
U 106 8-chan mux 4051 544-3016-051
U 107 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 108 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 109 Quad op amp SOIC LM224 544-2020-014
U 110 Hex non-inv buffer 4050B 544-3016-050
U 111 Dual op amp SO-8 LM2904 544-2019-004
U 112 Quad op amp SOIC LM224 544-2020-014
REPEATER RX/EX MODULE
PART NO. 023-2011-836 (132-150 MHz)
PART NO. 023-2031-836 (150-178 MHz)
A 201 RF input coax for Rx 023-2000-161
A 203 Receiver board top shield 023-2000-199
HW001 5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut 560-9079-028
HW002 5/8 x 0.02 int lockwasher CPS 596-9119-028
HW205 Polarizing key box connector 515-7109-010
HW249 10-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-020
HW250 #10 flat washer ZPS 596-1410-016
HW404 Polarizing key box connector 515-7109-010
J 201 20-pin right angle header 515-9031-375
J 401 20-pin right angle header 515-9031-375
MP200 Transceiver pad 017-2210-105
MP204 Transceiver bottom shield 017-2210-101
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg84.png)
PARTS LIST
9-6
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
PA002 Transceiver mechanical 023-2000-205
PA004 132-150 MHz Receiver 585-2061-270
150-178 MHz Receiver 585-2081-270
PA005 132-150 MHz Exciter 585-2061-400
150-178 MHz Exciter 585-2081-400
RECEIVE VCO 132-150 MHz
A401
C 101 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 102 2 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CK020D50
C 103 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 104 7 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH070C50
C 105 56 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH560J50
C 106 56 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH560J50
C 107 10 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50
C 108 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 109 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 110 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 111 47 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH470J50
C 112 10 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50
C 113 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 114 15 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH150J50
C 115 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 116 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 118 22 µF 25V electrolytic
D 101 Varactor HVU202A
L 101 10 µH inductor ELJ-FC100K
L 102 3.5 turn inductor
L 103 1 µH inductor ELJ-FC1ROM
L 104 .1 µH inductor LQN21AR10K
Q 101 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 102 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 103 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 104 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712
R 101 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 102 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223
R 103 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471
R 104 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 105 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 106 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 107 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 108 4.7K ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ472
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 109 560 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ561
R 110 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 112 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
12.5/25 kHz RECEIVER
PART NO. 585-2061-270 (132-150 MHz)
PART NO. 585-2081-270 (150-178 MHz)
A 201 Cable assembly
A 401 VCO Unit
C 101 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 102 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH221K50
C 103 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH221K50
C 104 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 105 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 106 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 107 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 108 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 109 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 130 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 131 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 132 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 133 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 134 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 135 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 136 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 137 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 139 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 140 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 144 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 145 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 146 12 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH120J50
C 147 47 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH470J50
C 148 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 149 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 150 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 151 15 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH150J50
C 152 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 153 22 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH220J50
C 154 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 155 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 156 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 157 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 158 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 159 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 160 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg85.png)
PARTS LIST
9-7 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 161 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 162 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 163 15 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH150J50
C 164 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 165 1 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CK010D50
C 166 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 169 12 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH120J50
C 201 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 202 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50
C 203 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 205 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50
C 206 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 207 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 208 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 109 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 210 8 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH080C50
C 211 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 212 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50
C 213 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 214 8 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH080C50
C 215 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50
C 216 4 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH040C50
C 217 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 218 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 219 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 220 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 221 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 222 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 223 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 225 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 226 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 227 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 228 27 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH270J50
C 236 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 237 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50
C 238 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 240 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50
C 241 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 242 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 243 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 244 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 245 8 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH080C50
C 246 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 247 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50
C 248 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 250 6 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH060C50
C 251 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 252 4 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH040C50
C 253 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 254 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 255 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 256 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 257 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 258 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 261 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 262 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 263 27 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH270J50
C 265 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 266 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 267 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 268 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 269 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 270 6 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH060C50
C 271 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B221K50
C 275 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 276 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 277 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 278 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 280 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B221K50
C 281 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B221K50
C 282 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 283 120 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B121K50
C 284 330 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B331K50
C 301 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 302 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 303 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 304 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 306 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 307 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 308 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 309 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 310 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 311 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 312 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 313 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 314 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 315 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 316 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 317 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 318 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 351 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 401 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 402 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 403 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg86.png)
PARTS LIST
9-8
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 404 820 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B821K50
C 405 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 406 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 407 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 408 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 409 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 410 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 411 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 412 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 413 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 415 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 432 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 433 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 434 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 435 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 436 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 437 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 439 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 440 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 441 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 443 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 444 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 445 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 446 12 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH120J50
C 447 1 µF 16V tantalum chip SVA1C105M
C 450 1 µF 50V poly film 553M5002-105K
C 451 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 452 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50
C 454 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 455 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 456 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 457 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 458 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 459 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 460 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 461 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 462 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 463 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 464 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
CR131 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2
CR132 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2
CR133 Diode chip HSM107S
CR401 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2
CR402 Si diode chip HSM123
CV101 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
CV102 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T
CV103 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T
CV104 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T
CV105 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T
CV106 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T
CV151 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T
CV152 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T
CV201 5 pF variable capacitor
CV202 5 pF variable capacitor
CV211 5 pF variable capacitor
CV212 5 pF variable capacitor
J 201 Connector 2520-5002UB
L 101 Helical coil
L 102 Helical coil
L 103 Helical coil
L 108 Helical coil
L 109 Helical coil
L 110 Helical coil
L 130 22 nH SMD KQ1008TE22NK
L 131 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K
L 132 1 µH SMD ELJ-FC1ROM
L 133 22 nH SMD KQ1008TE22NK
L 134 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K
L 135 47 nH SMD KQ1008TE47NK
L 136 47 nH SMD KQ1008TE47NK
L 137 47 nH SMD KQ1008TE47NK
L 138 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K
L 139 22 nH SMD KQ1008TE22NK
L 151 Helical coil
L 152 Helical coil
L 201 Variable inductor LV5015
L 202 .68 µH SMD LQH3NR68M
L 203 Variable inductor LV5015
L 204 Variable inductor LV5015
L 205 .68 µH SMD LQH3NR68M
L 206 Variable inductor LV5015
L 211 Variable inductor LV5015
L 212 .68 µH SMD LQH3NR68M
L 213 Variable inductor LV5015
L 214 Variable inductor LV5015
L 215 .68 µH SMD LQH3NR68M
L 216 Variable inductor LV5015
L 222 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K
L 223 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K
L 224 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg87.png)
PARTS LIST
9-9 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
L 401 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K
L 402 1 µH SMD ELJ-FC1ROM
L 403 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K
L 404 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K
L 405 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K
Q 131 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 132 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 133 NPN SOT-89 2SC3357
Q 134 NPN SOT-89 2SC3357
Q 201 NPN SOT-23 2SC2351
Q 202 NPN SOT-23 2SC2351
Q 203 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714
Q 204 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714
Q 401 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714
Q 402 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714
Q 403 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714
Q 404 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714
Q 405 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162
Q 406 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712
Q 407 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162
Q 408 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162
Q 409 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712
Q 410 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 411 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356
R 105 200 ohm 1/2W chip MCR50 EZH J 201
R 106 200 ohm 1/2W chip MCR50 EZH J 201
R 107 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 108 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 130 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 131 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122
R 132 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152
R 133 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152
R 134 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 135 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 136 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100
R 137 33 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ330
R 139 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331
R 140 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331
R 141 18 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ180
R 142 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271
R 143 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 144 390 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ391
R 145 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 146 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 147 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 148 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331
R 149 18 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ180
R 150 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271
R 151 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152
R 152 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271
R 153 68 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ680
R 154 68 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ680
R 157 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 158 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473
R 159 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 160 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 161 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 201 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182
R 202 680 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ681
R 203 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 204 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 205 560 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ561
R 206 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182
R 207 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473
R 208 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 211 5.1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ512
R 212 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 213 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 214 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 215 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223
R 217 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 218 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 228 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182
R 233 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182
R 234 680 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ681
R 235 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 236 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 237 560 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ561
R 239 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473
R 240 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 243 5.1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ512
R 244 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 245 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 246 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 247 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223
R 249 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 250 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 254 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182
R 255 680 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ681
R 256 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 257 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 258 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg88.png)
PARTS LIST
9-10
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 259 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 260 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271
R 261 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100
R 262 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 401 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271
R 402 4.99k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYF4991
R 403 4.99k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYF4991
R 404 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 406 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ272
R 407 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 408 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 409 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271
R 410 68k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ683
R 411 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 412 4.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ432
R 413 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 414 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 423 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 424 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 426 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 427 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 428 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 429 820 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ821
R 430 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 431 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 432 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473
R 433 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 434 33k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ333
R 435 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 436 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 437 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 438 8.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ822
R 439 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 440 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 441 33k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ333
R 442 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100
R 443 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 444 4.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ472
R 445 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152
R 446 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122
R 447 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151
R 448 33 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ330
R 449 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
RV201 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXBRN472
RV203 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXBRN472
RV211 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXBRN472
RV213 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXBRN472
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
U 101 Mixer LRMS-1H
U 102 IC Op Amp NJM 2904M
U 103 MMIC ERA 5SM
U 201 IC MC3371D
U 202 IC Op Amp NJM2904M
U 203 IC MC3371D
U 204 IC Op Amp NJM2904M
U 301 IC 6V regulator NJM78L06
U 302 IC 12V regulator NJM78L12
U 303 IC 12V regulator NJM78L12
U 304 IC 12V regulator NJM78L12
U 401 IC MC145191
Y 201 17.5 MHz TCXO
Z 201 52.95 MHz crystal filter 532-0009-009
Z 202 52.95 MHz crystal filter 532-0009-009
Z 204 450 kHz ceramic filter SFG4560D
Z 205 450 kHz ceramic filter SFG4560D
Z 206 450 kHz variable coil IF0342
Z 211 52.95 MHz crystal filter 532-0009-009
Z 212 52.95 MHz crystal filter 532-0009-009
Z 214 450 kHz ceramic filter SFG4560D
Z 215 450 kHz ceramic filter SFG4560D
Z 216 450 kHz variable coil IF0342
TRANSMIT VCO 132-178 MHz
A 007 VCO unit
C 101 100 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH101K50
C 102 7 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH070C50
C 103 100 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH101K50
C 104 2 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CK020D50
C 105 0.5 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CK020D50
C 106 15 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH150J50
C 107 56 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH560J50
C 108 56 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH560J50
C 109 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50
C 110 0.1 µF 50V ceramic chipGRM40F104Z50
C 111 10 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH100J50
C 112 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50
C 113 10 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH100J50
C 114 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50
C 115 47 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH470J50
C 116 15 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH150J50
C 117 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg89.png)
PARTS LIST
9-11 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 118 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
D 101 Detector HVU202A
D 102 Detector HVU202A
L 101 10 µH ELJ-FC100K
L 102 3.5T
L 103 1 µF ELJ-FC1ROM
L 104 0.1 µH LQN21AR10K
Q 101 NPN oscillator SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 102 NPN buffer SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 103 NPN buffer SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 104 NPN active filter SOT-23 2SC2712
R 101 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473
R 102 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 103 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223
R 104 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 105 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 106 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 107 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 108 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 109 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ272
R 110 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471
R 111 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 112 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
EXCITER
PART NO. 585-2061-400 (132-150 MHz)
PART NO. 585-2081-400 (150-178 MHz)
C 401 .047 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B473K50
C 409 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 410 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 416 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 417 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 418 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 419 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 420 6 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH060C50
C 421 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 422 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 423 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 424 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 425 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 426 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 428 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 429 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 431 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH221K50
C 432 47 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH470K50
C 433 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50
C 434 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 443 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 444 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 446 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 452 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50
C 453 820 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH821J50
C 456 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 457 .022 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B223K50
C 461 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 462 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 463 10 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D106M
C 464 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 465 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 466 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 467 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 469 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 470 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 471 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 472 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 474 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 475 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50
C 476 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 479 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 480 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 481 1 µF 20V tantalum chip SVB1D105M
C 482 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 483 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 484 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 485 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 496 10 µF 20V tantalum chip SVB1D106M
C 498 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 499 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 504 .022 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B223K50
C 505 18 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH180J50
C 506 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 507 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50
C 508 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 509 20 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH200J50
C 510 20 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH200J50
C 513 .022 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B223K50
C 514 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50
C 515 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50
C 516 3 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH030C50
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg8a.png)
PARTS LIST
9-12
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 517 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50
C 518 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M
C 519 1 µF 50V poly ester film 553M5002-105K
C 520 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
C 521 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50
C 522 2.2 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D225M
C 523 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50
C 524 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50
CR401 9.1V zener RD9.1ML
CR402 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2
CR403 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2
J 401 Connector 2520-5002UB
J 402 Connector SMB PCB mount
L 402 .1 µH KQE1008TER10K
L 403 22 nH KQE1008TE22NK
L 405 .1 µH KQE1008TER10K
L 406 .1 µH KQE1008TER10K
L 410 47 nH KQE100847NK
L 411 .1 µH KQE1008TER10K
L 412 47 nH KQE100847NK
L 413 22 nH KQE1008TE22NK
L 413 22 nH KQE1008TE22NK
Q 403 NPN TCXO buffer SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 404 NPN TCXO buffer SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 405 PNP Switch SOT-23 2SB624
Q 406 NPN VCO buffer SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 407 NPN VCO buffer SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 410 NPN buffer SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 411 NPN buffer SOT-23 2SC3356
Q 412 NPN amplifier SOT-89 2SC3357
Q 413 NPN amplifier SOT-89 2SC3357
Q 414 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712
Q 415 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162
Q 416 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162
Q 417 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712
R 402 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 403 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 404 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 405 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 414 12k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ123
R 415 5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ502
R 416 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271
R 417 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 419 12k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ123
R 422 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 424 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 426 0 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ0R0
R 427 62k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ633
R 428 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100
R 429 5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ502
R 430 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ272
R 431 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 432 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 433 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271
R 434 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151
R 435 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471
R 436 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 437 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 438 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 439 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 440 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 441 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473
R 444 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 445 82k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ823
R 447 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 448 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 449 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 450 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100
R 451 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ272
R 452 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101
R 453 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152
R 454 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122
R 455 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151
R 456 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471
R 457 39 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ390
R 458 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 459 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151
R 460 39 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ390
R 461 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151
R 462 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 463 56 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ560
R 465 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122
R 466 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152
R 467 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122
R 468 68 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ680
R 476 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151
R 477 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152
R 478 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 479 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331
R 480 6.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ682
R 481 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg8b.png)
PARTS LIST
9-13 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 486 12k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ123
R 489 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331
R 494 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 495 33k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ333
R 496 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 497 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
R 498 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104
R 499 8.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ822
R 500 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332
R 501 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102
RV101 47k variable chip MVR32HXBRN473
RV401 47k variable chip MVR32HXBRN473
U 402 IC mod amp/buffer NJM2904
U 403 IC synthesizer MC14519F
U 404 IC mod amp/buffer NJM2904
U 405 +5V regulator NJM78L05
U 406 +12V regulator NJM78L12
U 407 IC voltage reference NJM2904M
Y 401 17.5 MHz TCXO
110 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER
PART NO. 585-2061-520 (132-150 MHz)
PART NO. 585-2081-520 (150-178 MHz)
C 501 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT
C 502 39 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50PT
C 503 6 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH060D50PT
C 506 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT
C 507 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM50B103K50PT
C 508 1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B105K16PT
C 510 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 512 10 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH100D50PT
C 513 3 pF ceramic chip GRM40CK030C50PT
C 514 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 516 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 517 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 519 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB
C 520 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT
C 521 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 522 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT
C 523 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 524 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB
C 525 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT
C 526 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
S Y M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 527 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT
C 529 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT
C 532 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT
C 533 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT
C 534 24 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH240J50PT
C 535 24 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH240J50PT
C 536 24 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH240J50PT
C 537 24 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH240J50PT
C 538 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT
C 539 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 540 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT
C 542 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 543 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT
C 544 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 545 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB
C 546 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 547 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 548 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB
C 549 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 550 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 551 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 552 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 553 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 554 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 555 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 556 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 557 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB
C 558 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 559 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 560 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 561 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 562 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 563 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 564 100 pF mica chip UC232A1000J
C 565 100 pF mica chip UC232A1000J
C 565A100 pF mica chip UC232A1000J
C 566 100 pF mica chip UC232A1000J
C 569 240 pF mica chip UC232A2400J
C 570 240 pF mica chip UC232A2400J
C 573 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 574 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 575 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 576 1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B105K16PT
C 577 39 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50PT
C 578 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 579 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM50B103K50PT
C 580 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg8c.png)
PARTS LIST
9-14
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 581 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 582 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 583 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 584 33 µF electrolytic chip UWX1E330MCR1GB
C 591 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 592 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT
C 593 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT
C 594 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT
C 598 33 pF mica chip UC232H0330J
C 599 33 pF mica chip UC232H0330J
C 600 33 µF electrolytic chip UWX1E330MCR1GB
C 601 45 pF trimmer CV01C450
C 602 45 pF trimmer CV01C450
C 603 91 pF ceramic chip GRM40B910J50PT
C 604 91 pF ceramic chip GRM40B910J50PT
C 605 68 pF ceramic chip GRM40B680J50PT
C 606 68 pF ceramic chip GRM40B680J50PT
C 607 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J
C 608 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J
C 609 68 pF mica chip UC232A0680J
C 610 68 pF mica chip UC232A0680J
C 611 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J
C 612 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J
C 613 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J
C 614 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J
C 615 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J
C 616 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J
C 617 20 pF mica chip UC232A0200J
C 618 20 pF mica chip UC232A0200J
CR501 6.2V zener RF6.2MB2
CR502 6.2V zener RF6.2MB2
Q 501 Pre-driver 2SK2973
Q 502 Final amplifier MRF275L
Q 503 Final amplifier MRF275L
R 501 82 ohm chip TDR6G-820-J
R 502 82 ohm chip TDR6G-820-J
R 503 Zero ohm chip TDR6G-0R00-J
R 503A82 ohm chip TDR6G-820-J
R 504 100 ohm chip TDR6G-101-J
R 505 1k ohm chip TDR6G-102-J
R 506 3.9k ohm chip TDR6G-392-J
R 507 47 ohm chip TDR6G-470-J
R 509 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J
R 510 0.03 ohm power chip R030
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 511 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J
R 512 2k ohm chip TDR6G-202-J
R 513 2k ohm chip TDR6G-202-J
R 514 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J
R 515 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J
R 516 0.03 ohm power chip R030
R 517 4.7k ohm chip TDR6G-472-J
R 518 5k variable chip
R 519 2.2k ohm chip TDR6G-222-J
R 520 4.7k ohm chip TDR6G-472-J
R 521 10k ohm chip 3216
R 522 80k chip thermistor
R 523 2k ohm chip TDR6G-202-J
R 524 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J
R 525 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J
R 526 0.03 ohm power chip R030
R 527 4.7k ohm chip TDR6G-472-J
R 528 5k variable chip
R 529 2.2k ohm chip TDR6G-222-J
R 530 4.7k ohm chip TDR6G-472-J
R 531 10k ohm chip 3216
R 532 80k chip thermistor
R 533 240 ohm chip TDR6G-241-J
R 534 56 ohm chip TDR6G-560-J
R 536 75 ohm chip TDR6G-750-J
R 537 100k ohm 1% chip TDR6G-104-F
R 538 301k ohm 1% chip 3013
R 539 470 ohm chip TDR6G-471-J
R 540 2.2 ohm chip ERJ1WY2R2H
R 541 2.2 ohm chip ERJ1WY2R2H
R 542 2.2 ohm chip ERJ1WY2R2H
R 543 2.2 ohm chip ERJBG2R2
R 544 2.2 ohm chip ERJBG2R2
U 501 Driver (132-150 MHz) M57719L
Driver (150-178 MHz) M57719L
U 502 +8V regulator TA78L08F
U 503 Current sensor MAX472ESA
U 504 Current sensor MAX472ESA
U 505 +5V regulator 78L05
U 507 Temperature sensor LM35D
U 508 DC amplifier NJM2904M
U 509 current sensor MAX472ESA
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg8d.png)
PARTS LIST
9-15 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
LOW-PASS FILTER
PART NO. 023-2004-600
A 620 Low pass filter assembly 023-2004-620
MP600 LPF mounting plate 017-2222-264
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR
C 601 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 602 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 603 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 604 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 605 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 606 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 607 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50
C 608 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 609 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50
C 610 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50
C 611 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M
C 612 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50
C 613 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 614 5 pF 50V chip GRM40CH050C50
C 651 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 652 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 653 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 654 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 655 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 656 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 657 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 658 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50
C 659 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50
C 660 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 661 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50
C 662 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M
C 663 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M
C 664 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50
C 665 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M
C 666 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50
C 667 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M
CR601 Veri-cap diode 1SS306
CR651 Vari-cap diode 1SS306
L 602 8T
L 603 8T
S Y M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
L 652 8T
L 653 8T
L 654 8T
R 601 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510
R 603 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151
R 604 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510
R 605 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 606 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 607 22k ohm1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223
R 608 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 610 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151
R 612 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 613 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 615 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471
R 616 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223
R 651 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510
R 653 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510
R 654 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510
R 655 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 656 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223
R 657 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 658 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 659 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 660 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151
R 662 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103
R 663 7.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ752
R 664 12k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ123
R 665 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471
R 666 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221
R 667 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470
R 669 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223
RV601 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXB4RN472
RV651 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXB4RN472
U 601 DC amplifier SO-8 NJM2904M
U 651 DC amplifier SO-8 NJM2904M
U 652 +5V regulator 78L05 NJM78L05
POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL
PART NO. 023-2004-732
B 252 24V DC fan 3.14" sq x 1.26" 529-2002-027
EP200 6-14 ground lug 586-0007-070
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg8e.png)
PARTS LIST
9-16
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
HW251 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-008
HW253 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-012
HW254 1/8" cable clamp 572-0001-001
HW255 6-32 pan torx ZPS 575-0006-010
HW256 4-40 panhead philips ZPS 575-1604-010
HW257 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-010
HW258 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-016
HW259 6-19 panhead philips ZPS 575-5606-008
HW260 6 x 0.018 lockwasher int ZPS 596-1206-010
HW261 0.26 x 0.54 grafoil flgres 018-1007-030
HW262 0.42 x 0.995 grafoil mrf 018-1007-032
HW265 Grafoil M67709 018-1007-105
HW266 Grafoil isolator 018-1007-041
HW268 10-32 HHSL Sems scr ZPS 575-9810-012
HW269 0.062 x 0.85 x 5.65 poron stp 574-3002-110
HW270 8-32 panhead CPS philips 575-0608-008
HW300 Solder ground terminal 017-2210-213
HW777 Self mount wire tie 574-9008-025
MP240 PA coax ground tab 017-2210-038
MP254 M PA plate align dowel pin 013-1723-216
MP256 PA shield, left 017-2210-121
MP257 PA shield, top 017-2210-022
MP258 PA shield, right, 1 fan 017-2210-023
MP262 Low-pass filter shield 017-2210-209
MP268 M PA stop 013-1723-222
MP270 PA shield 017-2210-207
800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-810
A 002 Pin feed EPROM blank label 559-1154-004
A 802 Wireharness 023-2000-803
A 803 Thermal sensor board assem 023-2000-840
C 101 220 µF 25V aluminum radial 510-4225-221
C 102 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 103 220 nF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3606-224
C 104 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 105 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 106 1500 µF 35Valuminum elect 510-4075-152
C 107 1500 µF 35Valuminum elect 510-4075-152
C 108 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471
C 109 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 110 330 µF 450V aluminum 510-4574-331
C 111 330 µF 450V aluminum 510-4574-331
C 113 .0047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-472
C 114 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 115 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 116 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 117 .47 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-478
C 118 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-271
C 119 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 120 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-271
C 121 .0027 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-272
C 122 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471
C 123 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 124 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 125 .0022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-222
C 126 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 127 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 128 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 129 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 131 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 132 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 133 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 134 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 135 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 136 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-229
C 137 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-229
C 138 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102
C 139 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 140 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 141 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 142 1 nF 600V AC double m 510-1023-102
C 143 2700 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-272
C 144 2700 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-272
C 145 2700 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-272
C 146 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 147 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 148 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 149 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 150 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 152 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 153 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 154 .1 µF ±5% X7R chip 510-3609-104
C 156 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 159 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 160 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2633-150
C 161 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 162 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 163 2700 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-272
C 164 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102
C 165 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152
C 166 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152
C 167 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg8f.png)
PARTS LIST
9-17 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 168 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 169 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152
C 170 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 172 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 173 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 174 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-222
C 175 .22 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3606-224
C 176 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102
C 178 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 180 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 181 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 182 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471
C 183 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-271
C 184 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 185 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102
C 186 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152
C 187 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152
C 188 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152
C 189 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 190 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 192 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 193 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-222
C 194 .22 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3606-224
C 195 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 196 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102
C 197 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-229
C 198 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 199 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 200 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 201 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 202 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471
C 203 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471
C 204 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-473
C 205 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152
C 207 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-222
C 208 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 209 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152
C 210 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-222
C 211 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 212 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 213 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 214 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 215 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 216 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 217 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 218 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 219 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 220 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 221 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 222 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 223 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 224 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 225 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 227 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 228 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-229
C 229 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 230 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 232 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 233 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 234 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102
C 235 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 236 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
CR101 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR102 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR103 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004
CR104 18V zener ±5% SMD 523-2026-180
CR105 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR106 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR107 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-017
CR108 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-017
CR110 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR111 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR112 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017
CR113 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
CR114 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR115 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR116 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR117 18V zener SOT-23 523-2016-180
CR118 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004
CR119 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004
CR120 18V zener SOT-23 523-2016-180
CR121 Ultra-fast rectifier 523-0019-024
CR122 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017
CR123 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR124 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR125 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR126 Schottkey diode 20A 523-0519-030
CR127 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017
CR128 Ultra-fast rectifier 523-0019-024
CR129 25A 400V SCR TO-220 523-3021-001
CR130 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR131 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR132 Schottkey diode 20A 523-0519-030
CR133 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017
CR134 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031
CR135 25A 400V SCR TO-220 523-3021-001
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg90.png)
PARTS LIST
9-18
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
CR136 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004
CR137 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR138 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR139 Dual switching common cath 523-1504-022
CR140 4.7V zener SOT-23 523-2016-479
CR141 25A 400V SCR TO-220 523-3021-001
CR142 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017
CR143 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017
CR145 8A 600V ultrafast diode 523-0019-026
CR148 13V 1W zener SMT 523-2026-130
EP100 Ferrite bead 517-2002-008
EP101 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021
EP103 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021
EP104 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021
EP105 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021
EP106 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021
EP110 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021
EP111 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021
EP112 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021
F 102 10A 250V fastblow AGC fuse 534-0003-036
FH102 Fuse clip 534-1007-001
HW100 Cam5 x 3.795 sil-pad 018-1007-051
HW101 0.89 x 1.37 sil-pad 018-1007-052
HW102 1.06 x 4.73 sil-pad 018-1007-053
HW104 0.83 x 5 Teflon spacer 018-1007-056
HW105 0.83” Teflon spacer 018-1007-057
HW106 1.28” Teflon spacer 018-1007-058
HW107 4-40 3/8” hex socket CPS 575-9076-122
HW108 6-32 3/8” socket hoodcap 575-9076-112
HW109 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1606-012
HW110 #4 x 0.046 shoulder washer 596-4504-008
HW111 #4 x 0.040 flat washer NPB 596-2404-008
HW112 #6 x 0.028 flat washer NPB 596-2406-010
HW113 #4 shakeproof washer 596-1104-008
HW114 #6 x 0.018 int lockwasher 596-1106-009
HW115 #4 spring washer 596-9604-009
HW120 TO-220 clamp 537-9055-051
J 101 2-pin friction header 515-9031-201
J 102 2-pin friction header 515-9031-201
L 101 15 µH 30A DC inductor 542-5010-005
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
L 102 20 µH 8A DC inductor 542-5010-006
L 103 7.5 µH 8A DC inductor 542-5010-008
L 104 10 µH 5A DC inductor 542-5010-007
L 105 100 µH 1A DC inductor 542-5010-012
L 107 300 µH 17A DC inductor 542-5010-004
MP100 5.7” heat sink 014-0771-130
MP101 2.9” heat sink 014-0771-131
MP102 5.7” heat sink 014-0771-133
MP105 TO-202 spacer 017-2210-162
PC001 PC board 035-2000-810
Q 101 30A 500V N-chnl pwr module 576-0006-354
Q 102 PNP switching 576-0003-612
Q 103 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600
Q 104 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 105 PNP switching 576-0003-612
Q 106 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600
Q 107 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 108 NPN high current SOT-223 576-0006-027
Q 110 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600
Q 111 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600
Q 112 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600
Q 114 PNP switching 576-0003-612
Q 115 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 116 14A 500V N-MOSFET 576-0006-351
Q 117 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 118 14A 500V N-MOSFET 576-0006-351
Q 120 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600
Q 121 PNP 6A SMD MJD42C 576-0002-603
Q 122 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 123 N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23 576-0006-110
Q 124 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 125 20A 200V N-MOSFET 576-0006-352
Q 126 PNP switching 576-0003-612
Q 127 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600
Q 128 PNP switching 576-0003-612
Q 129 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 130 N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23 576-0006-110
Q 131 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 132 20A 200V N-MOSFET 576-0006-352
Q 133 PNP switching 576-0003-612
Q 138 PNP switching 576-0003-612
R 101 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334
R 102 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg91.png)
PARTS LIST
9-19 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 103 240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-244
R 104 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 105 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334
R 106 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334
R 107 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334
R 108 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203
R 109 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203
R 110 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203
R 111 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-221
R 112 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100
R 113 0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire 569-4151-307
R 114 0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire 569-4151-307
R 115 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 116 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 117 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-331
R 118 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-426
R 119 24.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-438
R 120 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203
R 121 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501
R 122 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501
R 123 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501
R 124 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501
R 125 13 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-130
R 126 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 562-0115-100
R 127 1.27k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-311
R 128 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-510
R 129 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 130 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 131 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 132 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 133 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 134 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203
R 135 13k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-412
R 136 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 137 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105
R 138 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-335
R 139 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-335
R 140 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-418
R 141 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 142 560k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-564
R 143 3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-302
R 144 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-440
R 146 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 148 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 149 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 150 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 151 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 152 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 153 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 154 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 155 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 156 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 157 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203
R 158 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153
R 159 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-200
R 160 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
R 161 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-200
R 162 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 163 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-200
R 164 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
R 165 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-200
R 166 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-100
R 167 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-100
R 168 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-100
R 169 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 170 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821
R 171 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821
R 172 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 173 16.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-423
R 174 1k ohm trim pot 562-0110-102
R 175 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-182
R 176 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 178 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 179 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 180 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-752
R 181 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 182 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-750
R 183 95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-495
R 184 357k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-554
R 185 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 186 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 187 95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-495
R 188 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 189 6.81k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-381
R 190 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 191 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332
R 192 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 193 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 194 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 195 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 196 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822
R 197 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 198 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180
R 199 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg92.png)
PARTS LIST
9-20
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 200 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180
R 201 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181
R 202 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203
R 203 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 204 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202
R 205 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100
R 206 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100
R 207 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181
R 208 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-510
R 209 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821
R 210 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821
R 211 12.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-410
R 212 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-335
R 213 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 214 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 215 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-622
R 216 1k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-102
R 217 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122
R 218 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 219 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
R 220 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-330
R 221 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 222 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 223 13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-133
R 224 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 225 68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-680
R 226 24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-240
R 227 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181
R 228 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-330
R 229 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821
R 230 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 231 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-510
R 232 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821
R 233 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332
R 234 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 235 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180
R 236 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180
R 237 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180
R 238 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181
R 240 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 241 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202
R 242 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100
R 243 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100
R 244 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181
R 245 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-510
R 246 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 247 36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-360
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 249 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-352
R 250 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-339
R 251 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 252 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 253 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 254 1k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-102
R 255 4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-432
R 256 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-330
R 257 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 258 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 259 13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-133
R 260 68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-680
R 261 24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-240
R 262 29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-446
R 263 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-339
R 264 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-330
R 265 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332
R 266 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 267 430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-431
R 268 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 269 360 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-361
R 270 33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-333
R 271 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332
R 272 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-510
R 273 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 274 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 275 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203
R 276 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 277 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 278 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 279 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 280 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-750
R 281 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471
R 284 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-352
R 285 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-339
R 286 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 287 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 302 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203
R 303 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 306 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203
R 307 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 308 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 309 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 311 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501
R 312 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501
R 313 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501
R 314 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501
R 315 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg93.png)
PARTS LIST
9-21 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
RT101 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor 569-3014-001
RT102 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor 569-3014-001
T 101 0.5 line freq. bias transformer 592-3041-004
T 103 1:200 current transformer 592-3041-002
T 104 1:200 current transformer 592-3041-002
T 105 100:1 current transformer 592-3041-005
T 106 1:1 transformer 592-3041-003
T 107 4.5:1 switch mode transformer 592-3041-001
U 102 PFC/PWN combo SOIC 544-2002-035
U 104 Quad 2-in AND SOIC HC08 544-3766-008
U 105 5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039
U 106 5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039
U 107 Opto-isolator surface mt 544-9022-001
U 108 Opto-isolator 544-2010-005
U 109 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097
U 110 Quad op amp LMC660 SOIC 544-2020-020
U 111 Adj volt reg full temp LM317T544-2003-094
U 112 PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034
U 113 PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034
U 114 5V 3A regulator power supply 544-2003-098
U 115 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097
U 116 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097
U 117 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097
U 118 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097
U 119 Opto-isolator SOIC-8 544-2010-006
U 120 Opto-isolator SOIC-8 544-2010-006
U 121 Programmable volt TL431AID 544-2003-097
U 122 Opto-isolator SOIC-8 544-2010-006
AC FILTER BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-820
C 001 .22 µF 275V AC ±2% 510-1024-224
C 003 .0022 µF ±2% Y2 510-1022-222
C 004 .0022 µF ±2% Y2 510-1022-222
C 005 1 µF 275V X2 class capacitor 510-1024-105
CR001 600V 35A rectifier bridge 523-4004-025
EP006 1/2” tubing 042-0241-557
F 001 15A 250V ceramic body 534-0003-045
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
FH001 Fuse clip 534-1007-001
HW001 #10 shakeproof washer 596-1110-012
HW002 4-40 machine panhead ZPS 575-1604-016
HW003 9/16” ID rubber grommet 574-0002-004
HW004 10-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-016
HW005 #4 shakeproof washer 596-1104-008
HW007 Heatsink Grafoil TO-15 018-1007-055
J 001 AC power cord connector 515-0028-008
L 001 1 µH 10A coil 542-5010-010
L 002 4.2 µH 10A coil 542-5010-009
MP001 Filter bracket 017-2210-167
PC001 PC board 035-2000-820
R 001 1M ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-105
RV001 Metal oxide varistor 569-3503-001
RV002 Metal oxide varistor 569-3503-001
W 001 Wire 1 assembly 023-2000-825
W 002 Wire 2 assembly 023-2000-826
W 003 Wire 3 assembly 023-2000-827
W 004 Wire 4 assembly 023-2000-828
W 005 Wire 5 assembly 023-2000-829
BATTERY BACK-UP
PART NO. 023-2000-830
C 101 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 103 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 104 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 105 1000 µF 50Valuminum elect 510-4076-102
C 106 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 107 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 109 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 110 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689
C 111 1000 µF 50Valuminum elect 510-4076-102
C 112 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 113 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 114 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 115 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 118 1 µF ±10% 100V polyester 510-1031-105
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg94.png)
PARTS LIST
9-22
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 119 220 µF 25V aluminum radial 510-4225-221
C 124 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109
C 125 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 126 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 127 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3606-104
C 128 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-103
C 129 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104
C 130 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-103
C 131 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104
C 132 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-103
C 133 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104
C 134 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-103
CR101 Red LED right angle PC mt 549-4001-035
CR102 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004
CR103 12V zener diode 523-2016-120
CR104 18V ±5% zener SMT 523-2026-180
CR105 Red LED right angle PC mt 549-4001-035
CR109 8A 600V ultra-fast diode 523-0019-026
CR111 Green LED rt angle PC mt 549-4001-037
CR113 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR114 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004
CR115 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR116 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004
CR117 13V 1W zener SMT 523-2026-130
CR118 18V ±5% zener SMT 523-2026-180
EP100 Heat sink insulator TO-220 574-5005-060
EP101 Copper terminal lug 586-0007-072
EP102 Copper terminal lug 586-0007-072
EP103 Copper terminal lug 586-0007-071
F 101 4A resettable polyfuse 534-0020-001
HW100 4-40 machine panhead ZPS 575-1604-012
HW101 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1606-008
HW102 4 x 0.04 flat washer 596-2404-008
HW103 6 x 0.018 int lockwasher 596-1106-009
HW104 #4 shakeproof washer 596-1104-008
HW105 10-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-012
HW106 #10 shakeproof washer 596-1110-012
HW107 4 x 0.46 shoulder washer 596-4504-008
HW108 10-32 x 0.375 CPS 560-1110-012
HW800 Speed nut 537-0001-002
J 100 2-pin lock receptacle 515-9032-232
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
K 101 Single pole 24V relay 567-0031-001
L 101 70 µH 3A Toroid inductor 542-5010-014
MP100 Bracket 017-2210-169
MP101 Terminal cover 032-0758-050
NP100 Max input 28.5V Bat/Backup 559-5861-166
NP800 Nameplate holder 015-0900-406
NP801 Nameplate 559-5861-161
PC001 PC board 035-2000-830
Q 101 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 102 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
Q 103 N-channel E-MOSFET 576-0006-110
Q 104 PNP TO-220 ISO 576-0002-057
Q 105 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026
R 101 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 102 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-331
R 103 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 104 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 105 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 106 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202
R 107 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 108 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 109 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 110 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 111 51 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD 569-0175-510
R 112 7.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-385
R 112 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 115 470 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD 569-0175-471
R 116 47 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-470
R 117 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332
R 118 10.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-403
R 119 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 120 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 121 62k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-623
R 122 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 123 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 124 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 125 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 126 42.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-461
R 127 82.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-489
R 128 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 129 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg95.png)
PARTS LIST
9-23 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 130 33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-333
R 136 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-332
R 137 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-332
R 138 240 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0115-241
R 139 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-332
R 140 1k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-102
R 141 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 142 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 143 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202
R 144 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153
R 145 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153
R 146 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-392
R 147 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 148 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153
R 149 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823
R 150 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 151 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 152 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-750
R 153 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 154 300k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-304
R 155 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 156 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 157 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 158 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301
R 159 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-184
R 160 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 165 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202
S 101 Toggle switch on/on rt angle 583-0006-014
U 101 Quad comparator 2901 544-2025-011
U 102 Programmable voltage reg 544-2003-097
U 103 Programmable voltage reg 544-2003-097
U 104 Dual op amp SO-8 544-2019-004
U 105 Dual op amp SO-8 544-2019-004
U 106 Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8 544-2032-003
U 107 Full temp adjustable LM317T 544-2003-094
W 101 Green wire assembly 023-2000-836
W 102 Red wire assembly 023-2000-837
W 103 Black wire assembly 023-2000-838
W 104 Orange wire assembly 023-2000-839
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
THERMAL SENSOR BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-840
A 001 Thermal sensor board assem 023-2000-841
C 001 .1 µF 10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
J 001 48 mil edge clip, short 515-9034-004
J 002 48 mil edge clip, short 515-9034-004
J 003 48 mil edge clip, short 515-9034-004
PC001 Thermal sensor board 035-2000-840
U 001 Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8 544-2032-003
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-310
C 001 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-100
C 002 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200
C 004 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 005 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 006 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 007 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 008 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-100
C 009 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 010 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 011 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 012 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 013 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200
C 014 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 015 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 016 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 017 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470
C 018 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470
C 019 62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-620
C 020 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 021 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 022 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 023 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 024 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 025 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 026 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 027 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 028 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 029 62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-620
C 030 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg96.png)
PARTS LIST
9-24
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 031 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 032 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
CR001 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122
CR002 Yellow LED submin radial 549-4001-121
CR003 Red LED subminiature radial 549-4001-120
CR004 Red LED subminiature radial 549-4001-120
CR005 Yellow LED submin radial 549-4001-121
DS001 7-segment display .3" green 549-4002-020
EP001 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001
EP002 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001
EP003 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001
EP004 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001
HW001Panel fastener 537-0011-031
J 001 8-cond modular jack PC mt 515-2006-040
J 002 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003
J 003 14-pin double row header 515-7101-407
J 004 6-pin double row header 515-7101-403
J 005 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003
J 006 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003
P 001 64-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-101
P 002 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
P 003 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
P 004 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
P 005 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
P 006 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
PC310 PC board 035-2000-310
Q 002 PNP switching SOT-23 576-0003-612
Q 003 NPN gen purp SOT-23 576-0001-300
R 001 10M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-106
R 002 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 003 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 004 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 005 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-151
R 006 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 007 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-122
R 008 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-122
R 009 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-122
R 010 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 011 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-122
R 012 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 013 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-151
R 014 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 015 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 016 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 017 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 018 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 019 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 020 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 021 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 022 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 023 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 024 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 025 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 026 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 027 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 028 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 029 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 030 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 031 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 032 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 033 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 034 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
S 001 Push-button momentary sw 583-4005-002
S 002 8-pos DIP switch 583-5002-008
S 003 4-pos DIP switch 583-5002-004
U 001 8k x 8 CMOS static RAM 544-5001-109
U 002 Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 544-3766-004
U 003 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 544-3766-138
U 004 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 544-3766-138
U 005 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
U 006 Quad 2-input OR 74HC32 544-3766-032
U 007 Quad 2-input OR 74HC32 544-3766-032
U 008 D-latch non-inv 74HC573 544-3766-573
U 009 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703
U 010 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703
U 011 12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032
U 012 12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032
U 013 8k ROM masked DIP-40 8052 544-5010-448
U 014 HSDB Multi-Net software 023-9998-289
U 015 Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906
U 016 Driver/receiver RS232C/v28 544-2023-014
U 017 Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085
U 018 32 x 8 SCRAM SO-28 CMOS 544-5001-412
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg97.png)
PARTS LIST
9-25 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
U 019 Triple line receiver 544-2023-003
U 020 Quad 2-input NAND 74HC00 544-3766-000
U 021 7-stage binary cntr SOIC 4024 544-3016-024
U 022 Prog comm intfc 82C51 544-5001-319
U 023 Differential bus xcvr SN65176 544-2023-025
U 024 Differential bus xcvr SN65176 544-2023-025
U 025 MPC boot code 023-9998-277
U 026 BCD 7 latch DIP-16 MC14495 544-3014-495
U 027 CPU v25 PLCC-84 MPD7032 544-5002-016
U 028 EEPROM PLCC32R 28C64 544-5002-412
U 029 Dual inline driver 544-2023-002
X 001 10-pos right angle IC socket 515-5008-270
X 014 28-pin IC socket 515-5008-018
X 013 40-pin IC socket 515-5008-019
X 024 8-pin DIP socket 515-5008-011
X 025 32-pin IC socket 515-5008-108
X 027 84-pos PLCC socket 515-5020-100
Y 001 10 MHz crystal HC-18 521-0010-000
Y 002 11.059 MHz crystal 521-0011-059
Y 003 2.4576 MHz HC-18U 521-0002-458
Y 004 12 MHz µP crystal 521-0012-000
Z 001 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002
Z 002 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002
MAIN AUDIO CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-320
A 301 Compandor option 023-2000-940
C 100 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-471
C 101 .0022 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip510-3606-222
C 102 .001 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-102
C 103 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 104 100 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-101
C 105 .033 µF ±5% X7R 1210 510-3610-333
C 106 .068 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-683
C 107 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223
C 108 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 109 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 110 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223
C 111 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223
C 112 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 113 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101
C 114 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 115 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101
C 116 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102
C 117 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 118 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 119 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 120 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 121 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 122 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223
C 123 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-473
C 124 .0068 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-682
C 125 680 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-681
C 126 .01 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3617-103
C 127 680 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-681
C 128 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-332
C 129 470 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-471
C 130 470 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-471
C 131 .0047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-472
C 132 .0056 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3617-562
C 133 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-472
C 134 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200
C 136 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101
C 137 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101
C 138 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 139 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 140 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 141 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 142 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103
C 143 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223
C 144 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-473
C 145 .0068 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-682
C 146 390 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-391
C 147 4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-681
C 148 .01 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3617-103
C 149 4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-472
C 150 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223
C 151 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 152 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 153 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 154 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 155 15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-150
C 156 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 157 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 158 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 159 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 160 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 161 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 162 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg98.png)
PARTS LIST
9-26
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 163 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200
C 164 .001 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-102
C 165 360 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-361
C 166 15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-150
C 169 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 170 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 171 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 172 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 173 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 174 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 175 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 176 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 177 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 178 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 179 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 180 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 181 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 182 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 183 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 184 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 185 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 186 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 187 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 188 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 189 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 190 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 191 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 192 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 193 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 194 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 195 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 196 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 197 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 198 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 199 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 200 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 201 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 202 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 203 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 204 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 205 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 206 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 207 1 µF tantalum SMD 510-2625-109
C 208 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 209 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 210 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 211 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 212 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 213 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 214 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 215 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 216 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 217 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 218 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 219 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 220 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 221 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 222 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 223 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 224 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 225 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 226 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 227 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 228 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 229 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 230 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 231 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 232 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 233 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 234 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 235 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-109
C 236 .001 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-102
C 237 .033 µF ±5% X7R 1210 510-3610-333
C 238 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-473
C 239 .068 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-683
C 240 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-109
C 241 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-150
C 242 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-150
C 247 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 249 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 251 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-150
C 254 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104
C 255 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470
C 256 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-150
C 257 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470
C 258 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470
C 262 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 263 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 264 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 265 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 266 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 267 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470
C 268 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470
C 269 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg99.png)
PARTS LIST
9-27 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 270 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470
C 271 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 272 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 273 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 276 .0022 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-222
C 277 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-472
C 278 .0068 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3617-682
C 279 .22 µF ±5% X7R 1210 510-3610-224
C 280 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223
C 281 820 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-821
C 282 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104
C 283 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104
C 285 470 µF 25V radial low temp 510-4064-471
C 286 10 µF tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 287 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-301
C 288 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-301
C 289 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-301
C 290 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-301
C 291 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 292 360 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-361
C 293 68 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-680
C 294 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104
C 296 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 297 .0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-392
C 298 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-332
C 299 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 300 .0056 µF ±2% NPO 1210 510-3617-562
C 301 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-472
C 302 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-332
C 303 .0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-392
C 304 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104
C 305 10 µF tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 306 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104
C 307 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101
CR100 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR101 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR102 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR103 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR104 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR105 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR106 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002
CR107 4.3V zener SOT-23 523-2016-439
CR108 UHF/VHF band switch SOT 523-1504-012
CR109 UHF/VHF band switch SOT 523-1504-012
CR110 UHF/VHF band switch SOT 523-1504-012
CR111 2.4V 1W zener 523-2505-249
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
CR112 2.4V 1W zener 523-2505-249
CR113 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR114 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR117 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR118 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR119 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
CR120 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
EP100 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001
HW001 Panel fastener 537-0011-031
HW101 Card inj/ext nylon pull 537-9057-020
HW102 Rivet snap 0.142 dia 574-9015-050
J 100 Green horizontal tip jack .080 105-2204-105
J 101 Speaker jack 0.1 enclosed 515-2002-011
J 102 3.6mm jack enclosed 515-2001-011
J 103 Black horiz tip jack .080 105-2203-101
J 104 3.6mm jack enclosed 515-2001-011
J 105 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003
J 106 5-pin single inline header 515-7100-005
J 301 Minisert cl bottom socket 515-5006-041
MP101 Control knob 032-0792-010
P 100 32-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-102
P 101 64-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-101
P 102 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
P 106 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
P 107 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
PC200 PC board 035-2000-320
Q 101 Si PNP SOT-23 2N3906 576-0003-657
Q 102 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658
R 101 29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-446
R 102 147k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-517
R 103 69.8k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-482
R 104 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-418
R 105 100 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-201
R 106 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-604
R 107 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-604
R 108 110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-205
R 109 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-604
R 110 110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-205
R 111 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-426
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg9a.png)
PARTS LIST
9-28
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 112 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 113 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154
R 114 18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-183
R 115 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 116 1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-152
R 117 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-622
R 118 12k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-123
R 119 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 120 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 121 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 122 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 123 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334
R 124 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105
R 125 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 126 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 127 470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-474
R 128 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 129 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 130 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 131 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-563
R 132 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-563
R 133 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 134 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 135 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 136 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 137 121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-509
R 138 121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-509
R 139 35.7k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-454
R 140 27.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-443
R 141 22.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-435
R 142 17.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-424
R 143 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332
R 144 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 145 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154
R 150 86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-491
R 151 43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-462
R 152 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223
R 153 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433
R 154 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433
R 155 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823
R 156 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823
R 157 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823
R 158 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823
R 159 2.74k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-343
R 160 1.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-305
R 161 3.01k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-347
R 162 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-426
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 163 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 164 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 165 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 166 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-563
R 167 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-563
R 168 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 169 54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-472
R 170 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105
R 171 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 172 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 173 430k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-434
R 174 160k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-164
R 175 4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-432
R 176 6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-682
R 177 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 178 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 179 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301
R 180 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301
R 181 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 182 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 183 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301
R 184 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301
R 185 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485
R 186 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485
R 187 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485
R 188 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485
R 189 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301
R 190 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301
R 191 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485
R 192 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485
R 193 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485
R 194 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485
R 195 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301
R 196 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301
R 197 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105
R 198 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 199 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 200 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 201 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274
R 202 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105
R 203 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 204 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 205 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-752
R 206 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 207 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 208 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 209 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg9b.png)
PARTS LIST
9-29 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 210 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 211 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 212 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 213 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512
R 214 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-392
R 215 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 216 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 217 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 218 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823
R 219 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-184
R 220 16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-163
R 222 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 223 6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-682
R 225 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 226 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 227 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 228 5.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-512
R 229 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 230 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-752
R 231 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 232 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-510
R 233 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 234 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 235 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 236 10k ohm Vol/Audio switch 562-0018-044
R 237 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 238 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 239 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 240 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 241 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 242 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 243 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 244 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 247 54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-472
R 248 120k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-124
R 249 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 250 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154
R 251 51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-513
R 252 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433
R 253 390k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-394
R 254 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 256 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 257 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 258 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 259 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 260 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473
R 261 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 262 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 263 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 264 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 265 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 266 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 267 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 268 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 269 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 270 39k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-393
R 271 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-184
R 274 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 275 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 276 18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-183
R 277 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512
R 279 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154
R 280 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154
R 281 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105
R 282 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 283 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 284 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 285 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222
R 286 75k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-753
R 288 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-221
R 289 2.2 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-229
R 290 1 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-109
R 291 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 292 39 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-390
R 293 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-622
R 294 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 295 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 296 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 297 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 298 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 299 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 300 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 301 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 302 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 303 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-241
R 304 27 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-270
R 305 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104
R 306 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 307 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363
R 308 909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-593
R 309 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-440
R 310 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 311 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 312 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg9c.png)
PARTS LIST
9-30
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 313 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 314 43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-462
R 315 86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-491
R 316 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-440
R 317 909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-593
R 318 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 319 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 320 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-184
R 321 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101
R 322 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
R 323 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001
RT100 10k ohm chip thermistor 569-3013-007
S 100 8-pos DIP switch 583-5002-008
S 101 4-pos DIP switch 583-5002-004
U 100 Quad 2-input NOR 544-3766-002
U 101 Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 544-3766-004
U 102 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 544-3766-138
U 103 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
U 104 D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573
U 105 D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573
U 106 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 107 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 108 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 109 Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014
U 110 Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014
U 111 CMOS 87C52 544-5011-948
U 112 Main Audio Card/LTR-Net 023-9998-455
U 113 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
U 114 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
U 115 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
U 116 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
U 117 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
U 118 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
U 119 Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085
U 120 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 121 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 122 Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008
U 123 Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008
U 124 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 125 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
U 126 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
U 127 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
U 128 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
U 129 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
U 130 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 131 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
U 132 Audio amp 10W TO-220 544-2006-013
U 133 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
U 135 Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178 544-2019-018
U 136 +8V regulator SOIC 78L08 544-2603-042
U 149 EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104 544-0004-209
U 151 EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104 544-0004-209
U 153 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
U 154 Quad 2-in OR SOIC 74HC32 544-3766-032
U 155 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 156 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 157 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 158 Quad analog sw SOIC DG202 544-3003-001
U 159 Quad analog sw SOIC DG202 544-3003-001
U 160 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703
U 161 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703
U 162 Dr/Rcvr RS232C V.28 145406 544-2023-014
U 163 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 164 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 165 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 166 Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178 544-2019-018
U 167 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
X 110 28-pin IC socket 515-5008-018
X 111 40-pin IC socket 515-5008-019
X 112 28-pin IC socket 515-5008-018
Y 100 3.5795 MHz crystal 521-0003-579
Y 101 11.059 MHz crystal 521-0011-059
Z 100 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002
Z 101 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002
Z 102 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002
INTERFACE ALARM CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-350
C 500 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 501 .015 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-153
C 502 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3607-104
C 503 150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-151
C 504 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 505 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 506 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 507 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 508 33 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-330
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg9d.png)
PARTS LIST
9-31 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYMBOL PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
C 509 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-109
C 510 33 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-330
C 511 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 512 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 513 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 514 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 515 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 516 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 517 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 518 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 519 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 520 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3607-104
C 521 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 522 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470
C 523 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470
C 524 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 525 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100
C 526 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-109
C 527 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-108
C 528 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 529 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 530 220 µF electrolytic axial 510-4325-221
C 531 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 532 1000 µF electrolytic 510-4350-102
C 533 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 534 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101
C 535 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101
C 536 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3607-104
C 537 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3607-104
C 538 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
C 539 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103
CR500 Red LED submin radial 549-4001-120
CR501 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122
CR502 Yellow LED submin radial 549-4001-121
CR503 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122
CR504 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122
CR505 Yellow LED submin radial 549-4001-121
CR506 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR507 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR508 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR509 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR510 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR511 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR512 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR513 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023
CR522 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
S Y M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
CR523 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122
CR524 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122
CR525 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122
CR526 200V 1.5A rectifier 1N4818 523-0013-201
CR527 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
CR528 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519
CR529 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR530 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR531 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR532 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR533 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR534 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR535 4.3V zener SOT-23 523-2016-439
CR536 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
CR537 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150
F 501 1A 250V submin fuse 534-0017-014
FH501 Fuse holder 534-1017-001
HW500 Card inj/ext nylon pull 537-9057-020
J 500 Horizontal green tip jack .080 105-2204-105
J 501 Horizontal black tip jack .080 105-2203-101
J 502 Horizontal red tip jack .080 105-2202-101
J 503 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003
J 504 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003
J 505 4-pin single inline header 515-7100-004
K 500 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021
K 501 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021
K 502 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021
K 503 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021
L 501 3 µH filter choke PC mount 542-5007-031
P 500 64-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-101
P 501 32-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-102
P 503 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
P 504 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
P 505 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001
PC500 PC board 035-2000-350
Q 500 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658
Q 501 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658
Q 502 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg9e.png)
PARTS LIST
9-32
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
Q 503 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658
Q 504 NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404 576-0003-616
Q 505 NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404 576-0003-616
R 500 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 501 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 502 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-431
R 503 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512
R 504 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 505 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202
R 506 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 507 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 508 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 509 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 510 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 511 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203
R 512 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 513 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 514 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 515 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 516 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272
R 517 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272
R 518 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272
R 519 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272
R 520 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272
R 521 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 522 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 523 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 524 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 525 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 526 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 527 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 528 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122
R 529 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 530 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401
R 531 4.32k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-362
R 532 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 533 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 534 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105
R 535 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472
R 536 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 538 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 539 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 540 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104
R 541 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 542 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 543 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
R 544 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 545 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 546 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-431
R 547 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-431
R 548 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-431
R 549 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 550 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 551 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 552 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 553 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122
R 554 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122
R 555 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122
R 556 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 557 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 558 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 559 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 560 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 561 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 562 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 563 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-392
R 564 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 567 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 568 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 569 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201
R 570 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 571 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103
R 572 16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-163
R 573 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512
R 574 51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-513
R 575 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823
R 576 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272
R 577 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102
R 578 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272
S 500 4-pos recessed DIP switch 583-5002-104
S 501 4-pos recessed DIP switch 583-5002-104
S 502 4-pos recessed DIP switch 583-5002-104
S 503 4-pos recessed DIP switch 583-5002-104
S 508 Toggle switch on/on rt angle 583-0006-014
U 500 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
U 501 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
U 503 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 504 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 505 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 506 8-bit A/D converter 544-2031-001
U 507 Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bg9f.png)
PARTS LIST
9-33 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SY M B O L P A RT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER
U 508 Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906
U 509 Quad op amp SOIC 544-2020-008
U 510 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
U 511 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
U 512 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
U 513 Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066
U 514 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
U 515 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
U 516 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
U 517 Transparent latch SOIC 544-3766-573
U 518 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574
U 519 Low pwr FM IF SO-16 544-2026-008
U 520 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
U 521 Transparent latch SOIC 544-3766-573
U 522 +12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032
U 523 +8V regulator 78M08 544-2003-081
Z 500 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002
Z 501 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga0.png)
PARTS LIST
9-34
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga1.png)
10-1 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
FOLDOUT
TRANSISTORS
PART NUMBER
576-0001-300
576-0002-603
576-0003-600
576-0003-602
576-0003-604
576-0003-612
576-0003-636
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0004-098
576-0004-820
576-0004-821
576-0006-109
523-1504-002
523-1504-012
523-1504-015
523-1504-016
523-1504-023
523-2016-180
523-2016-479
523-2016-519
523-2016-629
523-2016-919
523-5004-002
BASING NUMBER
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
4
4
5
IDENTIFICATION
1R
2X
R2/R3
3604
2T
R25
2A
1A
DIODES
6
6
6
6
-
6
6
6
6
6
5A
2A
4E
5H
A7
Y7
8E/Z1
8F/Z2
8J/Z4
8P/Z8
TOP
VIEW
C
EB
1
TOP
VIEW
C
CEB
2
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
EBB E
ECCE
3
TOP
VIEW
E
CBB
B
B
4
G
D
S
5
TOP
VIEW
C
6
ANC
17
814
TOP VIEW
END
VIEW
18
916
TOP
VIEW
16
7
17
18 28
29
39
40
TOP
VIEW
18 28
29
39
1
640
7
17
60 70
8050
TOP
VIEW
45
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
FIGURE 10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECITONS
FIGURE 10-1 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR
SECTION 10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga2.png)
10-2
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
GND
RX
TX
MPC MAC IAC PA EXCITER/RECEIVER
RFIB
REPEATER REAR VIEW
FIGURE 10-3
REPEATER FRONT VIEW
FIGURE 10-4
REPEATER CABINET
FIGURE 10-5
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga3.png)
10-3 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
FOLDOUT
J2
1RXA+ 1
2RXA- 2
3TXA+ 3
4TXA- 4
5TIP 5
6RING 6
7TIP 1 7
8RING 1 8
9EA 9
10EB 10
11MA 11
12MB 12
13RXS+ 13
14RXS- 14
15TXS+ 15
16TXS- 16
17VOTER AUDIO 17
18EXT MODE 18
19VOTER DATA IN 19
20EXT REQ 1 20
21GROUND 21
22GROUND 22
23+15V ACC 23
24+15V ACC 24
25RSSI 25
26AC FAIL OUT 26
27ALARM 1 IN + 27
28ALARM 1 IN - 28
29ALARM 2 IN + 29
30ALARM 2 IN - 30
31ALARM 1 OUT + 31
32ALARM 1 OUT - 32
33ALARM 2 OUT + 33
34ALARM 2 OUT - 34
A6
J2 J3 J1 P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
1 13
2 14
3 15
4 16
5 17
6 18
7 19
8 20
9 21
10 22
11 23
12 24
13 1
14 2
15 3
16 4
17 25
18 11
19 58
20 10
21
22
23 24
24 25
25 12
26 23
27 5
28 37
29 6
30 38
31 19
32 51
33 20
34 52
IAC SLOT P1
IAC SLOT P9
IAC SLOT P1
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
BACKPLANE
REAR CONNECTOR BOARD
A10
6
4
3
7
8
5
J1 A5
1 52 TLA DB-
2
3
4
5
6P11 P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
20 TLA DB+
57 IRDB-
25 IRDB+
56 HSDB-
24 HSDB+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
J1 P1
ALARM 3 IN + 1
ALARM 3 IN - 2
ALARM 4 IN + 3
ALARM 4 IN - 4
SQUELCH ENABLE 5
IAC 41 6
EXT REQ 2 7
EXT OUT 1 8
COM 17 9
COM 49 10
SYNC IN 11
COM 50 12
A7
1 7
2 39
3 8
4 40
5 9
6 41
7 10
8 7
9 17
10 49
11 18
12 50
P10
IAC SLOT P9
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
17
49
18
50 WO 17
WO 16
13 1
14 17
15 2
16 18
17 8
18 9
19 53
20 31
21 54
22 32
23 55
24 22
25 27
26 6
IAC SLOT P9
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
5
6
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
ALARM 3 OUT + 13
ALARM 3 OUT - 14
ALARM 4 OUT + 15
ALARM 4 OUT - 16
TX DATA OUT 17
TX DATA IN 18
COM 53
RX VOICE 20
COM 54 21
TX VOICE 22
COM 55
BUF RX WBAND 24
I/O 13 25
COMM 6 26
LPTT 21
TX MOD 29
WO 4 30
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18 PC STR 15
RF MUX 3 INH 14
P9
HS CS EX 16
SYN CS EX 26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
RX WBAND 3
WO 1 11
WO 3 28
RX WBAND 27
WO 2 24
RF DATA A 29
RF DATA B 30
RF DATA C 31
A-D LEVEL 28
A-D LEVEL 26
RF MUX 2 INH 13
RF DATA 32
RF CLOCK 8
SYN CS RX 10
HS CS RX 25
RSSI 12
RF MUX 1 INH 12
V REF EX 7
J2
BACKPLANE A9
22
5
21
4
20
3
19
2
18
1
6
23
7
24
8
25
9
26
10
27
11
28
12
29
13
30
14
31
15
32
16
33
17
34
A8
23
5
22
4
21
3
20
2
19
1
6
24
7
25
8
26
9
27
10
28
11
29
12
30
13
31
14
32
15
33
16
34
17
35
J101
WO 113
18
36
WO 106
WO 112
WO 105
WO 111
WO 104
V REF EX/WO 103
RF MUX 1 INH
WO 110
RSSI
HS CS RX
SYN CS RX
RF CLOCK
RF DATA
RF MUX 2 INH
A-D LEVEL
RF DATA C
RF DATA B
RF DATA A
WO 109
RX WBAND
WO 108
WO 102
SYN CS EX
WO 101
TX MOD
HS CS EX
LPTT
PC STR
RF MUX 3 INH REFLECTED POWER
+15V
FORWARD POWER
C11
C12
C4
W655
W656
W654
WO 655
WO 656
WO 654
PWR OUT
WO 652
PWR IN
WO 651
ISOLATOR
FWD/REV PWR DETECT
R685
W505
W508
W515
W507
W501
W506
WO 508
WO 515
WO 507
WO 501
WO 506
WO 505
GROUND
FINAL POWER 1
GROUND
+26V
+15V
POWER CONTROL
RF OUT
WO 510
RF INPUT
WO 509
POWER AMPLIFIER
EXCITER
J402 A9
LOW-PASS
FILTER
A8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
J102
+15V
WO 128
WO 129
WO 130
WO 131
WO 132
WO 133
WO 134
WO 135 / V REF EX
GROUND
LPTT
SYN CS EX
TX MOD
GROUND
GROUND
SYN LK EX
HS LK EX
HS CS EX
RF CLOCK
RF DATA
J401 +15V
WO 423
WO 429
WO 421
WO 427
WO 419
WO 425
WO 417
V REF EX / WO 415
GROUND
LPTT
SYN CS EX
EX MOD
GROUND
GROUND
SYN LK EX
HS LK EX
HS CS EX
RF CLOCK
RF DATA
RECEIVER
A201
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
J103
+15V
WO 136
WO 137
WO 138
WO 139
WO 140
RSSI
WO 141
RX WBAND
WO 142
GROUND
SYN CS RX
RX INJ
GROUND
GROUND
SYN LK RX
HS LK RX
HS CS RX
RF CLOCK
RF DATA
J201 +15V
GROUND
WO 17
WO 25
WO 19
WO 23
RSSI
WO 21
RX WBAND
WO 27
GROUND
SYN CS RX
RX INJ TP
GROUND
GROUND
SYN LK RX
HS LK RX
HS CS RX
RF CLOCK
RF DATA
RF IN
DUPLEXER
RX
TX
ANT
WO 145 / C4
P105
P104 GROUND (BLK)
GROUND (BLK)
A4
WO 143 / C3
P102
P101 +26V (RED)
+26V (RED)
P103 +15V (WHT) WO 144 / C2
FILTER BOARD
A 11
B
C
A
POWER SUPPLY
A10
GROUND
+15V
+26V
1
2
3
4
J104
FAN LOW
FAN HIGH
FAN LOW
FAN HIGH
FAN
W121
W126
W115
WO 516
W516
FINAL POWER 2
WO 517
W 517
FINAL POWER 3
WO 518
W 518
FINAL POWER 4
WO 521
W 521
GAIN BLOCK POWER
WO 519
W519
TEMP SENSOR
W116
W120 C2
C3
W118
W117 C6
W117 C6
W122 C7
W123 C8
W124 C9
W125 C10
W127 C5
C1
W147
C13
RF INTERFACE
(023-2008-110)
RF OUT
INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERFACE
FIGURE 10-6
RF INTERFACE
FIGURE 10-7
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga4.png)
BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT
FIGURE 10-8
10-4
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
TXS+ 15
TXS- 16
VOTER AUDIO 17
EXT MOD 18
EXT REQ 1 20
RSSI 25
RXS- 14
RXS+ 13
MB 12
MA 11
RX DATA 10
HS DATA ENABLE 9
RX DATA 8
PTT EN 7
SUB TX DATA 6
TRANSMIT AUDIO 5
LOGIC NOISE SQELCH 4
SQUELCH ENABLE 3
WB DISC 2
RX VOICE 20
21
22
AC FAIL OUT 26
ALARM 2 OUT - 34
ALARM 2 OUT + 33
ALARM 2 IN - 30
ALARM 2 IN + 29
ALARM 1 OUT - 32
ALARM 1 OUT + 31
ALARM 1 IN - 28
ALARM 1 IN + 27
+15V ACC 24
+15V ACC 23
VOTER DATA IN 19
+15V
J1
REPEATER I/O
RX WBAND 27
A-D LEVEL 26
7 V REF EX
29 TX MOD
28 WO 3
30 WO 4
12 RSSI
10 EXT REQ 1
11 EXT MOD
25 VOTER AUDIO
4 TXS-
3 TXS+
2 RXS-
1 RXS+
24 MB
23 MA
22 RX DATA
21 HS DATA ENABLE
22 RX DATA
19 PTT EN
18 SUB TX DATA
17 TX AUDIO
16 LOGIC NOISE SQUELCH
15 SQUELCH ENABLE
14 WBAND DISCRIMINATOR
13 RX VOICE
I/O 13 5
COMM 6 6
TX DATA IN 9
TX DATA OUT 8
TX VOICE 32
RX VOICE 31
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
24 9 12 8 27 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 1 26 10 7
J2
RF
INTERFACE
RSSI
WO 4
WO 3
TX MOD
V REF EX
4
LPTT
13
RX WBAND
18
A-D LEVEL
3 15 16 17 20 21 11 14 22 23 6 5 25 19 2
PC STR
RF DATA A
RF DATA B
RF DATA C
RF DATA
RF CLOCK
WO 1
WO 2
SYN CS RX
HS CS RX
SYN CS EX
HS CS EX
RF MUX 1 INH
RF MUX 2 INH
RF MUX 3 INH
J2
14 13 12 16 26 25 10 24 11 8 32 31 30 29 15 28 323 9 19 4 20 5 21 27 6 7 1 17 2 18 22
P9
RF MUX 3 INH
RF MUX 2 INH
RF MUX 1 INH
HS CS EX
SYN CS EX
HS CS RX
SYN CS RX
WO 2
WO 1
RF CLOCK
RF DATA
RF DATA C
RF DATA B
RF DATA A
PC STR
A-D LEVEL
RX WBAND
AC FAIL OUT
AC FAIL IN
I/O 13
COMM 6
EXT OUT 1
ALARM 3 OUT +
ALARM 3 OUT -
ALARM 4 OUT +
ALARM 4 OUT -
BUF RX WBAND
P9
24 16 15 14 13 8 26 25 18 17 22 20 19 21 23 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
P10 P10
+15V
ACC
+15V
25 +15V ACCESSORY
24 +15V ACCESSORY
26 +15V FILTERED
58 +15V FILTERED
7 ALARM 3 IN +
39 ALARM 3 IN -
8 ALARM 4 IN +
40 ALARM 4 IN -
9 SQELCH ENABLE
41 IAC 41
10 EXT REQ 2
42
BUF RX WBAND
ALARM 4 OUT -
ALARM 4 OUT +
ALARM 3 OUT -
ALARM 3 OUT +
EXT OUT 1
COMM 6
I/O 13
TX DATA IN
TX DATA OUT
TX VOICE
RX VOICE
COM 53
COM 54
COM 55
COM 50
SYNC IN
COM 49
COM 17
EXT REQ 2
IAC 41
SQUELCH ENABLE
ALARM 4 IN -
ALARM 4 IN +
ALARM 3 IN -
ALARM 3 IN +
23
22
21
17 COM 17
49 COM 49
18 SYNC IN
50 COM 50
61 +5V
60 +5V
29 +5V
28 +5V
+5V
SOURCE
F2
4A
WO 7
WO 2
59 -5V
27 -5V
32 GROUND
31 GROUND
64 GROUND
63 GROUND
56 THERMAL SENSOR
62 +15V
30 +15V
57 POWER SWITCH
-5V
F3
1A
WO 6
WO 9
WO 8
WO 5
WO 4
+15V
F1
4A
WO 3
SOURCE
SOURCE
WO 1 P19
52 ALARM 2 OUT -
20 ALARM 2 OUT +
38 ALARM 2 IN -
6 ALARM 2 IN +
51 ALARM 1 OUT -
19 ALARM 1 OUT +
37 ALARM 1 IN -
5 ALARM 1 IN +
53 COM 53
54 COM 54
55 COM 55
48 WR
47 RD
16 MSTB
15 MREQ
WO 16
WO 17
46 D0
14 D1
45 D2
13 D3
44 D4
12 D5
43 D6
11 D7
36 A12
4 A13
35 A14
3 A15
34 A16
2 A17
33 A18
1 A19
P1
IAC SLOT
15
16
47
48
55
54
5350
18
49
17
COM 17
COM 49
SYNC IN
COM 50
COM 53
COM 54
COM 55
WR
RD
MSTB
MREQ
46 14 45 13 44 12 43 11 42 10 41 940 8 39 7 38 637 5 36 435 3 34 233 1
P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
2223
26
51
19
5220
5725
56
2460
6128
29
62305927
6364
3132
5821
P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18
RNT TX DATA
RNT RX DATA
COM 26
+15V FILTERED
+15V FILTERED
TLA-
TLA+
IRDB-
IRDB+
HSDB-
HSDB+
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+15V
+15V
-5V
-5V
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
VOTER DATA IN
LPTT
TLA- 1
TLA+ 2
IRDB- 3
IRDB+ 4
HSDB- 5
HSDB+ 6 P11
+5V-5V +15V
WO 13
SOURCE
SOURCE
+15V
FILT
ACC
FILT
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga5.png)
10-5 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
FOLDOUT
CONTROL INPUT
C101
100pF D101
C102
2pF C104
7pF
R101
10k
R102
22k
C105
56pF
C106
56pF
Q101
2SC3356
L103
1[F
R103
470
R110
100
L104
0.1[FWO102
RF OUTPUT
+12V DC
WO 103
GND
1RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN PICOFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
L101
10 [H
L102
WO 101
R104
47
R105
100
C108
1000pF
C109
.1[F
C107
10pF Q103
2SC3356
R106
3.3k
R109
560
C110
1000pF
R107
3.3k
C111
47pF
C112
10pF
Q102
2SC3356
R108
4.7k
C115
1000pF
C113
1000pF
C114
15pF
C117
R112
100
C103
5pF
C116
1000pF
Q104
2SC2712 C118
22[F
+
WO 100
MODULATION INPUT
R101
47k
CR102
CONTROL INPUT
C101
100pF D101
C102
7pF C106
15pF
R102
10k
R103
22k
C107
56pF
C108
56pF
Q101
2SC3356
L103
1[F
R104
1k
R111
100
L104
0.1[FWO102
RF OUTPUT
+12V DC
WO 103
GND
1RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN PICOFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
C103
100pF
L101
10 [H
L102
C105
0.5pF
C104
2pF
WO 101
R105
47
R106
100
C109
1000pF
C110
.1[F
C111
10pF
Q103
2SC3356
R107
3
.
3k
R110
470
C112
1000pF
R108
3
.
3k
C115
47pF
C113
10pF
Q102
2SC3356
R109
2
.
7k
C117
1000pF
C114
1000pF
C116
15pF
C119
R112
3.3k
C118
1000pF
Q104
2SC2712
+C120
22[F
RECEIVE VCO
FIGURE 10-9 TRANSMIT VCO
FIGURE 10-10
C101
L101 C103
D101
C102
C104
C105
L103
R109
C110
C112
C113
C115
R106
C116
R101 R102 C109
C108
R112
C106
R103
C107
R111
R110
C111
R107
R108
L104
Q103
C114
C117
Q102
Q101
C
EB
B
E
C
VC
+12V GND
GND
GND
GND OUT
MOD
EB
C
R105
Q104
B
E
C
+
C118
L102
C101
L101 C102
D101
C105
C106
C107
L103
R109
C110
C112
C113
C115
R106
C118
R102 R103 C110
C109
R112
C108
R104
C111
R111
R110
C111
R107
R108
L104
Q103
C114
C117
Q102
Q101
C
EB
B
E
C
VC
+12V GND
GND
GND
GND OUT
MOD
EB
C
R106
Q104
B
E
C+
C120
C103
R101
C104
D102
L102
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga6.png)
RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-11
10-6
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
1
4
J104
WO117
GROUND
36 18
WO110 WO111
WO112
WO113
WO105
WO106 WO104
WO103
WO116
+26.5V
WO143
WO102
WO101
J101
19 1 WO144
+15V
WO108
WO109
WO119 WO145
GROUND
F101
R51
L101
R188
R189
R190
R191
R192
R181
R182
R183
R184
R185
C112 +
R187
C113
R186
R194
C115
R193
C114 +
U107
1
4
58
F102
+
C117
WO121
FORWARD
POWER
WO126
REFLECTED
POWER
WO115
POWER
SENSE
WO118
+15V
Q107
BE
R180
R179
R178
R177
R176
R175
R174
C128
R171
R173
R172
R75 C127 R170
CR104
Q106
C
E
B
CR111
U108
14
5
8
C126
R74
R168
R73
R169
R50
R167
U106
1
8
916
R148
R156
R155
R166
R197
R161
R160
R52
R149
R165
R164
R163
U105
1
8
916
R157
R158
R159
R154
R153
R147
R145
R144
R143
R148
U109
1
7
814
R152
R150
R151
R106
R53
C120
R54
WO125
RF OUT 4
WO124
RF OUT 3 WO123
RF OUT 2 WO122
RF OUT 1
U104
1
8
916
U110
1
8
916
R66
R65
R64
R63
R58
R57
R60
R59
R199
R198
C119
19
20
1
2
J103
WO
142
WO
140
WO
141 WO
138
WO
136 WO
137
WO
139
19
20
1
2
J102
WO
134 WO
132
WO
130
WO
128
WO135
WO133
WO131
WO129
U103
1
8
916
R90
R93
R92
C141
R81
R80
C132 R79
R78
C130
R82
R83
C135
C138
R87
R91
C142
C140
R86
C137
C131
C134
C133
CR110
U112
17
8
14
CR107
CR109
CR108
C136
R84
R85
R88
R89
C139
R138
R137
R135
R136
R142 R141
R139
R140 R119
R121
R123
R125
R127
R129
R131
R133
CR101
Q108
Q101
EB
C
R132
R130 R126
R128 R124
R122
R120
R118
C111 R108
R109
R134
R49 R45
C108 C149
R48
R55 C122
C123
R107
C133
C133
R72
R71
C143
R47
CR105
R76
WO127
TEMP
E
B
C
U111
14
5
8
WO147
RF DET
PRE-DRIVER
WO120
CTRL OUT
R46
R116
R117
R115
R61
C118
CR103
C115
C124
C110
R104
R110
R113
R94
R67
R105
C109
R103
Q102
EB
C
Q105
E
B
C
U102
58
1
4
R102
R101
+ C107
R69
C125
R70
C105
C106
R95
+ C103
R70
C104
+ C102
U101
5
8
14
C101
Q104
EB
C
R100
R114
C121
R112
R111
E
B
Q103
1
2
J105
R162
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga7.png)
10-7 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-12 FOLDOUT
PC STR 2
R138
22k
1
4
23
31
R136
22k
R135
22k
R137
22k
Q101
3657
R142
10k
R141
10k
R139
10k
R140
10k
+5V
CR101
U103
MC14094BD
1
2
3
15 OE
CLK
SER
STR
R119
20k
R120
10k
R121
20k
R122
10k
R123
20k
R124
10k
R125
20k
R126
10k
R127
20k
R128
10k
R139
20k
R130
10k
R131
20k
R132
10k
R133
20k
R134
20k
12
11
13
14
7
6
5
4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
+5V R106
10k 2
R150
10k
R146
22k
R147
10k
RF MUX 3 INH 19
J101
U104
HEF405TBTD
R143
22k
R144
22k
R145
22k
4Y7
6
11
10
9
3
E
A0
A1
A2
Z
13
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y5
14
15
12
1
5
2
+
U109A
224
2
3
7
R52
10k
+
U109D
224
13
12
14 R54
10k
+
U109B
224
6
5
7R53
10k
+
U102A
2904
3
21
R95
1k
R101
1k
C105
39pF
Q108
1300
R108
2.7k
R109
1k
+
U102B
2904
R102
2.7k
C111
.047
R118
20k
6
57
C109
.001
R103
270k
R105
2.7k
R94
5.1k
Q102
3600
R107
560
R110
5.1k R116
470
R117
270
R115
470
R104
270k
C110
.1
Q104
3657
Q103
2603
R111
330 R100
100
R112
1k
R113
1.8k
Q105
3658
R114
1.8K
R61
43K
C116
.01
CR103
3.9V
R81
470 +
U112B
224 5
6
1
C132
.001
R80
1k
R79
1k
CR107
5.1V
R78
270k
7
R55
2.7k +
U111B
224 6
5
C150
.001
R56
470k
R45
100
C108
.018 C149
.1
R76
5k
R48
1k
R49
0
+15V
+5V
R46
100 C1
WO147 W147 RF DETECT FROM PRE-
DRIVER
C2
WO120 W120 CONTROL OUT
C11
WO115 W115 POWER SENSE
+15V
C3
WO144
W118
+15V
+15V
F101
2A
SOURCE
P103 +15V IN
W144
C13
WO121 W121 FORWARD POWER
C7
WO122 W122
RF OUT 2
1
R85
470 +
U112A
224 3
2
C135
.001
R84
1k
R83
1k
CR108
5.1V
R82
270k
C8
WO123 W123
14
R89
470 +
U112D
224 12
13
C138
.001
R88
1k
R87
1k
CR109
5.1V
R86
270k
C9
WO124 W124 RF OUT 3
8
R93
470 +
U112C
224 10
9
C141
.001
R92
1k
R91
1k
CR110
5.1V
R90
270k
C10
WO125 W125 RF OUT 4
C12
WO126 W126 REFLECTED POWER
C5
WO127 W127 TEMPERATURE SENSOR
V REF EX 14
LPPT 20
WO 103
11 PTT
WO132
WO130
WO131
WO129
6
5
4
3
J102
R156
22k
R51
100
R155
22k
R154
22k
R153
22k
R157
10k
R158
10k
R159
10k U110E
74HC906
U110F
Y6
14
E
65
15
1112
R57
10k
R59
10k
1
12
14
15
Y4
Y3
Y1
Y2
3
9
10
11
Z
A2
A1
A0
U105
HEF405TBTD
13
Y0
U106
HEF405TBT
D
R165
22k
Z
3
R164
22k
R163
22k
R166
22k
R197
10k +5V
R50
4.99k
R167
1k
+26V
U110A
74HC906
U110B
32
54
R73
10k R66
43k R64
43k
R63
10k
R65
10k
17 HS LK EX
16 SYN LK EX
10
14
15
WO133 7
13 TX MOD
12 SYN CS EX
18 HS CS EX
WO135 9 V REF EX
WO134 8
1 +15V
2
+15V
WO134
19 RF CLK
20 RF DATA
R198
10k
R199
10k
J103
13 RX INJ
19 HS LK RX
14 SYN LK RX
7 RSSI
9 RX WBAND
20 RF DATA
18 RF CLK
12 SYN CS RX
16 HS CS RX
1 +15V
+15V
2
WO136
3
WO137
4
WO138
5
WO139
6
WO140
8
WO141
10
WO142
17
15
11
R162
22k
R161
22k
R160
22k
9
10
11
6Y0
Y2
Y1
Y3
Y6
A2
A1
A0
E13
15
14
12
2
RF MUX1 INH 13
A D LEVEL 27
RF DATA C 9
RF DATA B 26
RF DATA A 8
TX MOD 22
SYN CS EX 21
HS CS EX 3
R149
22k
+5V
RF MUX2 INH 10
RSSI 30
RX WB AUDIO 7
RF DATA 28
RF CLK 11
SYN CS RX 29
25
FAN HIGH 2
FAN 1 LOW 1
FAN HIGH 4
FAN 2 LOW 3
18
36
5 WO 101
6 WO 102
15 WO 104
16 WO 105
17 WO 106
24 WO 108
25 WO 109
32 WO 110
33 WO 111
34 WO 112
35 WO 113
J104 FAN CONNECTOR
R181
22 R182
22 R183
22 R184
22
R185
22k
+C112
1
+
U107A
2904
R187
15k
C113
.047
3
21
R186
10k
5
FAN 1 BUFFER
Y6
Y7
2
4
R188
22 R189
22 R190
22 R191
22
R192
22k
+C114
1
+
U107B
2904
R194
15k
C115
.047
5
67
R193
10k
FAN 2 BUFFER
1
4
Y7
Y4
Y5
Q107
2603
+26V
R179
10k
R180
10k
CR104
5.1V
R174
8.2k
R175
8.2k
R176
8.2k
R177
8.2k
R178
8.2k
Q106
3600 R173
3.3k
R172
1k +
U108A
2904
R169
270k
13
2
R168
10k
+5V
R170
1k
R171
511k
R74
1k
C126
.01
RF OUT 1
P105 GROUND
P104 GROUND
C6
C4
WO145
P101 +26V IN
P102 +26V IN
+26V
WO143
L101
+C117
1000
F102
2A
+26V
SOURCE
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISOTRS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN MIDROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2. REMOVE R106 FOR STANDARD POWER UNITS (85-110W)
REMOVE R150 FOR HIGH POWER UNITS ( > 150W).
3. IC NUMBER NOT SHOWN:
U102
U103
U104, U105, U106
U107, U108, U111
U109, U112
U110
8
IC +5V GND
PIN NUMBERS
+15V
4
16
16
8
1
4
8
7,8
4
11
8
EXCITER
RECEIVER
CR111
LOGIC CONTROL
TO FAN
HS CS RX 12
WO 109
R148
22k
+5V
C101
.01 +C107
2.2
+C102
2.2
C120
.1
8V OUTV IN 1
2367
GNDA GNDBGNDC GND
U101
78L05
+C103
4.7
C104
.1C119
.1
+5V
SOURCE
+15V
R75
1k
DRIVE POWER SET
FAN 1 CURRENT
FAN 2 CURRENT
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga8.png)
RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-13
10-8
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
C308 + C306
U302
C310
C307
12
312
3
J204 J205
2
1
20
19
J201
+ C309
RV201
RV211
RV203
RV213
C225 C260 R246
C263
RT203
R214
R213
RT201
R240 R244
C223
R208
R212
R215
C258
R247
RT204
R249
R250
R218
R217
RT202
RV202 RV212
C262 +
C227 +
U202
U204
1
45
8
+ C267
Z216 Z215
Z214
Z204
U102
1
45
8
18
916
U203
C254
C256
C255
R239
C268
C269
R255
C265
C261 R243 C253
R237
C270
R262
C167 R160
C226
Q203
R228
C257
R256
C266
R257
R254
C250
C252
C220
R161
C219
R207
C271
R211
CR133
C251
C248
R158
C245
R206
C222
R159
C166
R157 C165
C247
C246
C221
1
8
9
16
U201
Z206
Z205
Z212B
Z212A
CV212
L216
L215
L214
L213 L212 L211
L201
L202
L203
L206
L204
+ C244
+ C207
U101
13
4
6
CV211
Q202
CV212
Q201
123
J203
L111
C115
C237
C236
C201
C202
C203C205
C211
R203
R235
C241 C238
R236
C217
C215
C208 R201 C206
R233C242
C218
R205
C249
R233
R234
C216
C213
C212
C210
R204
R202
CV201
L205
Z202B
Z202A
Z211AZ211B
Z201B Z201A
C209
FL102
FL201
Q134
L139
L138
C161 +
CR132
Q133
L133
L132
L135
L134
L137
L136
C105 +
+ C107
+ C158
C160
C361
C164
C163 C162
C156
R150
C157
R149 C154
C153 C152
R142
C147
C145
C102
C104
C169
C156
R152
R153
R154 C159
R151
R148
R147
C151
R144
C146
R140
C311
C149
C150
R146
R145
R143
CR131
C148 +
C284
C283
C278
R261
C275
C281 C401
R403
C282
C280
R260
C276
R259
R258
L224
L223
L222
Q204
CR401
+ C277
Y201
U304
C316 +
C315
C318
+ C317
U301
Q403
Q405
CR402
U303
C302 + + C303
+ C414
L401
L403
L402
C301
C415
C413
R414
R406
C406
R407
C407
R409
R408
C405
R410
R411
R412
C412
C313
C304
R404
C403 C404
C409
R413
C408
C410
C411
C312 +
+ C314
R423
R424
R428
R427
R426
C434
C432
R429
R430
C436
C435
C439
C443
C431
R442 C462
R431 C440
R436
R435
C461
R443
R444
C457
C458
R445
C437 R432
C433
C449
C445
C444
R433
R434
C446
R437
R438
R439
R441
C452
C451 R440
C463
R446
C456
L404
L405
+ C448
+ C450
+ C447
+ C439
+ C303
11
20
110
U401
Q409
Q406
Q407 Q408
Q410
Q411
C459
R447
C455
R131
C132
C136
C135
C134
C133
R134
C137
R135
R137
R136
R140
C139 L135
L130
R139
R141 C144
C131
R132
R133
C454
FL101
C101
L101
A201
1
45
8
R245
R401
+ C402
Q402
Q401
Q404
R448
C460
Q132
R130
C130
Q131
TP
401
R449
TP201 TP202 TP101
IN
OUT
GND
C228
TP203
EB
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
IN OUT
GND
E
B
C
IN
OUT
GND
E
B
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
IN OUT
GND
EB
C
EB
C
EB
C
C
C
C
E
E
E
B
B
B
C
E
B
EB
C
TP102
C103
C106
C108
R107
R108
R106
R105
U103A
1
3
2
4
CV152 CV151
L141 L140
CV106 CV105
L110 L109
CV104
L108
CV103 CV102
L104 L103
CV101
L102
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bga9.png)
10-9 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
RECEIVER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-14 FOLDOUT
R108
47
+12V
C103
220pF
+C105
4.7C106
470pF
+C107
4.7C108
470pF
C104
10pF
CV102 CV103CV101 CV105 CV106CV104
C109
10pF
L111 4RF
IF
GND A
GND B
GND C
LO
C236
10pF
2
6
1
3
U101
LRMS-2H
C237
39pF
L211
Z211A Z211B
CV211
1.5-5pF
C238
5pF L212 C240
39pF
L213
C241
10pF
R233
1.8k
R234
680 R235
47
C246
.01
R236
220
C243
.01
+C244
4.7
C245
8pF
C247
39pF
L214
Z212A Z212B
CV212
1.5-5pF
C248
5pF L215
C251
39pF
L216
R237
560
C253
.01
OSC B
1
GND
15
MIXER
OUT
Z205
IF IN
U201
MC3371D
C220
.1C219
.1
R207
47k Z204
C222
.1
R206
1.8k
C219
.001
450 kHz
Vcc DEC 1 DEC 2
365 47
8
QUAD
+12V
R211
5.1k
1
AUDIO
C226
.001
R212
100k
+
U202B
MC3317B
R215
22k
RV202
5k
R217
10k
R218
10k
+5V
C228
27pF
R213
10k R214
100k
+C227
4.7
57
6
RV203
5k
9 RX WBAND
R159
100k
C166
.001 +
U102A
MC33172D
3
2
9
13
METER
7 RSSI
J201
TP101
+12V
C284
330pF
C283
120pF 52.5 MHz
L224
.1uH
C282
5pF
L223
.1uH
C281
220pF
C280
220pF
Q204
2SC2714
Q202
2SC2351
R260
270 C276
.01
L222
.1uH
C278
.01
+C277
4.7
R261
10
+12V
R258
10k
R259
1k
C275
100pF
Y201
DC IN
3
25
467
CR401
5.1V
C401
.01
+C402
4.7
R401
270
+12V
TCXO 2.5 PPM
17.5 MHz
GNDA GNDB GNDC
MODRF OUT
C275
100pF
Q402
2SC2714
U401
MC145190
20
REF
IN
R430
220
C436
.1C435
100pF
+6V
12 Vcc
C406
.01
Q401
2SC2714
R407
3.3k
R408
3.3k
R409
270
R406
2.7k
C403
.01
L 401
.1[ H
R404
100
+6V
C407
.001
C404
820pF
C432
100pF
C458
470pF
Q410
2SC3356
R445
1.5k
R446
1.2k
R447
150
R444
4.7k
C461
470pF
L 405
R442
10
+6V
C460
470pF
C441
100pF
Q411
2SC3356
R448
33 C459
470pF
R443
100
11
F IN
C434
100pF
C433
.1
R429
820
+6V
V DD
R423
10k
RF DATA 20
J201
R424
10k
RF CLK 18
14
R432
47k
C443
100pF
DATA
CLK
GND
RX
R427
1k
SYN CS RX 12
R428
1k
SYN LK RX 14 2
ENABLE
LOCK DET
16
19
17
15
11
2
NC R426
10k
+6V
C439
100pF
10 F IN
+C438
4.7
C437
.1
+12V
5V PD
A401
VCO
CNTL
GND
RF OUT
C454
.001
C455
100pF
C456
5pF
Q132
2SC3356
Q131
2SC3356
R131
1.2k R138
47 C138
470pF
R132
1.5k
C135
.01
C137
470pF
R137
33
C133
470pF
C134
.01
R134
3.3k
L131
.22[ F R135
47
C139
470pF
R136
10
+12V
C144
.01
C146
12pF
C147
22pF
Q133
2SC3357
R143
1k
R144
390
RT202
1k
C151
470pF
+C148
4.7
R146
220
C152
15pF C153
22pF C156
.001
C169
12pF
Q134
2SC3357
R151
1.5k
R152
270
C160
470pF
+C161
4.7
R153
68
R154
68
C162
10pF C163
15pF
L139
CV152CV151
1 +15V
C307
.001
+C308
4.7
+15V
+C309
4.7
C310
.001
+12V
C306
100pF
SOURCE
RECEIVE
8
U302
LM78L12 V IN
GND
GND CGND B
GND A
2367
1V OUT
1
U303
LM78L12 V OUT
GND
GND CGND B
GND A
2367
8V IN
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
UNLES OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
+12V
SOURCE
C313
.001
+C314
4.7
+C312
2.2
C311
.001
+15V
A201 L101
RF IN
RF AMP
MIXER
52.95 MHz
4-POLE
CRYSTAL FILTER 52.95 MHz
4-POLE
CRYSTAL FILTER
IF AMP
C250
6pF
C252
3.9
C101
10pF
C102
10pF
R107
47
52
1
3
J203
C242
.001
C201
10pF
C202
39pF
L201
Z201A Z201B
CV201
1.5-5pF
C203
5pF L202 C205
39pF
L203
C206
10pF
R201
1.8k
R202
680 R203
47
C211
.1
R204
220
C208
.01
+C207
4.7
C210
8pF
C212
39pF
L204
Z202A Z202B
CV202
1.5-5pF
C213
5pF L205
C216
39pF
L206
R237
560
C218
.01
+12V
Q201
2SC2351
52.95 MHz
4-POLE
CRYSTAL FILTER 52.95 MHz
4-POLE
CRYSTAL FILTER
IF AMP
C215
8pF
C276
4
C209
.001
C270
6pF
R262
1k
C265
100pF
R255
680
R254
1.8k Q203
2SC2714
R257
220
+12V
C269
.001
C268
.01
+C267
4.7
R256
47
C266
.01
C271
220pF 52.5 MHz
Z206
R208
100k
16
MIXER IN
OSC B
1
GND
15
MIXER
OUT
Z215
IF IN
U203
MC3371D
C255
.1C256
.1
R239
47k Z214
C257
.1
R228
1.8k
C254
.001
450 kHz
Vcc DEC 1 DEC 2
365 47
8
QUAD
+12V
AUDIO 9
13
METER
Z216
R240
100k
16
MIXER IN
C258
.001
+
U204A
LM2904
1
2
3
RV211
5k
SQUELCH
LEVEL ADJ
C223
.001
+
U202A
LM2904
1
2
3
RV201
5k
SQUELCH
LEVEL ADJ
1
2
3
J204
IF SELECT
TP203
RT201
1k
R243
5.1k
C261
.001
R244
100k
+
U204B
MC3317B
R247
22k
RV212
5k
R249
10k
R250
10k
+5V
C263
27pF
R245
10k R246
100k
+C262
4.7
57
6
RV213
5k
RT204
1k
TP204
RT203
1k
1
2
3
J205
IF SELECT
AUDIO/DATA
LEVEL ADJ
R158
47k
CR133
R157
1k
C165
1pF
TP202
TP201
13 RX INJ TP
3
4
5
6
8
10 WO 27
WO 21
WO 23
WO 19
WO 25
WO 17
19
18
8
7
17
+12V
7
2,3,6,8,9,10,11,12
DC IN
R431
47
C440
.01
C462
470pF
L404
C463
470pF
+C464
4.7
4
C457
.01
5
Q407
2SA1162
+C447
1
R437
100k
C446
12pF
+6V
3
R
R438
8.2k
R439
3.3k
Q409
2SC2712
R440
1k
Q408
2SA1162
R436
1k
R435
3.3k
R434
33k
Q409
2SC2712
R433
100k
+21V
C445
.1
C444
10pF
4
V
R441
33k
+C450
1
C451
.1C452
10pF
TP 401
R403
4.99k
R411
220
Q403
2SC2712
R412
4.3k
Q405
2SA1162
C409
.01
Q404
2SC2714
R413
1k
R410
68k
C408
.01
CR402
R414
47
C410
.001 C411
.1
L402
1[ H
C412
.1
+21V
+12V
C413
.01 +C414
4.7
C415
.1
L403
C449
.1
+C448
1
C351
.001
C131
5pF
C136
470pF
C132
10pF
R133
1.5k
C140
470pF
L132
139
330
R141
18
R140
330
C145
.01 L133 R142
270
CR131
5.6V L134
R145
220
FIRST
INJECTION
AMP
C149
.001 C150
.01
L135 C154
.001
R147
330
C164
.001
L138
C159
.001
+C158
2.2
CR132
5.1V
R148
18
R148
330
C155
.001 L136 L137
C157
100pF
R150
270 R161
100k
R160
10k
AUDIO/DATA
LEVEL ADJ
25 kHz IF SECTION
12.5 kHz IF SECTION
25 kHz SECTION IF DETECTOR/AMP
12.5 kHz SECTION IF DETECTOR/AMP
INJECTION BUFFER/
AMP
TRIPLER
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
1
U301
LM78L05 V OUT
GND
GND CGND B
GND A
2367
8V IN
+C303
4.7C304
.001
+6V
SOURCE
+C302
4.7
C301
.001
1
U304
LM78L12 V OUT
GND
GND CGND B
GND A
2367
V IN
+C316
4.7
C315
.001
+15V
+C317
4.7C318
.001
+12V
SOURCE
8
U103A
ERA 5SM
3
1
R106
200
R105
200
+6V
L130
22nH
L102 L103 L104 L108 L109 L110
L140 L141
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgaa.png)
EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-15
10-10
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
L413
R465
R458
C444
C457
R467
C441
C454
TP
MOD TP
CNTRL
C433
C479
R455
C431
R457
C452 R466
R454
R453
C432
C434
C475
R451
C429
C499
C430
R450R452
R434
C514
C497
C443
C480
R468
C442
R462
C461
R463
C446 R460 C498 C500
R464
C471
Q411
L406
Q410
Q407
Q406
L403
L407
A007
CR402
R469
R459
R461
C450
R470
C448
R472
R471
C410
R416
C502
C501
L408
L409
C474 +
+ C472
CR401
U406
+ C426 C477 +
L405
R433
R432
C484
C485
C483
R435
R439
R436 R441
C516
R422
R497
C520
R502
R496
R419 C515
R429
C513
R501
C456
C521
Y401
C519 +
C520
R495
C524
R498
R499
C523
R494
R440
C423
R438
L402
R445
R444 R448
R447
RV401
1
4
58
U404
CR403
Q405
C463 + C496 +
C507 +
L410
L414 L412
L411
Q413
Q412
C449
C451
C503
C505
R473
R474
C504
R478
C509
C465
R491
R479
R489
C462
C464
R481
R475
C506
R476
R480
R477 C508
C510
R449
R487
R426
R486
C409
C481 +
1
4
58
U407
14
5
8
U402
R427
C466
R488
R404
R402
R405
R403
C401
C470
R415
R417
R414
R424
C476 +
+ C469
RV101
U405
+ C467
12
20
19
J401
J402
+ C522
C428 +
Q417
Q415
Q414
Q416
+ C518
R500
C517
C482
C424
C425
R437
C421 +
C422
Q404
Q403
1
10
11 20
U403
C453
R413
R456
C420
R418
C417
R431
R430
C419
R428
C416
IN
GND
OUT
IN
GND
OUT
C
B
E
TP1
C
C
B
B
E
E
CB
E
C
B
E
C
B
E
C
BE
C
B
E
C
B
E
C
BE
C
BE
B
C
E
BC
E
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgab.png)
10-11 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
EXCITER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-16 FOLDOUT
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
15
14
10
LPTT 11
EX MOD 13
WO 417
WO 425
WO 419
WO 427
WO 421
WO 429
WO 423
+5V
+3.5
7
R449
10k +
U407B
2904 V REF
V REF EX 9 6
5
17
R488
10k
C401
.047
SYN CS RX 12
+5
R438
10k R439
1k
R440
1k
SYN LK RX 16
C423
100pF
RF DATA 20
RF CLK 19
R405
1k
R404
1k
+C421
4.7R435
470
R434
150
+12
C422
.1
V PD
CLK
DATA
LOCK DET
ENABLE
14
2
19
18
5
U403
145190
C424
.1
C482
100pF
R436
100 R437
100
C425
.1C483
100pF
+5
12
V DD V CC
+
U404A
2904
RV401
50k
R445
82k R447
10k
+3.5
2
31
R444
10k +
U404B
2904
+3.5
57
6
C455
68pF
6
PD OUT
REF IN
C417
.01
C453
820pF
L402
.1[ H
R428
10
+12
C416
.1
Q403
3636
Q404
3636
C418
.001
R433
270
R430
2.7k
431
3.3k
R432
3.3k
C419
.01
C420
6pF
C484
68pF
R441
47k
C485
100pF
20
10
8
7
11
F IN
RX
GND
F IN
C514
100pF C499
100pF
C498
5pF
R456
470
Q406
3636
Q407
3636
L403
.1[ H
R452
100
C430
470pF
R451
4.3k
+12
R450
10
R453
1.5k
C431
220pF
R457
39
C479
.01 R455
150 R454
1.2k
C433
10pF
A007
VCO
MOD
CNTL
RF OUT
C452
10pF
Q410
3636
Q411
3636
R467
1.2k
R466
1.5k
R465
1.2k
R468
68
C480
470pF
C444
470pF
C457
.022
R458
3.9k
L406
R463
56
R462
220
C461
.01
+12
C446
100pF R460
39
R478
220
Q413
4098
R479
330
C507
470pF
R480
330
+15
C465
.01
R477
1.5k
R480
6.8k
Q405
3612
R481
1.2k
+C463
10
+C481
1
+C496
10
C462
.001 C464
.01
J402
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPAICITORS IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN:
PIN
NUMBER
U402, U404,
U407
IC +12V GND
84
+C476
4.7R487
5k
R486
12.1k
+
U402B
RV101
50k
67
R427
0R426
62k
R424
10k
+
U402A
2904
R417
10k
3
212MOD
DC IN
GNDA GNDB GNDC
Y401
TCXO 2.5 PPM
RF OUT
17.5 MHz
C410
.1CR401
9.1V
+C426
4.7
R416
270
3
+12
C409
.01
5
5
+12
C471
.001 +C472
2.2
8
U406
LM7L12ACM
V IN V OUT
GROUND
AC
BGND
23
67
1
+C474
4.7
C475
.001 R419
12k
R429
5k
+C428
4.7
+12
+15
+3.5
C466
.001 +C467
2.2
8
U405
78L05
V IN V OUT
GROUND
AC
BGND
23
67
1
+C469
4.7
C470
.001
+5
R482
0
SOURCE
SOURCE
SOURCE
SOURCE
J401
+15V 1
+12
R415
5k
R414
12k
+12
C513
.022
R422
100
C516
3pF
R403
10k R402
10k
R448
10k
TP MOD
TP CNTL
+C512
1
R493
1.8k
+C511
15
L405
.1[ F
C429
470pF
C443
470pF
C434
470pF
R459
150 R461
150
C502
.022
L410
47[H
C510
20pF
L412
47nH
C509
20pF
L411
.1[ H
+C508
4.7
CR403
5.1V
C506
100pF
R476
150
C505
18 pF
C456
100pF C515
.01
L413
22nH L414
22nH
Q415
2SA1162
+C518
1
R498
100k
C517
5pF
+5V
3
R
R499
8.2k
R500
3.3k
Q417
2SC2712
R501
1k
Q416
2SA1162
R497
1k
R496
3.3k
R495
33k
Q414
2SC2712
R494
100k
+12V
C524
.1
C523
10pF
4
V
R502
15k
+C519
1
C520
.1C521
10pF
+5V
Vcc
VC
+C522
2.2
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgac.png)
110W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-17
10-12
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
WO517
WO516
WO515
WO514
WO524
WO523
WO513
C602
C598
C599
L507
C536 C537
R531
C604
C533 C532
C601
L506
C565
C565A
C566 C564
C570 C569
U503
14
5
8
Q502
CEE
E
EB
C535 C534
R521
R519
C547
R522
R520
RV501
C546
CR501
EP505
EP507
EP506
C551
C550
+
C548
R517 C552
R514
R515
C549
C573 R513
C553
R516
WO523A
WO502A
C554
C603
C596
C597
U509
1
4
5
8
R509
EP503
+
C545
R512
C591
C538
C527
C540
C542
C539
R511
EP504
C544
C543
R510
C541
+
C528
+
C528
C525
C529
U501
RF OUT
Vcc 2
Vcc 1
RF IN
EP502
+
C519
+
C519
+
C584
+
C580
U506
14
5
8
U505
14
5
8
U508
1
4
5
8
U507
1
4
5
8
C592
WO520
WO504
WO509
WO501 WO502
WO503
WO512
WO505
C578
R538
R539 C579
R537
C577
R536
C576
R533
R534
C586
C587 C589
C582
C581
C583
C579
C585
+
+
C590
C501
WO511
R502 R503 C502 L501 L502
R505
C506 R506
C594
R504 C507 C593
R501
R503A
C503
C504
C513
EP501
C521
R507
R540 R541
R542
L505 L504 L503
C514
C512 C510
C522
+
C518
C508 C523
+
C509
U502
C520
C516
C517
Q503
CEE
E
EB
C556
R532
R530
R529
RV502
WO524A
U504
14
5
8
R526
C563
EP508
C560
C559
+
C557
C558
R524
C525
R527 C561
C555
CR502
C562
C574
R523
Q501
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgad.png)
10-13 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
110W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-18 FOLDOUT
POWER CONTROL
WO 505
WO 501
+26V
+26V
WO 502
WO 502A
WO 503
WO 504
WO 512
+26V
FINALS
+15V
1RF IN U501
M57719
VCC 1 VCC 2
24
5
RF OUT
C516
.01
C517
.001
+C519
4.7
EP502
C520
.001
C521
.001
EP501
C594
.001
C593
.1
C525
.001 C526
.01 C527
.1
EP504
C543
.001 C544
.01
EP503
C539
.01
C538
.1
R511
200
C542
.01 C540
.1
DRIVER CURRENT
+15V
DRIVER
R507
47
C523
.01
C547
.01
RT522
80k R521
10k R520
4.7k
RV501
5k
R519
2.2k
R517
4.7k
CR501
6.2V
C546
.01
+C548
4.7
C549
.01 EP505
C551
.001
+C550
.01
EP506
L506
Q502
6406
C565
100pF C564
100pF
C552
.001
R515
200
R516
.03
R514
200
C553
.001
C554
.01
+26V
DRIVER
6
3
7
RG2
RG1
VCC
U503
MAX472ESA
8
OUT
SHDN
GND
1
4
R513
2k
C573
.01
FINAL 1
CURRENT
WO 523A WO 516
C556
.01
RT532
80k R531
10k R530
4.7k
RV502
5k
R529
2.2k
R527
4.7k
CR502
6.2V
C555
.01
+C557
4.7
C558
.01 EP507
C560
.001
C559
.01
EP508
L507
Q503
6406
C561
.001
R524
200
R526
.03
R525
200
C562
.001
C563
.01
+26V
DRIVER
6
3
7
RG2
RG1
VCC
U504
MAX472ESA
8
OUT
SHDN
GND
1
4
R523
2k
C574
.01
WO 523
FINAL 2
CURRENT
WO 517
WO 524
WO 524A
TO LOW PASS
FILTER
WO 513
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
8
7
6
5NC 5
NC 6
NC 7
V IN
C575
.01
+6.2
U507
LM35D
4
3
2
1
NC 4
NC 3
NC 2
V OUT
+C576
1
R536
75
+
U508
3
21
C577
39pF
R538
301k
C578
.001
R537
100k
R539
470
C579
.01
TEMP SENSOR
WO 509
+15V
C583
.01
+C584
33
8
2367
AB C GND
V IN V OUT 1
R533
240
R534
56
+C580
4.7
C581
.001 C582
.01
+6.2V
U505
78L05
SOURCE
+C524
4.7
OUT IN
GND
U502
TA78L08F
C508
1
WO 511
C501
.001
R501
82
R502
82
R503A
82
R503
0
C502
39pF
C503
6pF
L501 L502
68nH
R504
100
R506
3.9k
C507
.01
C506
.001 R505
1k L503
L504
68nH
C512
10pF
L505
27nH
C513
3pF
C514
.001
+C545
4.7
RG2 6
U509
MAX472ESA R509
200
R510
0.2
3
7
RG1
Vcc
GND
SHDN
OUT
4
1
8
R512
2k
C591
.01
WO 514
C529
.001
C569
240pF
C570
240pF
C599
33pF
C598
33pF
2BAND DEPENDANT COMPONENT, SEE PARTS LIST.
C601
45pF
C533
.001
R544
2.2
C532
.001
R543
2.2
+17dBm/50mW
Q501
2SK2973
C510
.01
C522
.001
120mW 13W
R542
2.2
R541
2.2
R540
2.2
+C600
33
2
C535
24pF
C607
120pF
C605
C603
91pF
2
C609
2
C611
2
C613
33pF C614
33pF
C617
2
C602
45pF
C618
2
C534
24pF
C537
24pF
C608
120pF
C606
C604
91pF
2
C536
24pF
C565A
100pF C566
100pF
C610
2
C612
2
C615
33pF C616
33pF
C592
.1
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgae.png)
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT BOARD
COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-19
10-14
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
R610
R612
RV601
R608
C603
C604
C606
R609
C605
R616
U601
1
4
58
R606
C608
R607
R613
C607
C610
C609
R614
R615
C612 R604
D601
R605
C602
C611
C614
L603
C613
R601
C601
L602
R603
R656
R651
C666
R653
C652
R657
R658
C654
C667
C663
D651
U652
1
4
58RV602
L653
L654
U651
5
8
14
L652
C662
C651
R666
C664
C655
R669
R654
C653
R655
C656
R659
R660
R667
C661
C660
R665
C658
R662
C657
R664
C659 R663
R668
+
+
C665
+
WO653
WO652
WO654
REF PWR SENSE
+15V IN+5V OUT
+5V OUT
WO604
WO603
FWD PWR
SENSE
WO601
RF PWR IN
WO602
RF PWR OUT
WO651
+
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgaf.png)
10-15 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-20 FOLDOUT
WO 603
FORWARD
POWER
SENSE C610
68pF
R667
470 +
U601B
2904
7C608
68pF
RV601
4.7k
R614
470
C609
.001
R613
10k
C607
.001
R688
10k
R610
150
+
U601A
2904
1
2
3
C604
68pF
C605
68pF
R609
10k
C606
68pF
R608
10k
C603
68pF
R607
22k
R616
22k
R605
10k
C602
68pF
R601
51
L603
.22[ H
R603
160 L652
12.5nH
50
+5V
WO 604
C612
.001
+C611
4.7
RF OUT
WO 602
WO 601
RF POWER IN
CIRCULATOR
WO 651
L654 R668
50
250W
REFLECTIVE
POWER LOAD
R653
51
R651
51 R654
51 L653
50
L652
C651
68pF
WO 654 REFLECTED
POWER
SENSE
C660
68pF
R665
470
+
U652A
2904
7
C654
68pF
RV602
4.7k
R664
12k
C659
.001
R663
7.5k
C658
.001
R662
10k
R660
150
+
U651B
2904
7
6
5
C654
68pF
C655
68pF
R659
10k
C656
68pF
R655
10k
C653
68pF
R656
22k
R678
10k
BAC653
27pF
CR601
ABCR651
C675
10k
C652
68pF
3
2
WO 653
+5V
C664
.001
+C663
4.7R666
220
1
6
7
V OUT
GND C
GND
+C665
4.7R667
47
GND B
GND A
V IN
U653
LM78L05
3
2
8
+C662
4.7
C661
.001
+15V
WO 652
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS, CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS AND
INDUCTORS IN MICROHENRYS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
DANGER
BERYLLIUM PRODUCT. INHALATION OF
DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS
CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE. SEE MATERIAL
SAFETY SHEETS FOR FURHTER DETAILS.
R606
10k
C614
5pF
R604
51
C613
68pF
C666
68pF
C666
5pF
R669
22k
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb0.png)
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-21
10-16
January 2000
Part No. 001-2001-300
R33
R32 U16
1
8
916
17
8
14
U2
U9
1
14
15 28
1
7
814
U7
C27
C11
C30
C7
R28
C19
R1
U22
1
14
15 28
12
13 14
17
Y3
U21
U4
U6
J2
U18 U28
U11
C7 C20
C23
R24
Q3
C26
R21
C28
C29
R4
R31
R22
R23
R25
1
32
132
1
1415
28
J3
8
14
1
513
20
29
32
116
C11
U25
17
32
C24
1
7
814
17
8
14
Q2
R30
C4
U20
17
8
14
U15
814
7
R34 Z1
Z2
C18
C17
1
+
+
C16
C15
64 32
Y1
C8
C1
U14
U3 U8
916
81
20
1
11
10 1
28 15
14
C12
U10
1
14
15 28
R2
U1
15
28
114
A1
23
45
6B
J1
C5
R37
R36
R20
R19
R18
R17
R38 R39
CR1
CR2
CR5
CR4
CR3
110
29
38
47
56
1
2
3
DS1
U12
CR6
R29
R12C9
C31
U26 135
642
18
9
16
J4
1
84 2
11
12
32
33
53
54
74
75
U27
P1
1
33
C13
C2
R35
R27
R9 R5
R13
U13
Y2 Y4
U23 U30
S1
J5
20 1
40
21
123
8
14
5
14
17
8
C25
U32 S3
C40
R10
110
11
20 14
85
S2 U24
U31 U5
R7
R11
R6
R8
C22
R26
R14
C21
14
17
812
13 24
1
16
18
98
14
5
J6
U17
R3
R16
C6
R15
123
1
4
58
O
N
O
N
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb1.png)
10-17 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
MPC SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-22 FOLDOUT
50
51
A0 42
A1 10
A2 41
A3 9
A4 40
A5 5
A6 39
A7 7
A8 38
A9 6
A10 37
A11 5
A12 36
A13 4
A14 35
A15 3
A16 34
A17 2
A18 33
A19 1
IRDB+ 25
IRDB- 57
31
P1
32
63
64
19
20
54
18
DS1
ALARM DISPLAY
U26
14495L
DISPLAY DRIVER
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
5
6
9
10
2
3
1
15
4
14
13
12
1
6
f
g
e
d
h+i
c
b
a
A
B
C
D
CL
U27
UPD70320
U15F
U15E
U15D
U15C
U15B 8
7
6
5
4
PO4
PO3
PO2
PO1
PO0
4
6
8
10
1213
11
9
5
3
R17
2.2k
R18
2.2k
R19
2.2k
R20
2.2k
R2
2.2k
CR1
CR2
CR5
CR4
CR3
+15V
R12
10k
59
3
43
46
NM1
EA
CTS0
CTS1
48
51
52
54
DMARQ0
DMAAK0
TC0
DMARQ1
+5V
R14
10k
U24
SN65176B
45
47
63
10
RXD1
TXD1
INT/POLL
PO5
1
4
3
R
D
DE
A
B
6
7
8
710
9
S2
R11
1.2k
R10
200
R9
1.2K
+12V
R29
10k
25
RE GND
R34
10k
-5V
+5V
U15A
74C906
R38
20k
+15V
LPTT 21
RNT TX DATA 22
READ 47
MSTB 16
RNT RX DATA 23
44
41
84
83
TXD0
RXD0
MSTB
R/W
U20C
R30
10k
R31
10k
U6A
74HC32
U6B
WRITE 48
12
1
2
3
5
4
6
89
10
+5V
2MREQ
INTP0 INTP1 CLK OUT
60 61
69
MREQ 15
U6-9 (2)
U7-1 (2)
D0 46
D2 45
D3 13
D4 44
D5 12
D6 43
D7 11
D1 14
52
53
55
58
-5V IN 27
-5V IN 59
SOURCE
55
58
HSDB- 24
HSDB+ 56
S2-15 (2)
S2-16 (2)
+15V IN 30
+15V IN 62
Z1
31
2
C15
.01
+C17
47
U12
78L12
31
2
+15V
SOURCE
+12V
SOURCE
49
17
Z2
31
2
+5v IN 29
+5V IN 28
+5V IN 61
+5V IN 60
C16
.01
+C18
47
+5V
SOURCE
C4
.01 C5
.01 C6
.01 C7
.01 C10
.01 C11
.01 C12
.01 C20
.01 C21
.01 C22
.01 C23
.01 C26
.01 C30
.01 C31
.01 C32
.01 C24
.01 C25
.01 C27
.01 C28
.01
COMPUTER TX 2
1
COMPUTER RX 3
MODEM DCD 4
U16D
U16C
U16F
145406
611
3
4
14
13
19
3
18
14
12 C1 D
RxRDY
TxE
TxD
RxD
U22
82C51
21 13 10
RESET RD WR
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7 8
7
6
5
2
1
28
27
11
CS
2
4
6
8
10
12
1413
11
9
7
5
3
1
J3 J3
U21
MC14024
O0
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
12
11
9
6
5
4
3
MR 276800
38400
19200
9600
4800
2400
1200
CP
1
20
PT2
9
25
TxC
RxC
CTS DSR
17 22
U2D
89 U2E
10 11
Y3
2.4575 MHz
R1
10M
R4
2k
C29
62pF C19
62pF
CLOCK
J1
TOUT
66
U30-1 (2)
READY U19-2 (2)
PT1
64
68 U10-25 (2)
PT0 67 U9-3 (2)
P06 11 U9-27 (2)
Y1
10 MHz
C1
10pF
C8
10pF
79
78
X2
X1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7 20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
R39
270k
74
PT7 +15V
81
RESET
A18
40
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
A19
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
26
23
25
4
28
29
3
2
30 PWD
OE WE CE
24 31 22
+5V
1
Vpp J2-2 (2)
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7 21
20
19
18
17
15
14
13
DATA BUS (7:0)
R15
10k
+5V
R16
10k
R3
0
S1
RESET
68
3
1
2
4
5
7
RST
ST
TD
PBRST
TDL
GND
RST Vcc
U17
RESET
3 DISABLE
2
1 WATCHDOG
J6
U20B U20A
74HC00
4
6531
2
D
20
16
17
21
22
23
C
B
A
O14
O15
U5
74HC154
A19
A18
A19
A16
O13
O11
O0
15
13
1
18
19
G2
G1
7Y7
G2B
A13
A14
A15
1
2
3
5
A
B
C
Y0
Y1
U4
74HC138
6
15
14
G1 +5V
Y2
13
G2A
U6-10 (2)
U7-2 (2)
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
10
9
8
7
8
5
4
5
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
U18
60L256
EPROM
U25
28F001BX
FLASH MEMORYMAIN MICROPROCESSOR
EWG
20 27 22
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8 22
21
20
19
18
15
14
13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
11
10
8
8
7
6
5
4
29
28
24
27
3
U28
28C64
RAM
OE
25
WE
31
CE
23
49
12
76
9
49
53
75
VTH
IC9
IC49
IC53
IC75
CLK
OPERATIONAL
BLINKING
ON = HIGH POWER
OFF = LOW POWER
ON = LTR
OFF = MULTI-NET
ALARM
ALARM
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
4
7
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb2.png)
MPC SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-23
10-18
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
U32A
74ACT244
+5V
3
5
7
9
19
Y3
Y2
Y1
Y0
R23
4.7k
R22
10k
R24
4.7k
R21
100k
Q3
1300
Q2
3812 U11
78L12
3
2
1
+15V +12V
SOURCE
R25
10k
1 FLASH
2
3 EPROM
+5V
U25-1 (1)
J2
R27
10k
R26
10k
R28
4.7k
U2F
13 12
+5V
1OE
SINGLE
ENDED
RECEIVE
12 Y3
U32B
74ACT244
+5V
14
16
18
Y2
Y1
Y0
A3
A2
A1
A0
8
6
4
2
5
8
2
3
4
1
7
6
S3
R13
150 R5
150
P1-24 (1)
P1-58 (1)
HSDB+
HSDB-
R6
200
R8
1.2k
R7
1.2k
+12V
S2
3
4
16
14
13
1
15
5
2
12
7
6
1
B
A
R
3
4
DE
D
U23
65176
52
GND RE
+5V
8
Vcc U16B
15 2
R35
3.9k
+5V
P1-3
4
11
10
P3-1
P3-0
U13
TP8052AH2
XTAL1 XTAL2
19 18 Y2
11.059 MHz
C2
20pF
C13
20pF
Y4
12 MHz
1 MULTI-SPEED
2 CRYSTAL OUT
3 LTR SPEED
J5
31
EA
9
RST U17-6 (1)
29
30
PSEN
ALE
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
PO7
PO6
PO5
PO4
PO3
PO2
PO1
PO0
2P1-1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A821
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
P2-0
P1-2
P1-0
P2-
1
P2-2
P2-3
P2-4 Y0
P2-6
P2-7
3
1
P3-8
18
P3-7
17
U6D
13
12
3
U2B
411
13
D8
15
26
OE
SD
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A024
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
Q0
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
U9
74HC7030
25 DOR
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
MR
DIR
27
3
U27-11 (1)
U27-67 (1)
S1
4
V25 DATA BUS (7:0)
TX FIFO
U20DU6C
13
12 118
9
MSTB
10
U4-15 (1)
P1-16 (1)
3
2
1
C
B
A
A13
A14
A15
U3
74HC138
4
5
G2A
G2B
Y2 Y1
15
14
13
G1
+5V
6
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11 IO0
IO7
IO6
IO5
IO4
IO3
IO2
IO1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
U1
HM6264LP-15
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11 IO0
IO7
IO6
IO5
IO4
IO3
IO2
IO1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A12
A11
A10
A9
A825
24
21
20
2
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
CS1
20
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0 D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
+5V 26 CS2
22
OE WE
OE
ADDRESS/DATA BUS (15:8)
ADDRESS BUS (7:0)
U14
27C256A
EPROM
RAM
HSDB
MICROPROCESSOR
ADDRESS
SELECT
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
27
22
1
3
5
J4
2
4
6
LTR
MN
+5V
J4
26
2
23
21
24
25
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A13
A14
27
A14
20
CE
U7B
4
56U2A
12
25
13
26
OE
SO
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
Q0
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
U10
74HC7030
DOR
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
MR
DIR
27
3
15 RX FIFO
SI
4D8
U27-68 (1)
U7A
74HC32 U2C 653
1
2
U4-14 (1)
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
U8
74HC573
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
Q0
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH
1
OC C EN
11
U31
10
9
8
U30 43
R40
15
17
15
13
11
A3
A2
A1
A0
U31 5
6
4
U2F 56
OE
U31A
74ACT02
1
2
3
+5V
U27-64 (1)
U30A
74ACT14
2
1
U27-66 (1)
P2-5
GND
10
20
Vcc
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb3.png)
10-19 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
MAC COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPP COMP SIDE)
FIGURE 10-24 FOLDOUT
C292
U115
U158
U137
U142
U120
1
4
58 18
16 9
18
16 9
1
4
58
1
4
58
C192
C191 C180
C219
R257
R248
C179
C193
R298
C194
R256
C100 C212 R316
R266
C303
C301 C300
C302
C226
R315
R187
R186
C151
R190
R189 R188
C152
R185 C214
R216
R127
CR107 R125
R123
R124
C175
C120
R119
R122
R120
C118
C229
R116
C134
C113 C115
R179
C235+
R298
R314 R267
R317
R214
R215
+C240
R114
C114
R113
C116
C174
R277
R118
R117
C117
RT100
R121
C187
R115
C119
R298
R230 R231
CR101
CR100
CR102
U167
17
14 8
U123
17
14 8
U135
14
5
8
U138
14
5
8
R126
U147
1
4
58
C213
U159
18
16 9
R298
R298
R292
R290
C291
C283
R288
R289
+ C286
C251 +
C254
R291
C185 R219
C183
Q102
Q101
R220
R226
C161
R225
R254
R285
R227
R223 +C207
U114
18
16 9 U127
814
71
U117
18
16 9
U164
14
5
8
CR105
CR104
CR103
C200 R152
R153
C139 R154
C133
R151
R279
R280
C130
R137
C297
C138
R326 C132
C298
R150
C202
C129
R309
R143
R308
C232
C131
C183 R145
R138
R325
R299
R310 R324
U128
17
14 8
R141
R142
C125 C203
R149
R312
R313
R147
R311
R148
C127
C128
R140
C220
R146
R139
C124
U147
58
U153
18
16 9
U116
18
16 9
R263
R191 C222
R265
R183
R184
C153
C154
R195
R196
R259
C290
C289
R178
R180
C224
R177
C266
R258
C209
R225 C210
C223
C265
R264
R286R282
1
4
U166
58
1
4
U131
814
71
R262
R181
C288
R182
C287
R192
R193
R194
C264
C172
CR119
U102
18
16 9
C163
C230
C211
U104
110
20 11
U154
814
71
U101
17
14 8
R295
R296
C162
C199
C204
R209
R208
R207
R211
R210
C218
R297
R217
C197
CR120
U133
112
24 13
U103
112
24 13
C188
+ C255
C208
+ C268
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb4.png)
MAC COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE)
FIGURE 10-25
10-20
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-300
J104
J101
J102
R236
C285
+
C284
U132
+
R232
R287
C269 +
C267 +
1
2
3
4
5
R276
CR106
CR109
CR110
CR108
U125
U139 R235
R234
14
5
8
17
8
14
R133
C263
R251
C124
R132
R123
R131
R212
R136
R213
R134
C164
R135
C186
R250
C171
C189
C241 +
U141
R237 U122
U163
U121
R238
R244
U124
U131
14
5
8
14
5
8
14
5
8
1
9
16
8
1
4
58
17
8
14
CR118
C237
C105
C279
C242 +
C262
R206
C170
R205 R101 C103
R128
C122
R129
R130
R284
C205
C173
C293
C239
R111
C112
R112
R294 R293
C272
C227
R102
C234
R252
R104 R109
R253 R110
C109
C176
C108
R108
C277
C238
C110
C280
C111
R107
C107
C276
R106
C177
C271
C106
R105
C294
C104
R103
C101
R247
R281
C102
R307
C281
C236
C121
C278
16
32
CR117
CR113
CR114
R306
R268
C190
C178 R269
C304
C305 +
U148
14
5
8
U130
1
4
58
R305
R233
WO
100 WO
103
P100
1
17
C257 +
R237
+C243
+C305
R239
S100
1
16
98
R242
C249
WO
102
A301
WO
101
+ C295
1
5
R322
R323
R320
R271
C184
R164
R275
R161
C181
R166
C144
C145 R321
C201
R165
C142
R167
R162
C136
U118
18
9
16
R163
C143
C137
R159
R160
R274
C195
R168
R201
R202
R204
C273
R221
R278
R100
U151
CR111
CR112
U126
14
5
8
17
8
14
J106
R245 R301
J100
J103
U100
U129
17
8
14
17
8
14
C196
R174
R173
C141
R157
R176
R158
R156
C146
C182
C165
C198
C150
R170
R169
C148
C147
C149
C228
R155
R218
C140
C160
R270
R175
R171
R172
C215
C216
R300
U149
+ C270
1
4
58
WO
116WO
117
WO
118
R302 R261
C221
C206
R260
C247
C217
R241
R240
U165
C246
+
C245
14
5
8
+
WO
126
WO
125 WO
109
WO
108
WO
127 Z100
Z101
Z102
32
64
U136
14
5
8
C231
R304
R303
+ C296
+ C256
WO
124
WO
119
WO
121
U155 U107
1
20
11
10
1
20
11
10
U105
1
20
11
10
U162
1
8
916
WO
122
WO
120 WO
123
WO
107 WO
106 WO
105
WO
104 R319
C233
+ C258
WO
128
WO
129WO
131
WO
130
U156
1
20
11
10
U106
1
20
11
10
U157
1
20
11
10
Y101
U111
U119
S102
U108
1
20
11
10
1
4
58
120
21
40
WO
114
WO
115
WO
113
WO
112
R318
R282
R283
U112
1
1
14
15 28
14
15
28
U161 U160
1
14
15 28
P101
123
Y100
U109 U110 S101
C156 R199
R222
C307
R319
R203
C166
R197C155
C169
C306
C157
R200
C159
1
33
1
45
8
+ C158
J105
112
2413
112
2413
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb5.png)
10-21 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3)
FIGURE 10-26 FOLDOUT
A0 42
A1 10
A2 41
A3 9
A4 40
A5 8
A6 39
A7 7
A8 38
A9 6
A10 37
A11 5
A12 36
A14 35
A16 34
A13 4
A15 3
A17 2
A18 33
A19 1
MREQ 15
MSTB 16
RD 47
WR 48
HSDB+ 24
HSDB- 56
IRDB+ 25
IRDB- 57
TLA DB 26
LPTT 21
46
14
45
13
44
12
43
11
U161
74HC7030
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A16
A17
A18
23
22
21
20
A
B
C
D
18
19
G1
G2
U103
74HC573
D1 2
ADDRESS LATCH
U101
E611
U154B
10 4
5
TX FIFO
4
18
19 G2
G1
17
A12
A13
A14
23
22
21
20
A
B
C
D
U133
74HC574
A15
ADDRESS LATCH
O3 O15
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q2
Q1 2
3
10
9
8
7
6
5
MPC LATCH
RX FIFO
D0
D1
D2
19
18
17
16
D3
1
OC
D4
D5
D6
15
14
13
12
D7
U105
74HC573
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
D1
2
C EN
D3
D8
D6
D7
D5
D4
D2
11
4
9
7
8
6
5
3
R319
10k R209
10k R207
10k R208
10k R210
10k
LOCAL MIC PTT
Q102 (2)
CR120
5.1V
R211 100 WO 104
WO 106
WO 105
WO 107
+5V
R217
100 10 EXT REQ 1
P100
U160
74HC7030
A0
A1
A2
5
6
7
8
A3
A4
A5
A6
9
10
11
12
A7
Q0
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
25
27
3
MR
DIR 13
D8
DE
SI
4
Q7
24
26
SO
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
RX FIFO 15
U154A
74HC32 U101
E
2
113 123
A0
A1
A2
5
6
7
8
A3
A4
A5
A6
9
10
11
12
A7
Q0
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
MR
3
DIR
Q7
24
U101C
65
U154D
11 13
12
27
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
S1
4
SO 26
25
DOR
DE 15
13 D8
TX FIFO
31
32
63
64
VOTER DATA IN 58
U162D 116
+5V 28
+5V 29
+5V 60
+5V 61
Z101
+5V
SOURCE
WO 114
WO 115
Z100
-5V
SOURCE
WO 108
WO 109
-5V 27
-5V 59
U119
DS1232
R282
10k
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
PO-0
PO-1
PO-2
PO-3
PO-4
PO-5
PO-6
PO-7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
U111
TP8054AH2
2
4
17
P1-1
P1-3
P3-7 P1-0
P1-2
P2-0
1
3
P2-1
P2-2
P2-3
P2-4
P2-5
P2-6
P2-7
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
P3-6
16
10 P3-0
R318
10k
+5V
1
2
3
P102
J105 WDOG
8
3
5
Vcc1
TO
L
RST
ST 7
RESET
9RESET
Y101
11.059 MHz
C163
20pF
C162
20pF
19
18
31
XTAL 1
XTAL 2
EA
30
29
7
8
12
13
14
U159B-8 (2) LOGIC SQUELCH
U125D-14 (2) RX DATA
R201 (3) TX DATA
R202 (3) TX SHAPE
U117B-8 (3) TX DATA EN
ALE
PSEN
P1-6
P1-7
P3-2
P3-3
P3-4
1
2
5
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A13
A14
A15
A
B
C
U102
74HC138
4
3
G2A
G2B G1 6+5V
1413
Y2 Y1
ADDRESS
SELECT
A0
A1
A2
2
3
4
5
A3
1
OC
A4
A5
A6
6
7
8
9
A7
U104
74HC573
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1 19
C EN
Q3
Q8
Q6
Q7
Q5
Q4
Q2
11
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
EPROM
A8
A9
A10
25
24
21
23
A11
A12
A13
A14
2
26
27
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
U101D
74HC0489
U154A
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH
U112
27C256A
8
9
10
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
D7
11 A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
22 OE
CE 20
+15V 62
+15V 30 Z102
+15V
SOURCE
WO 111
WO 110
+C256
15
C231
.01
8V IN
AB
23
CGND
67
1
V OUT
U136
LM78L08
R303
240
R304
27
+C296
10
+9V
SOURCE
+C258
47
C233
.01 C234
.01 C262
.01 C263
.01 C227
.01 C228
.01 C271
.01 C272
.01 C273
.01 C229
.01
U100
U110
U113, U114, U115, U116, U117
U118, U153, U158, U159
U120, U124, U130, U135, U164
U165, U166
U121, U163
U122, U123, U125, U126, U129
U127, U128, U131, U167
U137, U138, U139, U141, U142
U143, U147, U148, U149, U151
U162
IC +15V +9V -5V GND
PIN NUMBER
14
2
13
8
4
8
16
8
4
4
4
4
4
11
11
8
4
7
9, 22
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITOR ARE IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN
U108
74HC573
D0
D1
D2
2
3
4
5
D3
D4
D5
D6
6
7
8
9
D7
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
11 CLK
Q7
D8 Q8 12
U107
74HC573
D0
D1
D2
2
3
4
5
D3
D4
D5
D6
6
7
8
9
D7
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
11 CLK
Q7
D8 Q8 12
U106
74HC573
D0
D1
D2
2
3
4
5
D3
D4
D5
D6
6
7
8
9
D7
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
11 CLK
Q7
D8 Q8 12
U156
74HC573
D0
D1
D2
2
3
4
5
D3
D4
D5
D6
6
7
8
9
D7
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
11 CLK
Q7
D8 Q8 12
U155
74HC573
D0
D1
D2
2
3
4
5
D3
D4
D5
D6
6
7
8
9
D7
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
11 CLK
Q7
D8 Q8 12
U157
74HC573
D0
D1
D2
2
3
4
5
D3
D4
D5
D6
6
7
8
9
D7
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
11 CLK
Q7
D8 Q8 12 WO 117
WO116
WO118
U118A-1 (3) DIGITAL MOD MUTE GATE
R284 (3) NORMAL RX GATE
U159D-16 (3) TX MOD A-D GATE
U159B-8 (3) LOGIC SQUELCH A-D GATE
U113D-16 (3) RX SQUELCH ACTIVE GATE
U117A-1 (3) TX INTERCOM GATE
CS 15
U151-7 (3) CS 14
WO 127
U149-7 (3) CS 12
U149-7 (3) CS 11
U148-7 (3) CS 10
U115D-16 (2) RX NET
U153B-8 (3) TX NET
WO 126
U143-7 (3) CS 6
U142-7 (3) CS 5
WO 125
U141-7 (3) CS 3
U139-7 (3) CS 2
U138-7 (3) CS 1
U137-7 (3) CS 0
U-D U151-U149 (3)
INC U151-U149 (3)
U118D-16 (3) TX MOD MUTE
U118B-8 (3) NORMAL MOD MUTE
U118C-9 (3) EXTERNAL MOD MUTE
U117C-9 (3) LOCAL MIC MUTE
U158C-9 (3) TX OPTION GATE
U159A-1 (3) LEVEL DETECT GATE
U100B-5 (3) CWID CONTROL
U153A-1 (3) DATA LEVEL TEST GATE
U158A-1 (3) TX VOICE GATE
U116C-9 (3) TX AUDIO GATE
U159C-9 (3) DATA TO A-D GATE
U116D-16 (3) TXA TO FSK GATE
U153D-16 (3) TXS TO FSK GATE
U153C-9 (3) REPEAT GATE
U116A-1 (2) FSK TO AUDIO GATE
U115C-9 (2) RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE
U116B-8 (2) RX AUDIO GATE
U115B-8 (2) RX VOICE GATE
U114A-1 (2) RX OPTION GATE
U113C-9 (2) RX MUTE GATE
U114D-16 (2) LOCAL AUDIO MUTE GATE
U115A-1 (2) VOTER AUDIO MUTE GATE
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb6.png)
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3)
FIGURE 10-27
10-22
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-300
VOTER AUDIO 25
C100
470pF
+
C235
1R249
36k R233
100k
+
U120A
2904
R248
120k
U115A
VOTER AUDIO
MUTE
32
1
U108-19 (1)
RX WB AUDIO 27
C103
.1
P100
R101
29.4k R247
54.9k
C101
.0022
R281
1M C102
.001
+
U121A
2904
2
31
2
31
R102
147k +
U121B
2904
R103
69.8k C104
100pF
C236
.001
C281
820pF
+
U122A
2904
7
6
5
R452
43k R237
100k
2
31
C239
68pF
5253
390k
R104
15k
C105
.033
+
U121B
2904 7
6
5
C294
.1
R294
1k
R293
6.2k
+9V
+1.25
V
SOURCE C279
.22
C237
.033
C106
.068
R106
1.07M
R105 100
+
U122B
2904 7
6
5
C276
.0022
C277
.0047
C107
.022
C238
.047
R108 110
C108
.1
R107
1.07M
+
U122C
2904 8
9
10
C109
.1
C239
.068 R110
110
R109
1.07M
+
U122D
2904
14
13
12
C278
.0068
C110
.022
C111
47k
C280
.022
R111
18.2k
+
U163A
3303
2
31
R112
47k
C112
.01
U113B
NORMAL
RX GATE
67
8
NORMAL RX
U157-15 (1) U113D
RX SQUELCH
ACTIVE
GATE
1
5
16
14
R284
10k
RX SQ ACT
U157-18 (1)
R214
3.9k
R215
1k
+5V
CR107
4.3V
R216
10k
U113C
RX MUTE
GATE
11 10
9
U108-17 (1) OPT
WO101 WO102
A301
COMPANDING
OPTION
1EXP IN
EXP OUT
2
+5V
C249
.1
5
4
COMP IN
COMP OUT WO 103 (3)
WO 100 (3)
U114C
U114B
U114A
RX OPTION
GATE
32
1
R299
10k
+5V
8
67
RX OPTION
U108-16 (1)
U116B
RX AUDIO
GATE
67
8
U108-14 (1)
RX AUDIO
U115B
RX VOICE
GATE
67
8
U108-15 (1)
RX VOICE
R257
36k R238
100k
+
U120B
2904
R256
36k
6
57
C292
360pF U115C
RX VOICE
TO
BACKPLANE
10 11
9
U108-13 (1)
RX VOICE
TO BACKPLANE
+
C305
10
CR117
15V
CR118
15V
31 RX VOICE
U115D
RX NET
GATE
15 14
16
U155-18 (1)
RX NET +
U165B
2904 6
5
7
R300
36k R238
100k
R302
36k
R259
10k R239
100k
+
U166A
MC33178
R258
2.2k
2
31
C290
300pF
MAIN AUDIO AMPLIFIER
13 RXA +
+
C243
10 R180
300
+
U166B
MC33178
6
57
R177
10k
C289
300pF
R178
100k
+
C244
10 R179
300
U116A
FSK TO
AUDIO
GATE
23
1
U108-12 (1)
FSK TO AUDIO
R263
10k R241
100k
+
U131A
3303
R262
2.2k
2
31
C288
300pF
+
U165A
2904 2
3
1
R260
36k R240
100k
R261
300k
U117A-3 (1)
TX INTERCOM
GATE
SECONDARY AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
FSK AMPLIFIER
+
C247
1
2 RXS-
+
C246
10 R184
300
+
U131B
3303
6
57
R181
10k
C287 300pF
R182 100k
+
C245
10 R183
300
U162C
14 3
1 RXS+
S100
10
9
11
12 5
6
8
7
+5V
SECONDARY
AUDIO TO RNT
14 RXA-
P100
VOICE AMPLIFIER
U114D
LOCAL AUDIO
MUTE GATE
14 15
16
U108-18 (1)
LOCAL AUDIO
MUTE GATE
R254
47k
R236
10k
C299
.01
+C295
220
ON/OFF/
VOL R291
1k
+
C286
10
+C251
15 C254
.1
5
1
R292
39
C291
.1
3
2
4
U132
TDA2003 R290
1
C283
.1
+
C285
470
R288
220
+
C284
220
R289
2.2
R232
51
J104
J101
EXTERNAL
SPEAKER
SPKR/MIC
LOCAL AUDIO
OUTPUT
LOCAL AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
C113
100pF
+
U135A
MC33178
1
R114
18k
C114
100pF
R113
150k
C115
100pF
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz
C116
.001 R277
5.1k R234
100k
+
U135B
MC33178
R115
47k
6
57
R116
1.5k
C117
.01
+
U123A
3303
2
31
R117
6.2k
R118
12k RT100
10k C118
.01
CR101
R119
47k
R120
10k
C120
.1
R122
10k
-5V
+
U123B
3303
6
57
R121 47k
+
U123C
3303
9
10 8
C119
.1
R124
1M
R123
330k R230
7.5k
CR100
R231
10k
U159B-6 (3)
LOGIC SQUELCH
R229
1K
R228
5.1k
+5V
R125
100k
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
NOISE
RECTIFIER
NOISE AMPLIFIER
+C240
1
-5V
R126
100k +
U123D
3303
12
13 14
R127
470k
R128
100k
C122
.022
R129
47k
2
3
+
U124A
MC33178
1
2
3
R206
10k
R205
7.5k
-5V +9V
C121
.01
R130
100k
R131
56k
R132
56k
C123
.047
C124
.0068
+
U124B
2904
7
6
5
R251
51k R235
100k
+
U125A
3303
R250
150k
2
31
RECEIVE DATA FILTER
DATA AMPLIFIER TP DCR
+
U125B
3303
+
U125C
3303
CR108
7
5
6
CR110
CR109
7
10
9
U159C-10 (3)
DATA TO A-D GATE
R134
100k
R133
100k
-5V
+C242
15
+C241
15
-5V
+
U125D
3303
14
12
13
R135
47k
R136
10k
R276
18k
CR106
R212
1k
R213
5.1k
+5V
RX DATA
U111-8 (1)
C230
.01
+C255
47
-5V
+C207
1
+C267
47
+C268
47
C186
.01 C187
.01 C188
.01 C189
.01 C190
.01 C191
.01 C192
.01 C193
.01 C194
.01 C195
.01 C196
.01 C197
.01 C198
.01 C199
.01 C200
.01 C201
.01 C202
.01 C203
.01 C204
.01 C205
.01 C206
.01 C264
.01 C265
.01 C266
.01 C208
.01 C209
.01 C210
.01 C211
.01 C212
.01 C213
.01 C214
.01 C215
.01 C216
.01 C217
.01 C218
.01 C229
.01
23 RNT TX DATA
22 RNT RX DATA
P101
S101 U162C
15 2 116
RS-232 DATA
TO/FROM RNT
19
TXS+ TO S100-2 (3)
U110
MX614TN
7
8
U153D-14 (3)
RXD
RXIN
RXAMPOUT
VBIAS
GND
13
12
17
TXD
Y100
2.4576MHz
C166
15pF
C155
15pF 2XTAL/CLK
XTAL
1
14
6
24
RXEQ
M1
Vcc
R197
1M
C306
.1
+5V
C307
100pF
R222
100k R199
100k
C156
.1
U153C-7 (3)
18
72
U109
MX614TN
12 GND R203
10k R200
2.2k
+5V
17
TXD
6M1
2XTAL/CLK
7RXIN
5M0
11 TXOUT
14
5
24
RXEQ
M0
Vcc
R198
10k
+C158
10
+5V
C159
.1
13 VBIAS
18
CLK
18 CLK
11 10
9
U153C
REPEAT
GATE
11 10
9
U107-19 (1)
U153A-2 (3)
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb7.png)
10-23 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3)
FIGURE 10-28 FOLDOUT
J102
LOCAL MIC JACK
R204
2.2k
R205
6.8k Q201
3657
+5V
R206
10k
R207
10k Q202
3658
R208
10k
+5V
U14-2 (1)
LOCAL MIC PTT
C201
.1R209
16k
+
U203A
2904
1
2
3
R210
180k
+
U203B
2904
7
6
5
R214
22k
C204
.0056
R215
43.2k
C205
.0047
R216
86.6k
+
U204B
3404
7
6
5
R218
909k
C206
.0033
R217
25.5k
C207
.0039 +
U204C
3403
8
9
10
CR202
2.4V
CR203
2.4V
R220
1k
+
U204D
3403
14
13
12
CR201
R221
150k
R222
150k
+5V
-5V
CR204 CR205
R223
150k
TX AUDIO BUFFER HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz
LIMITER
R224
121k
R225
121k
+
U204A
3403
1
2
3
R226
35.7k +
U205B
2904
C211
.0033
R227
27.4k
C212
680pF
7
6
5
LOWPASS FILTERS
R228
22.6k +
U205A
2904
C213
.01
R229
17.4k
C214
680pF
1
2
3
R213
43k
C202
.1
7
8
R230
180k
U207
X9C10415
100k
VH VW VL
CS
7
U18-15 (1)
35
+
U208C
3403
C218
360pF
8
9
10
6
R232
39k
C219
.047 R241
82k
+
U129B
3303
R245
82k
C223
390pF
R240
82k
R261
240k
C233
.022
+
U208A
3403
1
2
3
R258
430k
C232
.0047
R259
10k
R260
10k +5V-5V
R257
4.3k
R256
150k
C230
.01
U209A
74HC02
3
21
R255
54.9k
U209B
74HC02
6
54
R254
1M
CWID
CONTROL
U15-12 (1)
CWID GENERATOR
TX AUDIO AMPLIFIER
2
1
U/D
INC U15-13 (1)
U15-12 (1) 20 TPI HS DATA
U135B
U17-19 (1)
NORMAL MOD MUTE 6
C209
470pF
C208
.0047
R219
3.3k
U134C
11
9
10
U16-14 (1)
LOCAL MIC MUTE
C203
.1
R212
43k
C235
.01
+
U208B
3403
7
6
5
R242
36k
R243
18k
C224
.22
+
U206B
2904
6
5
7
C229
100pF
R238
1k R237
100k
R236
47k
+
U206A
2904
2
3
1
C228
100pF
R235
10k
R234
1.2k
U135A
TX DATA
ENABLE
3
1
2
U17-14 (1)
R251
10k
U135D
TX TONE ENABLE
14 15
16
U17-13 (1)
R253
24k
C217
100pF
C226
.1
R252
10k TX TONE
U7-11 (1)
R233
1k
R249
330k R248
470k
7 V REF EX
R250
4.7k
+
C216
220
CR210
3.9V
CR211
3.9V
+
C215
220
1
2
J201
18 TPI SUB TX DATA
TX DATA
AMPLIFIER
R244
82k
C222
1
C234
.01
29 TX MOD
12
13
14
C221
100pF
R239
82k 9
1011
U135C
EXT MOD MUTE
GATE
U17-17 (1)
C220
1
14
16
15 U137D
TX MOD
A-D GATE
U15-18 (1)
C231
.0047
CWID FILTER
+
U108A
2904
2
31
R149
10k
R150
7.5k +9V-5V
R148
47k
R146
100k
C134
.022
C135
.01
R147
100k
R151
56k
C136
.047
R152
56k
+
U108B
2904
7
6
5
C137
.0068
R153
51k R154
100k
+
U110A
3403
1
2
3
R155
270k
C158
.1
+
U110C
34038
9
10 CR105
CR106
+
U110B
34037
6
5CR104
R156
47k
-5V
+C138
15
-5V
+C139
15
R157
100k
R158
100k
+
U110D
3403
C140
.001
12
13 14
R159
10k
COMPARATOR
DC RESTORATION
DATA AMPLIFIER
RECEIVE DATA FILTER
CR107
R160
5.1k
+5V
R161
1k R162
18k
CR212
15V
CR213
15V
10
9
11
U137C
DATA TO A-D
U17-19 (1)
6
8
7
U137B
LOGIC SQ
A-D
U16-19 (1)
R201
36k R202
100k
+
U202A
33178
1
2
3
R203
36k
C227
100pF
3
1
2
U16-15 (1)
U136A
TX VOICE GATE
U16-16 (1)
TX OPTION
11
9
16
15
10
14U136D
U136C
TX OPTION GATE
R211
10k
+5V
3
1
2
U137A LEVEL DETECT
U16-17 (1)
7
6
8U136B
WO 100 WO 103
OPTION
1
32
U133A
REPEAT GATE
U15-13 (1)
67
8
U15-15 (1)
U133B
RX VOICE GATE R171
36k R172
100k
+
U113B
33178
7
6
5
R173
36k
C150
360pF
R188
1k
C154
.1
1
2
J106
CR208
3.9V
CR209
3.9V
CR214
3.9V
CR216
3.9V
28 A-D LEVEL
17 TPI TX AUDIO
C225
.1
J100
J103
A-D LEVEL
TP
11
9
10
U133C
RX VOICE TO
BACKPLANE
+
C153
10
13 TPI RX VOICE
22 TPI RX DATA
16 TPI LOGIC NOISE SQ
+
U105A
33178
2
31
R122
5.1k
C126
100pF
R121
150k
C125
100pF C127
100pF
R120
18k
C128
.001 R123
100k
+
U105B
33178
4
6
5
R124
47k
NOISE AMPLIFIER
SQ ADJ
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz
C157
20pF
R125
1.5k
C129
.01
+
U107A
34031
2
3
R126
6.2k
R127
12k
RT100
10k C130
.01
CR101 CR102
R130
10k
R131
47k
C132
.1
-5V
R128
10k
+
U107B
34037
6
5
R129
47k
C131
.1
+
U107C
34038
9
10 R133
1M
R132
330k R134
3.9k
CR108
R135
2.4k
+5V
R136
1k
R137
10k CR110
5.1V
R190
1k
R138
100k
+C133
1
-5V
R139
100k
+
U107D
340314
12
13
R140
470k
R141
10k
CR103
4.3V
R142
3.9k
R143
1k
+5V
14
15
16
U15-19 (1)
RX SQ ACT
U131D
RX SQ
ACTIVE
GATE
R144
10k
U15-18 (1)
NORMAL RX
TIMING BUFFER
SCHMITT TRIGGER
NOISE RECTIFIER
+
U101A
2904
RX WB AUDIO 27
P100 C101
.1R101
29.4k
C102
.0022
R102
54.9k
R103
1M C103
.001
3
21
R104
147k R105
69.8k
C106
100pF
+
U101B
2904
5
67
C105
.001
C104
820pF R106
43k R107
100k
NARROW BAND
AUDIO ADJ
+
U103A
2904
3
21
R108
390k
C107
68pF
C124
.1
+
U104B
33178
5
67
+1.25
R118
6.2k
R119
1k
+9V
R109
15k
C108
.033
C109
.22 C110
.033
R110
100
C111
.068
R111
1.07M
+
U103B
3403
5
67
C113
.0022
C112
.022
C114
.0047 C115
.047
R112
110
C116
.1
R113
1.07M
+
U103C
3403
10
98
C118
.0068
C117
.022
R115
1.07M
C121
.022
C122
.022
C119
.068
R114
110
C120
.1
R116
18.2k
+
U103D
3403
12
13 14
+
U104A
33178
3
21
R117
47k
C123
.01
DE-EMPHASIS
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz
LOW -PASS FILTER < 3 kHz
7
89
10611
U131B
NORMAL
RX GATE
U131C
RECEIVE
MUTE GATE
U15-17 (1)
RX
OPTION
R145
10k
U15-14 (1)
+5V
U132C 9
10
11
1
2
7
6
8
3
U132A
RECEIVE
OPTION GATE
U132B
WO 101 WO102
OPTION
14 15
16
U132D
LOCAL AUDIO
MUTE GATE
U15-16 (1)
R163
47k
R164
10k
R191
1k
+
C142
10 1
5
LOCAL AUDIO
ON/OFF/VOL
+15V
+C141
220
+C144
15
C145
.1
R165
39
C146
.1
C143
.01
+
C147
220
4
2
+C149
470
R167
220
R168
2.2
R166
1
C148
.1
R169
51
J101
SPKR/MIC
J104
EXT SPKR
LOCAL AUDIO OUTPUT
U111
TDA2003
1
2
+5V J105 P105
R176
100k
R175
10k
CR109
5.1V
R174
10k
CR215
15V
CR217
15V
15 TPI SQ ENABLE
P100
CONNECT IF NOT USING EXTERNAL
SQUELCH GATE CONTROL
P106
CONNECT IF
USING WITH
JOHNSON
LTR LOGIC
1
2
+
U202B
33178
6
5
7
R264
75k
R266
75k
R267
75k
R265
75k
C296
.1
C297
.1
R262
300
R263
300
3J202
P202
6
5
3
4
S100
3 TX+
4 TX-
INSTALL IF
USING EDACS
SYSTEM
R269
100k
+
U210A
33178
1
2
3
R270
2.2k
C298
300pF
R271
100k
R268
10k
+
U210B
33178
7
6
5
C299
300pF
R272
100k
+
C300
10
+
C301
10
R273
300
R274
300
1 RX+
2 RX-
S100
27
18
23 MA
P201
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
WHEN VEGA OPTION IS USED (023-2000-960), S100 SWITCHES MUST BE
IN THE "OFF" (OPEN) POSITION.
2
2
2
(TO ADAPTER CARD)
(FROM ADAPTER CARD)
(LOW SPEED DATA ENABLE)
(HIGH SPEED DATA)
(LOW SPEED DATA)
E-OPTION
STD TPI
R247
5.1k
+5V
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb8.png)
IAC COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-29
10-24
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
C504
R570
R505
C506
C520
C508
C505 C507 C510
C501
R575
C527
C526
R505
C506
R503
C509
U519
U522
U523
U509 U507
R572
R500
R501
R573
C528
R571
R574 C503
Q503
C506
CR522
R524
R532
Q501
S508
Q502
CR528
R508
J502
J501
J500
J505
U506
R509
C502
R529
R521
R510
Q505
Q504
CR530
CR534CR533
R543
R512
R544
R542
R511
R558
2011
110
WO
501
WO
502
110
11 20
U503
U508
U518
110
11 20
C500
R519
R518
R517
R516
R520
CR500
CR504
CR505
CR502
CR503
R515
CR501
R577
CR524
R576
CR523
R578
CR525
17
148
U518
CR535
110
11 20
R513
R514
R539
R540
R559
R507
R538
R564
R550
R549
R545
R552
R551
R563
C516
R568
R554
R567
R553
U518
U518
S502
8
5
1
4
123
1
34
6
7
1
814
J503
CR536 CR527
CR537
C504
CR511CR510
U521
110
11 20
WO
503
WO
504
WO
505
R547 R561
C514
C515
C513 C512
R541
R528
U501
112
13 24
U500
112
13 24
C536 C536
1
3
CR507CR506
S500
8
5
1
4
U520
4
6
S503
8
5
1
4
CR513
CR512
1
3
U512
4
6
R546
R560
R569
R555
C536 C562
1
3
CR509
CR508
S501
8
5
1
4
U510
4
6
WO
508 WO
509
133
L501
P500
C532
WO
506
+
C531
WO
510
WO
507
WO
511
F501
F502
+
C530
C533
C529
CR526
C519
C521
C511
Z501
Z500
U505
C522
C523
+
+
64 32
20
11
110
1
17
C518
U504
20
11
110
C556
C557
Q500
R535
R527
C517
114
213
69
78
K500
114
213
69
78
K502
WO
515
WO
512
WO
516
WO
513
WO
517
WO
514
R537
R526
C535 C537
R534
R533
C538
C534
R523
R522
C539
R531
C536
R530
R525
WO
518
CR532
CR531
U514
1
4
5
8
16
32
P501
CR528
R506
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgb9.png)
10-25 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
IAC SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-30 FOLDOUT
D0 46
D1 14
D2 45
D3 13
D4 44
D5 12
D6 43
D7 11
A12 36
A13 4
A14 35
A15 3
A16 34
A17 2
A18 33
A19 1
MREQ 15
23A16 A18
C
D
22
21
20
A17
A18
A19
U501
74HC154 19
G2
G1
D3
4
18
G1 19
O3
23A12 A
C
D
22
21
20
A13
A14
A15
B
BU500
74HC154
ADDRESS LATCH
19 G2
O6
7
O2
O5
O7
O4
O1
3
6
8
5
2
ADDRESS LATCH
U518
74HC574
D1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
11 CLK
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
THERMAL SENSOR 56
U506
ADC0804
R509
10k
R508
10k
C502
.1
C503
150pF R510
10k
Vcc
20 INTR 5
VREF
V IN -
GND A
GND D
CLK IN
CLKR
9
7
8
10
4
19
VIN+
DO
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
6
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
1
CS
P500
31
32
63
64
RD 47
WR 48
2
3
RD
WR
RPTR ON/OFF 57
S508
U508B R520
2.7k
43
CR503
+5V
+5V
+5V
19
Q1
U508C R516
2.7k
65
CR502
18
U508A
74HC906 R517
2.7k
21
CR505
17
U508E R519
2.7k
10 11
CR504
15
U508D R518
2.7k
89
CR500
16
Q2
Q3
Q5
Q4
Q7
1OC
Q6 Q8
14 12
13
U517
74HC573
Q1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
2D1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19 11
C
EN
8
7
5
D7
D6
D4
D3
1OC
D8 D2
93
4
R507
10k
R513
10k R514
10k R559
10k
D5 6
R539
100k
U505
74HC574
D1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2Q1
Q3
Q4
Q5
OC
11 CLK 1
Q6
Q2
Q7
Q8 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19 12 RF MUX 1 INH
13 RF MUX 2 INH
14 RF MUX 3 INH
15 PC STR
16 HS CS EX
26 SYN CS EX
25 HS CS RX
10 SYN CS RX
11 WO 1
1 GROUND
9 AC FAIL IN
P501
U504
74HC574
D1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2Q1
Q3
Q4
Q5
OC
11
CLK
1
Q2
Q7
Q8 12
13
15
16
17
18
19 29 RF DATA 1
30 RF DATA B
31 RF DATA C
32 RF DATA
8 RF CLOCK
23 AC FAIL OUT
24 WO 2
Q6
14
R543
10k R544
1k
CR533
15V
CR534
15V
+5V
U508E
74HC906
12 13 7 EXT REQ 1
C520
.1
+C507
10
+C505
10
R505
2k R570
1k
C501
.015
+
C506
10
+C504
10
U519
SAG04AD
IFA D1
1RSSIO 5
15
14
12
10
11
IFA D2
IFA OUT
LIM IN
LIM D2
LIM D1
IFA IN
MUTE IN
16
3
R575
82k
+
U509A
3403
1
3
2
R503
5.1k
+C509
1
+
U509B
3403
7
5
6
U507B
3
45
U507A
U507D
1
2
13
11
10
12
J500
+
C510
33
+
U509C
3403 9
10
8
R573
5.1k
C528
.01
+C524
10 R571
10k
R572
16k +12V
R574
51k
U507C
9
6
8
28 A D LEVEL
+C508
33
+8V
+5V IN 28
+5V IN 29
+5V IN 60
+5V IN 61
SOURCE
Z501
+C522
47
+5V
C521
.01 R515
1k
CR501
FILTERED 26
+15V
FILTERED 58
+15V
L501
+C530
220 C529
.01 R578
2.7k
CR525
+15V
R576
2.7k
CR523
ACCESSORY 24
ACCESSORY 25
+15V
+15V
+15V
ACCESSORY
F501
2A
CR526
+C532
1000
C531
.01
ALARM 2 OUT+ 20
14
1
8
7
2,1
3
6
+15V
Q501
3658
K501
R524
4.7k
R532
4.7k
+5V
14
1
8
7
2,13
6
+15V
Q500
3658
K500
R527
4.7k
R535
4.7k
+5V
ALARM 2 OUT- 52
ALARM 1 OUT+ 19
ALARM 1 OUT- 51
-5V IN 27
-5V IN 59
+15V IN 30
+15V IN 62
-5V
R577
1k
CR524
C538
.01
Z500
+C523
47
+15V
C511
.01
+15V OUT
J502
U503
74HC574
D1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
11 CLK
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
15
Q5
14
17
16
Q6
Q3
Q4
Q7
1
OC
Q8
13
Q2
18
Q1
19
14
1
8
7
2,1
3
6
+15V
Q502
3658
K502
R521
4.7k
R529
4.7k
+5V
1 ALARM 3 OUT+
17 ALARM 3 OUT-
14
1
8
7
2,1
3
6
+15V
Q503
3658
K503
R500
4.7k
R501
4.7k
+5V
2 ALARM 4 OUT+
18 ALARM 4 OUT-
R557
10k R556
10k
+5V
WO 501
WO 502
12
+
U514A
LM2904
1
2
3
R523
10k
C534
100pF
R522
10k
C536
.1R530
10k
R531
4.32k
R522
10k
+
U514B
LM2904
7
6
5
R526
10k
C535
100pF
R533
1k
+5V
R534
1M
C537
.1
CR531
15V
CR534
15V
R537
1k
4
5
6
19
20
21
27 I/O 13
WO 512
WO 513
WO 514
WO 515
WO 516
WO 517
WO 518
22 BUF RX WBAND
3 RX WBAND
U522
78L12 +C525
10
+12V
C539
.01
+C527
.1
+15V
31
2
U523
78M08
2
13
SOURCE
+C526
1
+8V
SOURCE
C512
.01
+5V
C513
.01 C514
.01 C515
.01 C516
.01 C517
.01 C518
.01 C519
.01 C500
.01
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
U521
74HC573
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1OC
D1 D2
D3
D4
D8
D7
D6
D5
5
4
9
8
7
6
32
R545
10k R549
10k R550
10k R551
10k
R563
10k
CR535
4.3V
R552
10k
R564
3.9k
CR534
15V
CR533
15V
WO 505
WO 504
WO 503
U520
4N35
4
561
2
R536
10k
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R528
1.2K
S500
CR507
CR506
R502 430
R541 200 +5V
+15V
5
37
P500
ALARM 1 IN +
ALARM 1 IN -
+5V
U510
4N35
4
561
2
R562
10k
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R555
1.2K
S501
CR509
CR508
R548 430
R569 200 +5V
+15V
6
38
ALARM 2 IN +
ALARM 2 IN -
+5V
10
EXT REQ 2
U513C
CR533
5.1V
R504
1K 3
2
1
U511
4N35
4
561
2
R561
10k
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R554
1.2K
S511 R547 430
R568 200 +5V
+15V
7
39
ALARM 3 IN +
ALARM 3 IN -
+5V
J503
CR511
CR510
U513B
CR528
5.1V
R506
1K 3
2
1
U512
4N35
4
561
2
R560
10k
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R553
1.2K
S503 R546
430
R567 200 +5V
+15V
8
40
ALARM 4 IN +
ALARM 4 IN -
+5V
J504
CR513
CR512
34
5
10 11
12
P504
P503
+15V
R558
10k
Q505
3616
Q504
3616
R511
20k
R512
10k CR529
15V
CR530
15V
9
SQUELCH ENABLE
1
2
3
4
J505P505
SQUELCH
ENABLE OUT
INVERTED
NON-INVERTED
U503 CONTROL NON-
INVERTED
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
C533
.01
CR548
J506
P506
REMOVE FOR EDACS OPTION
REPEATER/BASE
FILTERED
SOURCE
1
2
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgba.png)
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE)
FIGURE 10-31
10-26
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
F1
F2
F3
P9
P13P15
P17
P2
P4
P6
P8
P7 P5 P3 P18 P16 P14 P12 P1
133
32 64
1 17
3216
133
32 64
1 17
3216
1 17
3216
1 17
3216
1 17
3216
1 17
3216
1 17
3216
1 17
3216
133
32 64
133
32 64
133
32 64
133
32 64
133
32 64
133
32 64
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgbb.png)
10-27 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CABLE SIDE)
FIGURE 10-32 FOLDOUT
12
25 26
P10
12
33 34
J2
12
33 34
J1
16
P11
WO4 WO1
WO2
WO6
WO7
WO3
WO17
WO16
WO13 WO5 WO8
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgbc.png)
BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-33
10-28
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
331
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
ALARM 1 OUT +
ALARM 2 OUT +
SYNC IN
COM 17
MSTB
MREQ
D1
D3
D5
D7
EXT REQ 2
SQUELCH ENABLE
ALARM 4 IN +
ALARM 3 IN +
ALARM 2 IN +
ALARM 1 IN +
A13
A15
A17
A19 A18
A16
A14
A12
ALARM 1 IN -
ALARM 2 IN -
ALARM 3 IN -
ALARM 4 IN -
IAC 41
D4
D6
D2
D0
RD
WR
COM 49
COM 50
ALARM 1 OUT -
ALARM 2 OUT -
COM 53
COM 54
COM 55
THERMAL SENSOR
POWER SWITCH
+15V
ACC
+15V
FILT
-5V
+5V
+15V
+15V
FILT
-5V
+5V
+15V
331
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
TLA+
SYNC IN
COM 17
MSTB
MREQ
D1
D3
D5
D7
A1
A3
A5
A7
A9
A11
A13
A15
A17
A19 A18
A16
A14
A12
A10
A8
A6
A4
A2
D4
D6
D2
D0
RD
WR
COM 49
COM 50
TLA-
COM 53
COM 54
COM 55
HSDB-
IRDB-
-5V
+5V
+15V
-5V
+5V
+15V
P1
IAC SLOT
P3, P5, P7, P12, P14, P16, P18
A0
+15V
FILT
2
LPTT
RNT TX DATA
RNT RX DATA
6
4
P11
IRDB+
COM 26
WO 13
+15V
FILT
1
P11
HSDB-HSDB+ 5
3
ALARM BUS (1-2)
ALARM BUS (3-8)
F3
1A
F2
4A
F1
4A
WO 4
WO 1
WO 6
WO 7
WO 3
WO 5
WO 8
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 26
EXT REQ 2
SQUELCH ENABLE
ALARM 4 IN +
ALARM 3 IN +
SYNC IN
COM 17
ALARM 3 OUT +
ALARM 4 OUT +
TX DATA OUT
COM 53
COM 54
COM 55
I/O 13
ALARM 3 IN -
ALARM 4 IN -
IAC 41
EXT OUT 1
COM 49
COM 50
ALARM 3 OUT -
ALARM 4 OUT -
TX DATA IN
RX VOICE
TX VOICE
BUF RX WBAND
COMM 6
P10
(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J1)
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 26
PTT ENABLE
TX AUDIO
SQ ENABLE
RX VOICE
MA
HS DATA ENABLE
RXS+
TXS+
VOTER AUDIO
VOTER DATA IN
RSSI
WB DISC
LOGIC NOISE SQ
SUB TX DATA
HS DATA
RX DATA
MB
RXS-
TXS-
EXT MOD
EXT REQ 1
AC FAIL OUT
J1
(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J2)
1 17
2 18
3 19
4 20
5 21
6 22
7 23
8 24
925
10 26
11 27
12 28
13 29
RX WBAND
ALARM 4 OUT +
ALARM 3 OUT +
COMM 6
EXT OUT 1
RF CLOCK
AC FAIL IN
SYN CS RX
WO 1
RF MUX 1 INH
RF MUX 2 INH
ALARM 3 OUT -
ALARM 4 OUT -
BUF RX WBAND
AC FAIL OUT
WO 2
HS CS RX
SYN CS EX
I/O 13
A-D LEVEL
RF DATA A
P9
1 17
2 18
3 19
4 20
5 21
6 22
7 23
8 24
9 25
10 26
11 27
12 28
13 29
TXS-
TXS+
RXS-
RXS+
COMM 6
I/O 13
V REF EX
TX DATA OUT
TX DATA IN
EXT REQ 1
EXT MOD
RSSI
RX VOICE
TX AUDIO
SUB TX DATA
PTT EN
HS DATA
HS DATA ENABLE
RX DATA
MA
MB
VOTER AUDIO
A-D LEVEL
RX WBAND
WO 3
TX MOD
P2, P4, P6, P8, P13, P15, P17
1 2
34
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 26
HS CS EX
PC STR
WO 1
WO 4
RX WBAND
RF DATA A
RF DATA C
RF MUX 2 INH
RF CLOCK
HS CS RX
RF MUX 1 INH
RF MUX 3 INH
LPTT
SYN CS EX
TX MOD
WO 3
WO 2
RF DATA B
A-D LEVEL
RF DATA
SYN CS RX
RSSI
J2
RF INTERFACE CONNECTOR
WO 16
WO 17
SYNC IN
COM 50
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
V REF EX 14
15
16
30
31
32
WB DISC
SQ ENABLE
LOGIC NOISE SQ
WO 4
RX VOICE
TX VOICE
14
15
16
30
31
32
RF MUX 3 INH
PC STR
HS CS EX
RF DATA B
RF DATA C
RF DATA
AUDIO/DATA BUS 2
AUDIO/DATA BUS 1
27
29
31
33
28
30
32
34
ALARM 1 IN +
ALARM 2 IN +
ALARM 1 OUT +
ALARM 2 OUT +
ALARM 1 IN -
ALARM 2 IN -
ALARM 1 OUT -
ALARM 2 OUT -
+15V
ACC +15V
ACC
WO2
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgbd.png)
10-29 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT
(OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE)
FIGURE 10-34 FOLDOUT
C219
C221
C141
C146
C210 C207 R272
C217
C218
CR107
CR107 R150
U107
R166
R167
R168
CR138
Q105
R130
R131
R132
C148 R155
R129
R133
R134
R154
Q103
CR137
Q106
R202
R263
C135
R157
R274
R156
C225
R262
Q114
U115
C236
R222
R175
R173
CR140
R151
C134
C133+
R152
R176
C233
+ C232
CR122
Q110
Q111
C132+
C131
R178C138
R158
C152
U104
U104
Q121
Q112
R180 R179
R181
R195
R196
R194
R193
R192
R197
R228
C229
C224
C223
R220
C173
R191
Q120
+C230
U106
CR139
C180 +
C181
R234
C182
R233
C174
R308
C183
R229
R227
R232
+C178
C177
U112
C159 +
C199 +
R268
R208
R231
CR127
C160 +
R267
C161
R207
Q124
CR125
C170 R210
R209
CR124
R206
R205
R200
R215
R239 C171
R217
R198
R199
C215
C167
R212
C220
R214
R216
R211
U116
Q122
Q126
U119
C168
R281
R213
R246
R189
R201
R247
R248
R204
Q123
R203
C162
CR133
C164 C185
R266
R202
C176
R224
R225
Q127
Q128
R315
R219
R218
C172
C177
R269
R309
C203
R263
R223 R226 R259
C175
R221
C201
C200 +
U113
R264
R162
R185 R221
R221
R187
R189
R188
R138
R139
C151
R118
R135
R230
C157
C234
+ C231
R273
R190
R158 R137
R136
C154
C155
R184
R170
R171
R169
U106
R183
R182
R172
C150
+C153
C149
U109
U103
C115
U108
R256 C192
C196
R260
+C198 R261
C195
C193
C194
R258
R245
R271
R270 C204
R244
R240
C184
Q131
CR131
Q130
CR130
R243
R242
R237
R235
R236
Q129
R238
R241
C208
R252
Q133
U120
R253
U117
R249 R250
R222
C190
R251
C191
R255
C213
C214 Q102
C235
R279
R280
R277
R278
U121
U122
CR136 R303
C211
R287
C212
R286
R276
Q138
CR101
CR110
CR142 CR143 R279
U118
R285
C227
R284
CR102 CR111
C102
CR113
R305
C109
R257
CR119
CR118 CR123
Q117
Q115
CR117
R160
R159
R161
C136+
C228+
CR134
+C107
CR112
R125
R163
R164
CR120
R165
C137+
C140 +
C139 +
R312
R121
R311
R307
R146 R153
R145
C125
R122
R313
R123
R314
R124
R127
C122
C108
R119
R144
R143
C124
R148
R147
CR116 + C128
Q104
CR115
R149
C129
C112 C130
C126
C147 +C123
R141
R107
C127
R142
C120
C121
U102
C113
C118
C116
+C119
+C117
R106
R140
R104
R101
C103 R103
R105
R102
CR114
Q107 Q108
R115
C114
R111
R117
R128
R126
R112
CR147
R153
R116
+C105
C104+
CR103
CR104
CR106
CR105
R120
R109
R306 R302
R110
R108
1
78
14
1
4
5
81
4
58
17
8
14
1
4
58
1
8
9
16
EBC
CGS
D
EB
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
R177
14
5
8
14
5
8
EB
C
EB
C
EB
C
EB
C
EB
C
EB
C
1
8
9
16
E
B
C
1
4
5
8
14
58
14
58
E
B
C
1
2
34
5
6
1
2
34
5
6
1
45
8
E
B
C
EB
C
14
58
14
58
GS
D
EB
C
EB
C
EB
C
1
8
9
16
E
B
C
14
58
E
B
C
E
B
C
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgbe.png)
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT
(COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)
FIGURE 10-35
10-30
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
L107
RT102 RT101
T101
EP105
EP101
RV102
W113 W111
EP103
EP104
C106
++
+
C101
C205
U114
R254
+
C209
L105 T109
+
C186
CR132
Q132
CR126
Q125 U111
T108
L104
CR135 +
C188 CR129
+
C187 +
C166
L102
W109
+
C165
R216
L103
CR141
W115
W107
+
C169
+
C163
J102
J101
L101
CR145 CR109
Q101
C110
+
C111
+
T105
T106
T106
Q116 Q118
C142
A803
CR121 CR128
W116
+
C143
W105 W106
EP106
F102
+
+
C144
C145
W104
W112
W111
W110
C107
+
R113
R114
1
4 2
35
S G
DS G
D
1
1
2
2
2
31
S
G D SG D SG D
1
2
3
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgbf.png)
10-31 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-36 FOLDOUT
150V DC
BATTERY BACKUP
EP108
DC INPUT (+)
RED
EP105
DC INPUT (-)
BLACK
EP104
HV GROUND
BATTERY BACKUP
EP109
RT101 RT102
IN RUSH CURRENT
LIMITERS
R101
330k
R102
330k
R103
240k
R104
100k
C103
.22
R140
15k
C118
270pF
+C117
.47
+C119
1
C127
.01
R142
560k
C126
.1
4
5
10
16
V RMS
SS
GND
V EAO
U102
ML4841IS
R105
330k
R106
330k
R107
330k
2
IAC 400V
CONTROLLER IC
R302
20k
R110
20k
R108
20k R109
20k
R120
20k
R306
20k
9,10
12,13
14,15
16,17
18,19,20
CR105
CR106
1
11
+
C104
1
CR103
+C105
1
R116
36k
+C106
1500
R128
51
+C107
1500
R117
330
+15V
PRE-CONTROLLER
C114
.1
Q108
6027
R126
10
R112
10
Q107
6026
R115
4.7k
CR114
R111
220
12
PFC
OUT
Q101
6354
R113
.03
R114
.03
R153
100
C116
.1
CR145
+C110
330
+C111
330 R311
100k R121
100k
R312
100k R122
100k
R313
100k R123
100k
R314
100k R124
100k
R127
1.27k
15
FB
9
RAMP2
1
34
2
PRI SEC
T105 CR112
+400V
R125
13
R307
0
C125
.0033
R146
100
6
VDC
R143
3k
C122
470pF
R144
24.3k
R119
24.3k
7
8
RTCT
RAMP1 C108
470pF
C113
.0047
+C123
1C124
.1
R141
10k
C121
.0027
C120
270pF
1
14
13
11
IEA0
REF
Vcc
PWM
OUT
CR115
CR116
C147
.1
+C128
6.8C129
.1
Q104
6026
R149
1k
+15V +15V
PRE-CONTROLLER
SWITCHED PRE-CONTROLLER
R148
4.7k
+
C139
6.8
+
C140
6.8
1
8
+
C137
2.2
+
C228
2.2
+
C197
2.2
+
C136
2.2
3
6
4
5
T106 R161
20
R159
20 CR123
R160
470
Q115
6026 CR117
18V
CR119
Q116
6351
R163
20
R165
20 CR134
Q117
6026
R164
470
CR120
18V
Q118
6351
CR118
+400V
5
4
62
1
U108
R169
1k
R170
820 R171
820 R172
100k
C150
.01
U109
TL431ID 8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
CATHODE
ANODE A
ANODE B
NC A
REF
ANODE D
ANODE C
NC B
C149
.1
R175
1.8k
R174
1k
R173
16.9k
+2.5V
R222
0
1
8
3
12
16
18
19
20
15
14
R272
51
C207
.0022
C210
.0022
67V TO BATTERY BACK-UP
EP106
R166
10 R167
10 R168
10
C142
.001
CR121
CR128
L101
APPROXIMATELY
100V PEAK
+C143
2700
+C144
2700
+C145
2700
C146
.1C141
.1
F102
10A
(25.9-27.3V)
MAIN OUTPUT VOLTAGE SET/
FEEDBACK
4
5
6
21
U107
CR148
13V CR107
R155
36k
CR137
R150
2k
Q103
3600
CR138
R130
100k
R129
36k
R131
36k
R133
100k
R134
20k
Q106
3600
C148
.1R132
100k
R154
100k
ON/OFF
SENSE
BATTERY
BACKUP
TO REMOTE
ENABLE
WO104
EP110
+
U110C
LMC550AM
810
9
R137
1M
R136
100k
R118
18.2k
R135
13k
C236
.1
R138
2.26k
R139
2.26k
C234
.001 Q114
3612
Q105
3612
C225
.01 R156
1k R274
1k
R157
20k
U115
TL431ID
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
CATHODE
ANODE A
ANODE B
NC A
REF
ANODE D
ANODE C
NC B
R202
20k
SHUTDOWN DRIVE
TO U119, U120, U122 (2)
R263
2.49k
C135
.1
R262
29.4k
SHUTDOWN
OVER-VOLTAGE
CGR
BATTERY BACKUP
GROUND
BATTERY BACKUP
EP112
EP111
WO105
WO106
+26.5V DC EXTERNAL INPUT
POWER
CONNECTOR
+26.5V
+C230
1
C229
.1
U106
LM78L05
VIN
GND
VOUT
81
2,3,4,5,6,7
+C232
6.8
C233
.1C154
.1C115
.1
A803IN
GND
OUT
1
3
2
THERMAL
SENSOR
+5V
SOURCE
+C153
1
R182
75
+
U110A
LMC550AM
R184
357k
R183
95.3k
R230
100
+5V
WO116
TEMP OUTPUT
R185
1k
C156
.01
R186
10k
3
21+
U110A
LMC550AM
12
13 14
R189
6.81k
R188
10M +5V
R187
95.3k
R190
1k
R273
1k
2
1
J102
BATTERY
BACKUP
FAN CONTROL
CR139
R191
3.3k
Q120
3600
R192
8.2k
R193
8.2k
R194
8.2k
R195
8.2k
R196
8.2k
Q121
3600
R197
10k
2 FAN HIGH
1 FAN LOW
+26.5V
J201
FAN CONTROLLER/
DRIVE
BUFFER/
HYSTERESIS
C102
.01
+C101
220
CR113
5.1V
C109
.1R257
10k
CR101
CR110
CR102
CR111
AC COLD INPUT (BLU)
AC HOT INPUT (BRN)
R280
10k
Q102
3612
+5V
C236
.1
R279
10k
R278
100k
R277
10k
U121
TL431AID
REF
GND
CATH
8
2,3,4,5,6,7
1
R276
10k
R275
20k
CR142
CR143
L107
CR104
18V
EP101
EP102 6
5REMOTE ENABLE POWER SUPPLY
I SENSE
3
POWER FACTOR CHOKE
7,8
5,6
3,4
R151
20k
R152
4.7k CR140
U104A
74HC08
1
23
C138
.001
R176
100
U104B
74HC08
4
56
CR122
R178
2k Q110
3600
Q111
3600
R158
15k
C152
.1R180
7.5k
R179
4.7k
Q112
3600
R181
1k
SYNC (2)
C161
.01
+C160
15
R267
430
+C199
6.8
2
3
1VIN VOUT
ADJ
R268
4.7k
+C159
6.8
U111
LM317T
+26.5V
1
2,3,4,5,6,7
8VIN VOUT
GND
U105
LM78L05
C131
.1
+C132
1
+15V
SOURCE
SYNC PULSE WIDTH
CONTROLLER
SYNC PULSE OUTPUT
BUFFER
+C133
1
C134
.1
+5V
SOURCE
U104
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgc0.png)
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-37
10-32
August2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
SYNC PULSE (1)
R203
2k
Q123
6110
R204
2k
R201
180
C162
.1
Q122
6026
R200
18
R199
18
R198
18
CR124
+26.5V
+C163
2700
R205
10
R206
10
R207
51
R231
180 R208
51
C164
.001
Q124
6026
CR125
CR126
Q125
6352
1
3
2
4
CR127
R209
620 R210
620
R308
0
R232
820
R229
820
C183
270pF
T108
INPUT CURRENT
SENSOR
R227
180
L102
14 OUT
7
9
RAMP
I SD
R226
24
C176
.001
R224
0
R225
68 C172
.01
6
C T Q127
3600
Q128
3612 R315
820
R219
470
R218
4.7k
INV 1
R221
36k
C175
.22 C173
.0022
3
EA OUT
R220
2k
2
NI
C173
.1
R228
2k
16
V REF
11
I REF
U112 R233
3.3k R234
1k
C182
470pF
10 GND A
GND
12
13 VC
15 Vcc
+C180
6.8
C181
.01
+15V
+C178
1
8S S
R223
13k
5R T
+15V BUCK CONTOLLER
+C165
1500
+C166
1500 C167
.01 R215
6.2k
L103
R216
1k
R217
1.2k
+C169
1500
C170
.01
WO 115 HIGH CURRENT OUT
WO 107 +15V DC OUTPUT
WO 108 GROUND
R211
12.4k
R212
2.26k
C220
.1
U116
TL431ID
8CATHODE
7
6
5
ANODE A
ANODE B
NC A
REF
ANODE D
ANODE C
NC B
R214
1k
1
2
3
4
Q126
3612
R213
200
C168
.01
R281
470 1
2
4
65
U119
IL205A
R240
2k
Q130
6110
R241
2k
R238
180
C184
.1
Q129
6026
R237
18
R236
18
R235
18
CR130
+26.5V
+C186
1500
R242
10
R243
10
R244
180
R245
51
C185
.001
Q131
6026
CR131
CR132
Q132
6352
1
3
2
4
CR133
R247
36
R309
0
R269
360
C203
270pF
T109
L104
14 OUT
7
9
RAMP
I SD
6
C T
INV 1
R258
36k
C194
.22 C193
.0022
3
EA OUT
R256
2k
2
NI
C192
.1
R264
2k
16
V REF
11
I REF
U113
R265
3.3k R266
1k
C202
470pF
10 GND A
GND
12
13 VC
15 Vcc
+C200
6.8
C201
.01
+15V
+C198
1
8S S
R259
13k
5R T
+15V BUCK CONTOLLER
+C187
1500
+C188
1500 C189
.01 R253
4.7k
R254
1k
R255
4.3k
WO 109 +5V DC OUTPUT
WO 110 +5V DC GROUND
R249
3.4k
R250
2.49k
C222
.1
U117
TL431ID
8CATHODE
7
6
5
ANODE A
ANODE B
NC A
REF
ANODE D
ANODE C
NC B
R252
1k
1
2
3
4
Q133
3612
R251
200
C190
.01
R246
470 1
2
4
65
U120
IL205A
C196
.001
R261
24
R260
68
C195
.01
SHUTDOWN
DRIVE
TO U115
+5V
C191
.0047
OVER-VOLTAGE 6V
MAXIMUM
C204
.047
R270
33k
R271
3.3k
L105
CR136
C208
.1+C209
1500
U114
MC33166T
2
5
1
3
OUT
COMP
V FB
GND
Vcc
+C205
1500
4
+26.5V
-5V CONVERTER R284
3.4k
R285
2.49k
C227
.1
U118
TL431ID
8CATHODE
7
6
5
ANODE A
ANODE B
NC A
REF
ANODE D
ANODE C
NC B
R286
1k
1
2
3
4
Q138
3612
R287
200
C211
.01
R303
200 1
2
4
65
U122
IL205A
UNDER-VOLTAGE -6V
MINIMUM
C212
.01
WO 111 -5V DC OUTPUT
CR141
CR135
CR129
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgc1.png)
10-33 August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
AC FILTER BOARD
FIGURE 10-38 FOLDOUT
EARTH GROUND
AC HOT
NEUTRAL
CHASSIS
GROUND
F1
20A
C1
.22 C2
.22
L1
1.8uH
C3
.0022
C4
.0022
L2
8.67nH
R1
1M
C5
.22 RV2RV1
BRN
RED
BLU
BLK
GRN/YEL
WO1 AC HOT
WO5 POS OUT
WO3 NEUTRAL
WO4 NEG
OUT
WO2 CHASSIS GND
CR1
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgc2.png)
BATTERY BACK-UP COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-39
10-34
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
CR111
CR105
C128
C127
R117
R128
R129
R127
C104
R130
R113
R112
5
S101
4
3
2
1
EP103
U101
17
8
14
CR115 CR103
Q103
R110
R109
R108
R122
C102
R126
R125
EP101
CR102
Q102
BCE
EP102
K101
CR101
R101 C130
C129 W103
CR116
F101
W102
R121 C116
+ C124
R124
C125
U102
R115
+ C103
C107
R147 R146
R120
R123
R119
R118
U103
R151
R150
C115
R149
R144
R148
R145
85
4
1
CR104 1
4
5
8
1
45
8
U104
R136
R137
CR117
CR114
C134
C133
R116
+ C118
W104
R140
R139
R138
C106
C119
+
L101
U107
2
3
1
R111
R165
R106
Q101
BCE
R107
R102
R105R103
R104
CR113
C101
CR109
U107
R158
R141
1
45
8
U106
CR118
R143
Q105
ECB
C112
R152 R153
R154
R159
R156
R160
R142
R144
C155 C114
R157
C126
C131
C132
C107
C110 +
1
45
8
U105
B
C
E
Q111
+
C105
+
W106
MH107
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgc3.png)
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200
10-35
BATTERY BACK-UP SCHEMATIC
FIGURE10-40
CR101
REVERSE
BATTERY
R101
4.7k
CR113
+24V
SOURCE
EP101
EP102
DC INPUT (+)
DC INPUT (-)
BATTERY INPUT
+24V DC
WO 101
REMOTE ENABLE
R165
2k
Q101
6026
R103
2k
R104
2k
R105
2k
R102
330
REMOTE ENABLE
ON/OFF
R115
470
+18V
R106
2k
Q102
6026
R108
2k
R109
2k
R110
2k
R107
1k
Q103
6110
+
U101C
LM2901
8
9
14
R126
42.2k
R125
1k
+67V
+2.5V
R122
4.7k
R121
62k
+C118
1
CR114
SOURCE
WO104
67V INPUT
CR103
12V
CR115
R130
33k
+
U101A
LM2901
5
4
2
+2.5V
R112
7.5k
R113
1k
R127
82.5k
+
U101B
LM2901
6
7
1
+2.5V
R118
10.5k
R119
1k
R120
1K
UNDERVOLTAGE
OVER VOLTAGE
AC FAIL ENABLE
R123
10k
C125
.1
+C124
1R124
10k
U102
TL431ID
1
8
3
4
2
7
6
5
CATHODE
REF
ANODE B
NC A
ANODE A
ANODE D
ANODE C
NC B
+2.5V REGULATOR
R129
20k
+
U101D
LM2901
11
10
13
+2.5V
R128
10k
+C103
6.8C104
.1
CR104
18V R117
3.3k
CR105 RED
BATTERY FAULT
CR102
K101
+26.5V DC OUTPUT
W102
HIGH CURRENT GROUND
W103
R111
51
+26V
C101
.01
+24V
HIGH CURRENT
TRACE (30A)
BATTERY +67V L101
+C119
220
+26V
+C105
1000 R136
3.3k R137
3.3k
1VIN
U107
LM317M
ADJ
V OUT 2
3
C106
.1R138
240
R139
3.3K
R140
1k
C109
.1
+C110
6.8
+C111
1000
Q104
2021
Q105
6026
R142
10k
CR116
F101
4A
+24V
BATTERY
R143
2k
OFF
ON
CHARGER
DISABLE
SWITCH CR111 GREEN
CHARGER
ACTIVE
S101
+
U104B
LM2904
6
5
7
TEMPERATURE SLOPE
R151
100
C107
.1
R150
10k
R149
82k
R148
15k
R145
15k
+26V
R147
10k
R144
15k
R146
3.9k
+26V
U103
TL431ID
3
8
1
5
CATHODE
REF
ANODE B
NC A
ANODE A
ANODE D
ANODE C
NC B
4
2
7
6
+
U104
LM2904
4
+26V
8
CR117
13V
C115
.1
U106
LM35D
2
1
6
NC6
VOUT
NC2
VIN
GND
NC3
8
4
3
C112
.1
+
U105
LM2904
4
+26V
8
CR118
18V
7
5
NC5
NC7
R141
0
+C113
1
R152
75
+
U105A
LM2904
3
2
1
R154
300k
R153
100k
R155
1k
C114
.1
R156
10k
+
U105B
LM2904
R158
1k
R157
15k
+26V
R159
100k
5
6
7
R160
10k
EP103
BATTERY
TEMP SENSE
W106 OUTPUT TO FAN
C126
.1
MH107
THERMAL SENSE CHASSIS MOUNTING
STUD TO TRACE UNDER THERMAL
SENSOR U106
CHARGER SECTIONREVERT SECTION
HEAT SINK THERMAL SENSE
REGULATOR
PROTECTION ON/OFF
INPUT RECTIFIER FILTER
BATTERY OK
5
6
4/3
2
SOURCE
+2.5V
SOURCE
BATTERY CHARGER
OUTPUT
(2.2A MAX)
CR109
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgc4.png)
August 2000
Part No. 001-2001-200 10-32
9
7
12
11
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
A
B
C
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
REPEATER
BACKPLANE
AC FAIL IN
POWER SWITCH
THERMAL SENSOR
+15V
GROUND
GROUND
-5V
TO
POWER HARNESS
GROUND
+15V
+5V
TO
RFIB
+26.5V
A
B
C
12
34
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
369
8
52
147
J2
BACKPLANE
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-43
FROM
A
FROM
B
TO
P105
TO
P102
TO
P101
TO
P104
FROM
C
TO
P103
+
WO5
+15V IN
+15V INWO6
WO20 EP20 WO20A
WO7
WO8
+15V OUT
+15V OUT
+
+26V IN
+26V IN
WO21
+
EP21 WO21A +26V OUT
+26V OUT
WO11 WO12
WO13
WO16
WO14
WO15
+
C1
2200 C2
2200
C3
2200 C4
2200
WO18
WO10 WO9
WO17
POWER FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-41
POWER FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-42
![](/img.php?id=116574&img=bgc6.png)
Part Number 001-2001-200
8-00mwp Printed in U.S.A.